QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2003

File No. 333-94047
File No. 811-8108




SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933        /x/
Pre-Effective Amendment No.        / /
Post-Effective Amendment No. 5        /x/
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940        /x/
Amendment No. 47         /x/

Protective Variable Annuity
Separate Account
(Exact Name of Registrant)

Protective Life Insurance Company
(Name of Depositor)

2801 Highway 280 South
Birmingham, Alabama 35223
(Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices)

(205) 879-9230
(Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)


STEVE M. CALLAWAY, Esquire
Protective Life Insurance Company
2801 Highway 280 South
Birmingham, Alabama, 35223
(Name and Address of Agent for Services)

Copy to:
STEPHEN E. ROTH, Esquire
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP
1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004
(202) 383-0158


         It is proposed that this filing become effective (check appropriate box):

                        / /  immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485;

                        /x/  on May 1, 2003 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485;

                        / /  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 485;

                        / /  on May 1, 2003 pursuant to paragraph a(1) of Rule 485;

Title of Securities Being Registered: Interests in a separate
account issued through variable annuity contracts.





PART A


INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE IN THE PROSPECTUS



LOGO

 

Protective Life Insurance Company
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account
P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648
Telephone: 1-800-456-6330
www.protective.com

        This Prospectus describes the Protective Variable Annuity II Contract, a group and individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract offered by Protective Life Insurance Company. The Contract is designed for investors who desire to accumulate capital on a tax deferred basis for retirement or other long term investment purpose. It may be purchased on a non-qualified basis or for use with certain qualified retirement plans.

        You may allocate your Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value to one or more of the Sub-Accounts of the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, the Guaranteed Account, or both. The assets of each Sub-Account will be invested solely in a corresponding Fund. The Sub-Accounts that are available in Contracts purchased after May 31, 2003, invest in the following Funds:




Protective Investment Company
International Equity Fund
Small Cap Value Fund
Capital Growth Fund
CORE SM U.S. Equity Fund
Growth and Income Fund
Global Income Fund
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds
Aggressive Growth Fund/VA-SS*
Global Securities Fund/VA-SS*
Capital Appreciation Fund/VA-SS*
Main Street Fund/VA-SS*
High Income Fund/VA-SS*
Money Fund/VA-SS*
Strategic Bond Fund/VA-SS*
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust
Aggressive Growth Portfolio Class II
Emerging Growth Portfolio Class II
Enterprise Portfolio Class II
*SS denotes service class shares



 



Van Kampen Life Investment Trust (cont.)
Comstock Portfolio Class II
Growth and Income Portfolio Class II
Government Portfolio Class II
Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.
Equity and Income Portfolio Class II
MFS® Variable Insurance Trust SM
New Discovery Series-SS*
Emerging Growth Series-SS*
Research Series-SS*
Investors Growth Stock Series-SS*
Investors Trust Series-SS*
Utilities Series-SS*
Total Return Series-SS*
Lord Abbett Series Fund
Growth and Income Portfolio
Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
Bond-Debenture Portfolio
Growth Opportunities Portfolio
America's Value Portfolio



 
 
 

Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003 have different Sub-Accounts and corresponding Funds for Purchase Payments. See Appendix E for information about Sub-Accounts and corresponding Funds available in Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003.

        The value of your Contract, except amounts you allocate to the Guaranteed Account, will vary according to the investment performance of the Funds in which the selected Sub-Accounts are invested. You bear the investment risk on amounts you allocate to the Sub-Accounts.

        This Prospectus sets forth basic information about the Contract and the Variable Account that a prospective investor should know before investing. The Statement of Additional Information, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, contains additional information about the Contract and the Variable Account. The Statement of Additional Information is dated the same date as this Prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference. The Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information is on the last page of this Prospectus. You may obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional Information free of charge by writing or calling Protective Life at the address or telephone number shown above. You may also obtain an electronic copy of the Statement of Additional Information, as well as other material that we file electronically and certain material incorporated by reference, at the SEC web site (http://www.sec.gov).

         Please read this prospectus carefully. Investors should keep a copy for future reference. This prospectus must be accompanied by a current prospectus for each of the Funds.

         The Protective Variable Annuity II Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed by, any bank or financial institution. It is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency, and it is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.

         The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2003



TABLE OF CONTENTS


 

 

Page

DEFINITIONS   3
FEES AND EXPENSES   4
SUMMARY   6
The Contract   6
Federal Tax Status   7
THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS   8
Protective Life Insurance Company   8
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account   8
Administration   9
The Funds   9
Protective Investment Company (PIC)   9
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust   10
The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.   11
MFS® Variable Insurance Trust   11
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds   11
Lord Abbett Series Fund   12
Other Information about the Funds   13
Other Investors in the Funds   13
Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments   14
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT   15
The Contract   15
Parties to the Contract   15
Issuance of a Contract   16
Purchase Payments   17
Right to Cancel   17
Allocation of Purchase Payments   18
Variable Account Value   18
Transfers   19
Surrenders and Partial Surrenders   22
THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT   24
DEATH BENEFIT   26
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit   27
Optional Benefit Packages   27
Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit   29
SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS   30
SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTS   31
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS   31
Surrender Charge   31
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge   33
Administration Charges   33
Transfer Fee   33
Contract Maintenance Fee   33
Fund Expenses   34
Premium Taxes   34
Other Taxes   34
Other Information   34
ANNUITIZATION   34
Annuity Commencement Date   34
Fixed Income Payments   35
Variable Income Payments   35
Annuity Options   36
Minimum Amounts   37
Death of Annuitant or Owner After Annuity Commencement Date   37
YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS   37
Yields   37
Total Returns   38
Standardized Average Annual Total Returns   38
Non-Standard Average Annual Total Returns   38
Performance Comparisons   39
Other Matters   39
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS   39
Introduction   39
The Company's Tax Status   40
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL   40
Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period   40
Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders   41
Taxation of Annuity Payments   42
Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds   42
Assignments, Pledges, and Gratuitous Transfers   43
Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions   43
Aggregation of Contracts   43
Exchanges of Annuity Contracts   44
Loss of Interest Deduction Where Contract Is Held by or for the Benefit of Certain Nonnatural Persons   44
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS   44
In General   44
Direct Rollovers   47
FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING   47
GENERAL MATTERS   48
The Contract   48
Error in Age or Gender   48
Incontestability   48
Non-Participation   48
Assignment or Transfer of a Contract   48
Notice   48
Modification   48
Reports   49
Settlement   49
Receipt of Payment   49
Protection of Proceeds   49
Minimum Values   49
Application of Law   49
No Default   49
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS   49
Inquiries   50
IMSA   50
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS   50
VOTING RIGHTS   51
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   51
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS   52
APPENDIX A: Death Benefit calculation examples   A-1
APPENDIX B: Surrender Charge calculation examples   B-1
APPENDIX C: Variable Annuitization calculation   C-1
APPENDIX D: Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit Calculation   D-1
APPENDIX E: Sub-Accounts for Contracts Purchased before June 1, 2003   E-1
APPENDIX F: Condensed Financial Information   F-1

2



DEFINITIONS

        "We", "us", "our", "Protective Life", and "Company" refer to Protective Life Insurance Company. "You" and "your" refer to the person(s) who has been issued a Contract.

        Accumulation Unit:   A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

        Allocation Option:   Any account to which you may allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value under this Contract. The Allocation Options are the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account and the fixed accounts of the Guaranteed Account that are available in this Contract.

        Annuity Commencement Date:   The date as of which the Contract Value, less applicable premium tax, is applied to an Annuity Option.

        Annuity Option:   The payout option under which the Company makes annuity income payments.

        Annuity Unit:   A unit of measure used to calculate the amount of the variable income payments.

        Assumed Investment Return:   The assumed annual rate of return used to calculate the amount of the variable income payments.

        Contract:   The Protective Variable Annuity II, a flexible premium, deferred, variable and fixed annuity contract.

        Contract Anniversary:   The same month and day as the Effective Date in each subsequent year of the Contract.

        Contract Value:   Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value.

        Contract Year:   Any period of 12 months commencing with the Effective Date or any Contract Anniversary.

        DCA:   Dollar cost averaging.

        DCA Fixed Accounts:   The DCA Fixed Accounts are part of the Company's general account and are not part of or dependent upon the investment performance of the Variable Account. These accounts are available for dollar cost averaging only and may not be available in all states.

        Effective Date:   The date as of which we credit the initial Purchase Payment to the Contract and the date the Contract takes effect.

        Fixed Account:   The Fixed Account is part of the Company's general account and is not part of or dependent upon the investment performance of the Variable Account. This account may not be available in all states.

        Fund:   Any investment portfolio in which a corresponding Sub-Account invests.

        Guaranteed Account:   The Fixed Account, DCA Fixed Accounts, and any other Allocation Option we may offer with interest rate guarantees.

        Purchase Payment:   The amount(s) paid by the Owner and accepted by the Company as consideration for this Contract.

        Qualified Contracts:   Contracts issued in connection with retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, 408A or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Qualified Plans:   Retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, 408A or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Sub-Account:   A separate division of the Variable Account.

        Valuation Day:   Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

        Valuation Period:   The period which begins at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on any Valuation Day and ends at the close of regular trading on the next Valuation Day.

        Variable Account:   The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, a separate investment account of Protective Life.

        Written Notice:   A notice or request submitted in writing in a form satisfactory to the Company that we receive at the administrative office via hand delivery, courier, mail, or facsimile transmission.

3



FEES AND EXPENSES

        The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract. The first table describes the fees and charges that you will pay at the time you buy the Contract, partially or fully surrender the Contract, or transfer amounts between the Sub-Accounts and/or the Guaranteed Account. The tables do not include premium taxes, which may range up to 3.5% depending on the jurisdiction.

OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES


Sales Charge Imposed on Purchase Payments

 

None

 
Maximum Surrender Charge (as a % of amount surrendered)   7% *
Transfer Fee   $25 *
*   The surrender charge declines over time. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
**   Protective Life currently does not charge this Transfer Fee, but reserves the right to do so in the future. (See "Charges and Deductions.")

        The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses.

PERIODIC CHARGES
(other than Fund expenses)


Annual Contract Maintenance Fee

 

$

30

*

 

 

Variable Account Annual Expenses
(as a % of average Variable Account value)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

without
EEDB


 

with
EEDB**


 

Contract with Return of Purchase Payment Death Benefit

 

 

 

 

 
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge***   1.10 % 1.35 %
Administration Charge   0.15 % 0.15 %
Total Variable Account Annual Expenses   1.25 % 1.50 %

Contract with Optional Benefit Package

 

 

 

 

 
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge***   1.25 % 1.50 %
Administration Charge   0.15 % 0.15 %
Total Variable Account Annual Expenses   1.40 % 1.65 %
*   We will waive the annual contract maintenance fee if your Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments, reduced by surrenders and surrender charges, is $50,000 is more. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
**   If you select the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit ("EEDB"), the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge will increase by 0.25% while the EEDB is in effect. See "Charges and Deductions" and "Death Benefit."
***   The mortality and expense risk charges presented in the table apply before the Annuity Commencement Date. After the Annuity Commencement Date, the mortality and expense risk charge for all contracts is 1.10% (on an annual basis) of average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to the Contract.

        The next table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund. Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003 have different Sub-Accounts and corresponding Funds. See Appendix E for information about the Sub-Accounts and Funds available in Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003.

4


        The Fund expenses used to prepare the next table were provided to Protective Life by the Funds. Protective Life has not independently verified such information. The expenses shown are based on expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2002. Current or future expenses may be higher or lower than those shown.

RANGE OF EXPENSES FOR THE FUNDS


 

 

Minimum


 

 


 

Maximum


 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(total of all expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, 12b-1 fees, and other expenses)
  0.47 % -   6.96 %*
*   The range of Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown here does not take into account contractual and voluntary arrangements under which the Funds' advisers currently reimburse Fund expenses or waive fees. Please see the prospectus for each Fund for more information about that Fund's expenses.

Example of Charges

        This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. The example shows the costs of investing in the Contract, including owner transaction expenses, the annual contract maintenance fee, Variable Account charges (assuming an Optional Benefit Package and the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit are selected), and both maximum total annual Fund operating expenses and minimum total annual Fund operating expenses. The example does not reflect transfer fees or premium taxes, which may range up to 3.5% depending on the jurisdiction.

        The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year.

(1)  If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:


 


 

1 year


 

3 years


 

5 years


 

10 years

Maximum Fund Expenses**   $ 1,424   $ 2,917   $ 4,236   $ 7,234
Minimum Fund Expenses**     833     1,236     1,560     2,513

(2)  If you annuitize* or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:


 


 

1 year


 

3 years


 

5 years


 

10 years

Maximum Fund Expenses**   $851   $ 2,461   $ 3,954   $ 7,284
Minimum Fund Expenses**   221     682     1,169     2,513

*

 

Generally, you cannot annuitize your Contract within 7 years after we accept a Purchase Payment. In limited circumstances we may allow you to annuitize your Contract as early as 2 years after we accept a Purchase Payment. (See "Annuitization.") Different fees and expenses not reflected in the example may be assessed after you annuitize under a variable income payment option. (See "Charges and Deductions, Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.")
**   The range of maximum and minimum total annual Fund operating expenses used in this example does not take into account contractual and voluntary arrangements under which the Funds' advisers currently reimburse Fund expenses or waive fees. Please see the prospectus for each Fund for more information about that Fund's expenses.

         Please remember that the example is an illustration and does not guarantee the amount of future expenses. Your actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. Similarly, your rate of return may be more or less than the 5% rate of return assumed in the example.

5



SUMMARY


The Contract


 

 

 

What is the Protective Variable Annuity II Contract?

 

The Protective Variable Annuity II Contract is a flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract issued by Protective Life. (See "The Contract.") In certain states the Contract is offered as a group contract to eligible persons.

How may I purchase a Contract?

 

Protective Life sells the Contracts through registered representatives of broker-dealers. We pay commissions to the broker-dealers for selling the Contracts. (See "Distribution of the Contracts.")

 

 

Protective Life will issue your Contract when it receives and accepts your complete application information and an initial Purchase Payment through the broker-dealer you have selected. (See "Issuance of a Contract.")

What are the Purchase Payments?

 

The minimum amount that Protective Life will accept as an initial Purchase Payment is $2,000. Initial Purchase Payments may be made at any time prior to the earlier of: (1) the oldest Owner's 85th birthday; or (2) the Annuitant's 85th birthday. No Purchase Payment will be accepted within 7 years of the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect. The minimum subsequent Purchase Payment we will accept is $100, or $50 if the payment is made under our current automatic purchase payment plan. The maximum aggregate Purchase Payment(s) we will accept without prior administrative office approval is $2,000,000. We reserve the right not to accept any Purchase Payment. (See "Purchase Payments.")

Can I cancel the Contract?

 

You have the right to return the Contract within a certain number of days (which varies by state and is never less than ten) after you receive it. The returned Contract will be treated as if it were never issued. Protective Life will refund the Contract Value in states where permitted. This amount may be more or less than the Purchase Payments. Where required, we will refund Purchase Payments. (See "Right to Cancel.")

Can I transfer amounts in the Contract?

 

Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request transfers from one Allocation Option to another. No transfers may be made into a DCA Fixed Account. At least $100 must be transferred. Protective Life reserves the right to limit the maximum amount that may be transferred from the Fixed Account to the greater of (a) $2,500; or (b) 25% of the value of the Fixed Account per Contract Year. The Company reserves the right to charge a transfer fee of $25 for each transfer after the 12th transfer during such Contract Year. (See "Transfers.")

Can I surrender the Contract?

 

Upon Written Notice before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may surrender the Contract and receive its surrender value. (See "Surrenders and Partial Surrenders.") Surrenders may have federal and state income tax consequences. In addition, surrenders from Contracts issued pursuant to Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code may not be allowed in certain circumstances. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

 

 

 

6



Is there a death benefit?

 

If any Owner dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date and while this Contract is in force, a death benefit, less any applicable premium tax, will be payable to the Beneficiary. The death benefit is determined as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of the Owner's death. Subject to age limitations, you may select one of several death benefit options that are available in this Contract. You must select your death benefit option at the time you apply for the Contract, and your selection may not be changed after the Contract is issued. (See "Death Benefit.")

What Annuity Options are available?

 

Currently, we apply the Contract Value, less any applicable premium tax, to an Annuity Option on the Annuity Commencement Date, unless you choose to receive the surrender value in a lump sum. Annuity Options include: payments for a certain period and life income with or without payments for a certain period. Some Annuity Options are available on either a fixed or variable payment basis. (See "Annuitization".)

Is the Contract available for qualified
retirement plans?

 

You may purchase the Contract for use within certain qualified retirement plans or arrangements that receive favorable tax treatment, such as individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities (IRAs), pension and profit sharing plans (including H.R. 10 Plans), and tax sheltered annuity plans. Many of these qualified plans, including IRAs, provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans or arrangements alone. There are costs and expenses under the Contract related to these benefits and features. You should consult a qualified tax or financial adviser for information specific to your circumstances to determine whether the use of the Contract within a qualified retirement plan is an appropriate investment for you. (See "Description of the Contract, The Contract," and "Federal Tax Matters, Qualified Retirement Plans.")

Where may I find financial information about the Sub-Accounts?

 

You may find financial information about the Sub-Accounts in Appendix F to this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information.

Other contracts

 

We offer other types of annuity contracts and insurance policies that also invest in the same Funds in which your Contract invests. These other types of contracts and policies may have different charges that could affect the value of their Sub-Accounts and may offer different benefits than the Contract. To obtain more information about these other contracts and policies, you may contact our administrative office in writing or by telephone.


Federal Tax Status

        Generally all earnings on the Investments underlying the Contract are tax-deferred until withdrawn or until annuity income payments begin. A distribution from the Contract, which includes a full or partial surrender or payment of a death benefit, will generally result in taxable income if there has been an increase in the Contract Value. In certain circumstances, a 10% penalty tax may also apply. (See "Federal Tax Matters").

7



THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS


Protective Life Insurance Company

        The Contracts are issued by Protective Life. A Tennessee corporation founded in 1907, Protective Life provides individual life insurance, annuities, and guaranteed investment contracts. Protective Life is currently licensed to transact life insurance business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. As of December 31, 2002, Protective Life had total assets of approximately $21.8 billion. Protective Life is the principal operating subsidiary of Protective Life Corporation ("PLC"), an insurance holding company whose stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange. PLC, a Delaware corporation, had total assets of approximately $22.0 billion at December 31, 2002.


Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account

        The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account is a separate investment account of Protective Life. The Variable Account was established under Tennessee law by the Board of Directors of Protective Life on October 11, 1993. The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. This registration does not involve supervision by the SEC of the management or investment policies or practices of the Variable Account.

        Protective Life owns the assets of the Variable Account. These assets are held separate from other assets and are not part of Protective Life's general account. The portion of the assets of the Variable Account equal to the reserves or other contract liabilities of the Variable Account will not be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business Protective Life conducts. Protective Life may transfer to its general account any assets which exceed the reserves and other contract liabilities of the Variable Account. Protective Life may accumulate in the Variable Account the charge for mortality and expense risks and investment results applicable to those assets that are in excess of the net assets supporting the contracts. The income, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, from the assets of the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to any other income, gains or losses of Protective Life. The obligations under the Contracts are obligations of Protective Life.

        The following 32 Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account are available in Contracts that are purchased after May 31, 2003:

PIC International Equity
PIC Small Cap Value
PIC Capital Growth
PIC CORE U.S. Equity
PIC Growth and Income
PIC Global Income
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth II*
Van Kampen Emerging Growth II*
Van Kampen Enterprise II*
Van Kampen Comstock II*
Van Kampen Growth and Income II*
Van Kampen Government II*
Van Kampen UIF Equity and Income II*
MFS New Discovery SS*
MFS Emerging Growth SS*
MFS Research SS*
MFS Investors Growth Stock SS*
MFS Investors Trust SS*
MFS Utilities SS*
MFS Total Return SS*
Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth SS*
Oppenheimer Global Securities SS*
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation SS*
Oppenheimer Main Street SS*
Oppenheimer High Income SS*
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond SS*
Oppenheimer Money Fund
Lord Abbett Growth and Income
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value
Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities
Lord Abbett America's Value

*   This Sub-Account invests in a class of Fund shares that pays distribution or service fees under
Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. For more information, please see "
Other Information about the Funds " and " Distribution of the Contracts " in this prospectus, and the prospectus for the Fund.

8


Other Sub-Accounts are available in Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003. For purposes of determining which Sub-Accounts are available in your Contract, we will treat the date of your application as the date you purchased your Contract. See Appendix D for more information about the availability of Sub-Accounts in Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003. Additionally, this Contract may not offer all the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, and other contracts Protective Life issues may offer some or all of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.


Administration

        Protective Life Insurance Company performs the Contract administration at its administrative office at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223. Contract administration includes processing applications for the Contracts and subsequent Owner requests; processing Purchase Payments, transfers, surrenders and death benefit claims as well as performing record maintenance and disbursing annuity income payments.


The Funds

        Each Sub-Account invests in a corresponding Fund. Each Fund is an investment portfolio of one of the following investment companies: Protective Investment Company ("PIC") managed by Protective Investment Advisors, Inc., and subadvised by Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P. or Goldman Sachs Asset Management International; Van Kampen Life Investment Trust managed by Van Kampen Asset Management Inc.; Universal Institutional Funds, Inc., managed by Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., doing business as Van Kampen; Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds managed by OppenheimerFunds, Inc.; MFS® Variable Insurance Trust SM managed by MFS Investment Management; Lord Abbett Series Trust, managed by Lord, Abbett & Co. Shares of these funds are offered only to:

        (1) the Variable Account;

        (2) other separate accounts of Protective Life and its affiliates supporting variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies;

        (3) separate accounts of other life insurance companies supporting variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies; and

        (4) certain qualified retirement plans.

Such shares are not offered directly to investors but are available only through the purchase of such contracts or policies or through such plans. See the prospectus for each Fund for details about that Fund.

        There is no guarantee that any Fund will meet its investment objectives. Please refer to the prospectus for each of the Funds you are considering for more information.


Protective Investment Company (PIC)

International Equity Fund.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. The Fund pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, substantially all, and at least 80%, of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) in a diversified portfolio of equity investments in companies that are organized outside the United States or whose securities are principally traded outside the United States. The Fund intends to invest in companies with public stock market capitalizations that are larger than $1 billion at the time of investment.

Small Cap Value Fund.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital. The Fund pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) in a diversified portfolio of equity investments in small-cap issuers with

9


public stock market capitalizations (based upon shares available for trading on an unrestricted basis) within the range of the market capitalization of companies constituting the Russell 2000 Value Index at the time of investment (currently between $12 million and $3 billion).

Capital Growth Fund

        This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund pursues its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) measured at time of purchase in equity investments that are considered by the investment adviser to have long-term capital appreciation potential.

CORE SM U.S. Equity Fund.

        This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income. The Fund pursues its investment objectives by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) measured at time of purchase in equity investments in U.S. issuers, including foreign companies that are traded in the United States. The Fund's investments are selected using both a variety of quantitative techniques and fundamental research in seeking to maximize the Fund's expected return, while maintaining risk, style, capitalization and industry characteristics similar to the S&P 500® Index.

Growth and Income Fund.

        This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and growth of income. The Fund pursues its objectives by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 65% of its total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) measured at time of purchase in equity investments that the investment adviser considers to have favorable prospects for capital appreciation and/or dividend-paying ability.

Global Income Fund.

        This Fund seeks a high total return, emphasizing current income and, to a lesser extent, providing opportunities for capital appreciation. The Fund pursues its objectives by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) in a portfolio of fixed-income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers (including non-dollar securities). The Fund also enters into foreign currency transactions.


Van Kampen Life Investment Trust

Aggressive Growth Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks capital growth.

Emerging Growth Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks capital appreciation.

Enterprise Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks capital appreciation through investment in securities believed by the investment adviser to have above average potential for capital appreciation.

Comstock Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.

10


Growth and Income Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks long-term growth of capital and income.

Government Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks high current return consistent with preservation of capital.


The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.

Equity and Income Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks both capital appreciation and current income.


MFS® Variable Insurance Trust SM

New Discovery Series Service Class Shares.

        This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Emerging Growth Series Service Class Shares.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital.

Research Series Service Class Shares.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital and future income.

Investors Growth Stock Series Service Class Shares.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital and future income rather than current income.

Investors Trust Series Service Class Shares.

        This Fund seeks mainly to provide long-term growth of capital and secondarily to provide reasonable current income.

Utilities Series Service Class Shares.

        This Fund seeks capital growth and current income (income above that available from a portfolio invested entirely in equity securities).

Total Return Series Service Class Shares.

        This Fund seeks mainly to provide above-average income (compared to a portfolio invested entirely in equity securities) consistent with the prudent employment of capital and secondarily to provide a reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income.


Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

Aggressive Growth Fund/VA Service Shares.

        This Fund seeks capital appreciation by investing in "growth type" companies.

Global Securities Fund/VA Service Shares.

        This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in securities of foreign issuers, "growth-type" companies and cyclical industries.

11


Capital Appreciation Fund/VA Service Shares.

        This Fund seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation by investing in securities of well-known established companies.

Main Street Fund/VA Service Shares.

        This Fund seeks a high total return (which includes growth in the value of its shares as well as current income) from equity and debt securities. The Fund invests mainly in common stocks of U.S. companies.

High Income Fund/VA Service Shares.

        This Fund seeks a high level of current income from investment in high yield fixed-income securities.

Money Fund/VA.

        This Fund seeks maximum current income from investments in "money market" securities consistent with low capital risk and the maintenance of liquidity. An investment in the Money Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. The yield of this Fund may become very low during periods of low interest rates. After deduction of Variable Account charges, the yield in the Sub-Account that invests in this Fund could be negative.

Strategic Bond Fund/VA Service Shares.

        This Fund seeks a high level of current income by investing mainly in three market sectors: debt securities of foreign governments and companies, U.S. government securities and high yield securities of U.S. and foreign companies.


Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.

Growth and Income Portfolio.

        This Fund's investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income without excessive fluctuations in market value.

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio.

        The Fund seeks capital appreciation through investments, primarily in equity securities, which are believed to be undervalued in the marketplace.

Bond-Debenture Portfolio.

        The Fund's investment objective is to seek high current income and the opportunity for capital appreciation to produce a high total return.

Growth Opportunties Portfolio.

        The Fund's investment objective is to seek capital appreciation.

America's Value Portfolio.

        The Fund's investment objective is to seek income and capital appreciation.

         There is no assurance that the stated objectives and policies of any of the Funds will be achieved. More detailed information concerning the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Funds, the expenses of the Funds, the risks attendant to investing in the Funds and other aspects of their operations can be found in the current prospectuses for the Funds, which accompany this prospectus, and the current Statement of

12


Additional Information for each of the Funds. You should read the Funds' prospectuses carefully before making any decision concerning the allocation of Purchase Payments or transfers among the Sub-Accounts.

        Certain Funds may have investment objectives and policies similar to other mutual funds (sometimes having similar names) that are managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the Funds, however, may be more or less favorable than the results of such other mutual funds. Protective Life does not guarantee or make any representation that the investment results of any Fund is, or will be, comparable to any other mutual fund, even one with the same investment adviser or manager.

         Other Funds may be available for Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003. Please see Appendix E for more information.

        Protective Life may from time to time publish certain "model portfolios" designed to effect certain investment strategies. In selecting a model portfolio as a Purchase Payment allocation, an Owner is allocating prescribed percentages of Purchase Payments to each of the Sub-Accounts comprising the model. Protective Life does not warrant that the underlying Funds in the model will achieve their investment objective(s) or that the model will achieve its investment strategy. Likewise, Protective Life does not represent or imply that a model selected by an Owner is suitable for that Owner. From time to time, Protective Life may revise the composition of a model portfolio. In this event, Protective Life will not change an Owner's existing Purchase Payment allocation or percentages to reflect changes in a model selected by the Owner. If an Owner desires to change his or her Purchase Payment allocation or percentages to reflect a revised or different model, he or she must submit new allocation instructions. You should carefully consider your own investment objectives and risk tolerance before selecting any Sub-Accounts or model portfolios.


Other Information about the Funds

        Each Fund sells its shares to the Variable Account in accordance with the terms of a participation agreement between the appropriate investment company and Protective Life. The termination provisions of these agreements vary. Should a participation agreement relating to a Fund terminate, the Variable Account may not be able to purchase additional shares of that Fund. In that event, Owners may no longer be able to allocate Variable Account value or Purchase Payments to Sub-Accounts investing in that Fund. In certain circumstances, it is also possible that a Fund may refuse to sell its shares to the Variable Account despite the fact that the participation agreement relating to that Fund has not been terminated. Should a Fund decide to discontinue selling its shares to the Variable Account, Protective Life would not be able to honor requests from Owners to allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Account Value to the Sub-Account investing in shares of that Fund.

        For Funds that pay 12b-1 fees, our affiliate, Investment Distributors, Inc., the principal underwriter for the Contracts, will receive 12b-1 fees deducted from Fund assets for providing certain distribution and shareholder support services to the Fund. Protective Life has entered into agreements with the investment managers or advisers of the Funds pursuant to which each such investment manager or adviser pays Protective Life a servicing fee based upon an annual percentage of the average daily net assets invested by the Variable Account (and other separate accounts of Protective Life and its affiliates) in the Funds managed by that manager or advisor. These percentages differ, and some investment managers or advisors pay us more than other investment managers or advisors. These fees are in consideration for administrative services provided to the Funds by Protective Life and its affiliates. Payments of fees under these agreements by managers or advisers do not increase the fees or expenses paid by the Funds or their shareholders. The amounts we receive under these agreements may be significant.


Other Investors in the Funds

        PIC currently sells shares of its Funds only to Protective Life as the underlying investment for the Variable Account as well as for variable life insurance contracts issued through Protective Life, and to

13


Protective Life Annuity and Insurance Company (formerly American Foundation Life Insurance Company) a Protective Life affiliate, as the underlying investment for variable annuity contracts issued by Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company. PIC may in the future sell shares of its Funds to other separate accounts of Protective Life or its life insurance company affiliates supporting other variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies. In addition, upon obtaining regulatory approval, PIC may sell shares to certain retirement plans qualifying under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Protective Life currently does not foresee any disadvantages to Owners that would arise from the possible sale of shares to support its variable annuity and variable life insurance policies or those of its affiliates or from the possible sale of shares to such retirement plans. However, the board of directors of PIC will monitor events in order to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that might possibly arise if such shares were also offered to support variable annuity policies other than the Contracts or variable life insurance policies or to retirement plans. In event of such a conflict, the board of directors would determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to the conflict. In addition, if Protective Life believes that PIC's response to any such conflicts insufficiently protects Owners, it will take appropriate action on its own, including withdrawing the Account's investment in the Fund. (See the PIC Prospectus for more detail.)

        Shares of the Van Kampen Life Investment Trust, the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust SM , Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Lord Abbett Series Fund, Universal Institutional Funds, Inc., Calvert Variable Series, Inc. (available only in certain Contracts issued before May 1, 2002), and Van Eck Worldwide Insurance Trust (available only in certain Contracts issued before May 1, 2002), are sold to separate accounts of insurance companies, which may or may not be affiliated with Protective Life or each other, a practice known as "shared funding." They may also be sold to separate accounts to serve as the underlying investment for both variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies, a practice known as "mixed funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Protective Life's Contracts, whose Contract Values are allocated to the Variable Account, and of owners of other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more other separate accounts investing in any one of the Funds. Shares of some of these Funds may also be sold to certain qualified pension and retirement plans. As a result, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners generally or certain classes of Contract Owners, and such retirement plans or participants in such retirement plans. In the event of any such material conflicts, Protective Life will consider what action may be appropriate, including removing the Fund from the Variable Account or replacing the Fund with another fund. As is the case with PIC, the boards of directors (or trustees) of the Van Kampen Life Investment Trust, the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust SM , Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Lord Abbett Series Fund, Universal Institutional Funds, Inc., Calvert Variable Series, Inc., and Van Eck Worldwide Insurance Trust monitor events related to their Funds to identify possible material irreconcilable conflicts among and between the interests of the Fund's various investors. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding and with the sale of shares to qualified pension and retirement plans, as disclosed in each Fund's prospectus.


Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments

        Protective Life reserves the right, subject to applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from, or substitutions for the shares that are held in the Variable Account or that the Variable Account may purchase. If the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment or if in Protective Life's judgment further investment in any Fund should become inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable Account, Protective Life may redeem the shares, if any, of that Fund and substitute shares of another registered open-end management company or unit investment trust. The new funds may have higher fees and charges than the ones they replaced. Protective Life will not substitute any shares attributable to a Contract's interest in the Variable Account without notice and any necessary approval of the Securities and Exchange Commission and state insurance authorities.

14


        Protective Life also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, each of which would invest in shares corresponding to a new Fund. Subject to applicable law and any required SEC approval, Protective Life may, in its sole discretion, establish new Sub-Accounts or eliminate one or more Sub-Accounts if marketing needs, tax considerations or investment conditions warrant. We may make any new Sub-Accounts available to existing Owner(s) on a basis we determine. All Sub-Accounts and Funds may not be available to all classes of contracts.

        If we make any of these substitutions or changes, Protective Life may by appropriate endorsement change the Contract to reflect the substitution or other change. If Protective Life deems it to be in the best interest of Owners and Annuitants, and subject to any approvals that applicable law may require, we may operate the Variable Account as a management company under the 1940 Act, we may de-register it under that Act if registration is no longer required, or we may combine it with other Protective Life separate accounts. Protective Life reserves the right to make any changes to the Variable Account that the 1940 Act or other applicable law or regulation requires.


DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT

The following sections describe the Contracts currently being offered.


The Contract

        The Protective Variable Annuity II Contract is a flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract issued by Protective Life. In certain states we offer the Contract as a group contract to eligible persons who have established accounts with certain broker-dealers that have entered into a distribution agreement with Protective Life to offer the Contract. In those states we may also offer the Contract to members of other eligible groups. In all other states, we offer the Contract as an individual contract. If you purchase an interest in a group Contract, you will receive a certificate evidencing your ownership interest in the group Contract. Otherwise, you will receive an individual Contract.

Use of the Contract in Qualified Plans.

        You may purchase the Contract on a non-qualified basis. You may also purchase it for use within certain qualified retirement plans or in connection with other employee benefit plans or arrangements that receive favorable tax treatment. Such qualified plans include individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities (IRAs), pension and profit sharing plans (including H.R. 10 Plans), and tax sheltered annuity plans. Many of these qualified plans, including IRAs, provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans and employee benefit plans or arrangements alone. There are costs and expenses under the Contract related to these benefits and features. You should consult a qualified tax and/or financial adviser regarding the use of the Contract within a qualified plan or in connection with other employee benefit plans or arrangements. You should carefully consider the benefits and features provided by the Contract in relation to their costs as they apply to your particular situation.


Parties to the Contract

Owner.

        The Owner is the person or persons who own the Contract and are entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract. In those states where the Contract is issued as a group contract, the term "Owner" refers to the holder of the certificate evidencing an interest in the group contract. Two persons may own the Contract together; they are designated as the Owner and the Joint Owner. In the case of Joint Owners, provisions relating to action by the Owner means both Joint Owners acting together. Individuals as well as nonnatural persons, such as corporations or trusts, may be Owners. Protective Life will only issue a Contract prior to each Owner's 85th birthday.

15


        The Owner of this Contract may be changed by Written Notice provided:

      (1)
      each new Owner's 85th birthday is after the Effective Date; and                 

      (2)
      each new Owner's 90th birthday is on or after the Annuity Commencement Date.

        For a period of 1 year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value regardless of the death benefit option selected. Naming a nonnatural person as an Owner or changing the Owner may result in a tax liability. (See "Taxation of Annuities in General.")

Beneficiary.

        The Beneficiary is the person or persons who may receive the benefits of this Contract upon the death of any Owner.

                Primary — The Primary Beneficiary is the surviving Joint Owner, if any. If there is no surviving Joint Owner, the Primary Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records.

                Contingent — The Contingent Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records to be Beneficiary if the Primary Beneficiary is not living at the time of the Owner's death.

        If no Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living at the time of an Owner's death, the Beneficiary will be the estate of the deceased Owner. If any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner.

        Unless designated irrevocably, the Owner may change the Beneficiary by Written Notice prior to the death of any Owner. An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose written consent is needed before the Owner can change the Beneficiary designation or exercise certain other rights. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations prescribe certain limitations on the designation of a Beneficiary.

Annuitant.

        The Annuitant is the person on whose life annuity income payments may be based. The Owner is the Annuitant unless the Owner designates another person as the Annuitant. The Contract must be issued prior to the Annuitant's 85th birthday. If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner will become the new Annuitant unless the Owner designates otherwise. However, if the Owner is a nonnatural person, the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Owner.

        The Owner may change the Annuitant by Written Notice prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. However, if any Owner is not an individual the Annuitant may not be changed. The new Annuitant's 90th birthday must be on or after the Annuity Commencement Date in effect when the change of Annuitant is requested.

Payee.

        The Payee is the person or persons designated by the Owner to receive the annuity income payments under the Contract. The Annuitant is the Payee unless the Owner designates another party as the Payee. The Owner may change the Payee at any time.


Issuance of a Contract

        To purchase a Contract, you must submit certain application information and an initial Purchase Payment to Protective Life through a licensed representative of Protective Life, who is also a registered representative of a broker/dealer having a distribution agreement with Investment Distributors, Inc. The minimum initial Purchase Payment is $2,000. Protective Life reserves the right to accept or decline a request to issue a Contract. Contracts may be sold to or in connection with retirement plans which do

16


not qualify for special tax treatment as well as retirement plans that qualify for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code.

        If the necessary application information for a Contract accompanies the initial Purchase Payment, we will allocate the initial Purchase Payment (less any applicable premium tax) to the Allocation Options as you direct on the appropriate form within two business days of receiving such Purchase Payment at the administrative office. If we do not receive the necessary application information, Protective Life will retain the Purchase Payment for up to five business days while it attempts to complete the information. If the necessary application information is not complete after five days, Protective Life will inform the applicant of the reason for the delay and return the initial Purchase Payment immediately unless the applicant specifically consents to Protective Life retaining it until the information is complete. Once the information is complete, we will allocate the initial Purchase Payment to the appropriate Allocation Options within two business days. You may transmit information necessary to complete an application to the Company by telephone, facsimile, or electronic media.


Purchase Payments

        In all states except Oregon we will only accept initial Purchase Payments before the earlier of the oldest Owner's 85th birthday, or the Annuitant's 85th birthday. No Purchase Payment will be accepted within 7 years of the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect. In the state of Oregon, we will only accept Purchase Payments (initial or subsequent) before the earlier of the oldest Owner's 85th birthday or the Annuitant's 85th birthday. The minimum subsequent Purchase Payment we will accept is $100 or $50 if made by electronic funds transfer. We reserve the right not to accept any Purchase Payment. Under certain circumstances, we may be required by law to reject a Purchase Payment.

        Purchase Payments are payable at our administrative office. You may make them by check payable to Protective Life Insurance Company or by any other method we deem acceptable. Protective Life retains the right to limit the maximum aggregate Purchase Payment that can be made without prior administrative office approval. This amount is currently $2,000,000.

        Under the current automatic purchase payment plan, you may select a monthly or quarterly payment schedule pursuant to which Purchase Payments will be automatically deducted from a bank account. We currently accept automatic Purchase Payments on the 1st through the 28th day of each month. Each automatic Purchase Payment must be at least $50. You may not allocate payments made through the automatic purchase payment plan to any DCA Fixed Account. You may not elect the automatic purchase payment plan and the partial automatic withdrawal plan simultaneously. (See "Surrenders and Partial Surrenders".) Upon notification of the death of any Owner the Company will terminate deductions under the automatic purchase payment plan. (See "Allocation of Purchase Payments".)

        We do not always receive your Purchase Payment or your application on the day you send them or give them to your sales representative. In some circumstances, such as when you purchase a Contract in exchange for an existing annuity contract from another company, we may not receive your Purchase Payment from the other company for a substantial period of time after you sign the application and send it to us.


Right to Cancel

        You have the right to return the Contract within a certain number of days after you receive it by returning it, along with a written cancellation request, to our administrative office or the sales representative who sold it. In the state of Connecticut, non-written requests are also accepted. The number of days, which is at least ten, is determined by state law in the state where the Contract is delivered. Return of the Contract by mail is effective on being post-marked, properly addressed and postage pre-paid. We will treat the returned Contract as if it had never been issued. Where permitted, Protective Life will refund the Contract Value plus any fees deducted from either Purchase Payments or

17


Contract Value. This amount may be more or less than the aggregate amount of your Purchase Payments up to that time. Where required, we will refund the Purchase Payment.

        For Individual Retirement Annuities and Contracts issued in states where, upon cancellation during the right-to-cancel period, we return at least your Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to allocate all or a portion of your initial Purchase Payment (and any subsequent Purchase Payment made during the right-to-cancel period) that you allocated to the Sub-Accounts to the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account until the expiration of the right-to-cancel period. Thereafter, we will allocate all Purchase Payments according to your allocation instructions then in effect.


Allocation of Purchase Payments

        Owners must indicate in the application how their initial and subsequent Purchase Payments are to be allocated among the Allocation Options. If your allocation instructions are indicated by percentages, whole percentages must be used.

        Owners may change allocation instructions by Written Notice at any time. Owners may also change instructions by telephone, automated telephone system or via the Internet at www.protective.com. For non-written instructions regarding allocations, we will require a form of personal identification prior to acting on instructions and we will record any telephone voice instructions. If we follow these procedures, we will not be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. We reserve the right to limit or eliminate any of these non-written communication methods for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.


Variable Account Value

Sub-Account Value.

        A Contract's Variable Account value at any time is the sum of the Sub-Account values and therefore reflects the investment experience of the Sub-Accounts to which it is allocated. There is no guaranteed minimum Variable Account value. The Sub-Account value for any Sub-Account as of the Effective Date is equal to the amount of the initial Purchase Payment allocated to that Sub-Account. On subsequent Valuation Days prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Sub-Account value is equal to that part of any Purchase Payment allocated to the Sub-Account and any Contract Value transferred to the Sub-Account, adjusted by income, dividends, net capital gains or losses (realized or unrealized), decreased by partial surrenders (including any applicable surrender charges and premium tax), Contract Value transferred out of the Sub-Account and fees deducted from the Sub-Account.

        The Sub-Account value for a Contract may be determined on any day by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units attributable to the Contract in that Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value for the appropriate class of Accumulation Units in that Sub-Account on that day. (See "Determination of Accumulation Units" and "Determination of Accumulation Unit Value.") The class of Accumulation Units attributable to a Contract depends on the benefits package chosen by the Owner. (See "Condensed Financial Information, Accumulation Units.")

Determination of Accumulation Units.

        Purchase Payments allocated and Contract Value transferred to a Sub-Account are converted into Accumulation Units. An Accumulation Unit is a unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. We determine the number of Accumulation Units to be credited to a Contract by dividing the dollar amount directed to the Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value of the appropriate class of Accumulation Units of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Day as of which the allocation or transfer occurs. Purchase Payments allocated or amounts transferred to a Sub-Account under a Contract increase the number of Accumulation Units of that Sub-Account credited to the Contract. We execute such allocations and transfers as of the end of the

18


Valuation Period in which we receive a Purchase Payment or Written Notice or other instruction requesting a transfer.

        Certain events reduce the number of Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account credited to a Contract. The following events result in the cancellation of the appropriate number of Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account:

    surrenders and applicable surrender charges;         

    partial surrenders and applicable surrender charges;         

    partial automatic withdrawals;         

    transfer from a Sub-Account and any applicable transfer fee;         

    payment of a death benefit claim;         

    application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option; and         

    deduction of the annual contract maintenance fee.

Accumulation Units are canceled as of the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive Written Notice of or other instructions regarding the event.

Determination of Accumulation Unit Value.

        The Accumulation Unit value for each class of Accumulation Units in a Sub-Account at the end of every Valuation Day is the Accumulation Unit value for that class at the end of the previous Valuation Day times the net investment factor.

Net Investment Factor.

        The net investment factor measures the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each Sub-Account, the net investment factor reflects the investment performance of the Fund in which the Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that Sub-Account for a Valuation Period. Each Sub-Account has a net investment factor for each Valuation Period which may be greater or less than one. Therefore, the value of an Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease. The net investment factor for any Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by dividing (1) by (2) and subtracting (3) from the result, where:

    (1)
    is the result of:
      a.
      the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the current Valuation Period; plus                 

      b.
      the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by the Funds held in the Sub-Account, if the "ex-dividend" date occurs during the current Valuation Period.
    (2)
    is the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the most recent prior Valuation Period.         

    (3)
    is a factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge for the number of days in the Valuation Period and a charge or credit for any taxes attributed to the investment operations of the Sub-Account, as determined by the Company.


Transfers

        Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you may instruct us to transfer Contract Value between and among the Allocation Options. When we receive your transfer instructions, we will allocate the Contract Value you transfer at the next price determined for the Allocation Options you indicate.

19


        You must transfer at least $100, or if less, the entire amount in the Allocation Option each time you make a transfer. If after the transfer, the Contract Value remaining in any Allocation Option from which a transfer is made would be less than $100, then we may transfer the entire Contract Value in that Allocation Option instead of the requested amount. We reserve the right to limit the number of transfers to no more than 12 per Contract Year. For each additional transfer over 12 during each Contract Year, we reserve the right to charge a Transfer Fee which will not exceed $25. The Transfer Fee, if any, will be deducted from the amount being transferred. (See "Charges and Deductions — Transfer Fee".)

        Transfers involving a Guaranteed Account are subject to additional restrictions. The maximum amount that may be transferred from the Fixed Account during a Contract Year is the greater of:

    (1)
    $2,500; or         

    (2)
    25% of the Contract Value in the Fixed Account value.

        Transfers into any DCA Fixed Account are not permitted.

        Owners may request transfers by Written Notice at any time. Owners also may request transfers by telephone, automated telephone system or via the Internet at www.protective.com. From time to time and at our sole discretion, we may introduce additional methods for requesting transfers or discontinue any method for making non-written requests and facsimile transmitted requests for such transfers. We will require a form of personal identification prior to acting on non-written requests and facsimile transmitted requests and we will record telephone requests. We will send you a confirmation of all transfer requests communicated to us. If we follow these procedures we will not be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent transfer requests.

        After the Annuity Commencement Date, when Variable Income Payments are selected, transfers are allowed between Sub-Accounts, but are limited to one transfer per month. Dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing are not allowed. No transfers are allowed within the Guaranteed Account or between the Guaranteed Account or any Sub-Account.

Reliability of Communications Systems.

        The Internet and telephone systems may not always be available. Any computer or telephone system, whether it is yours, your service providers', your registered representative's, or ours, can experience unscheduled outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. Such outages or delays may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you experience problems, you can make your transaction by writing to us.

Reservation of Rights to Limit Transfers.

        We reserve the right to limit amounts transferred into or out of any account within the Guaranteed Account. We reserve the right to modify, limit, suspend or eliminate the transfer privileges (including acceptance of non-written instructions and facsimile transmitted instructions) without prior notice for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.

        Excessive transfer activity can disrupt orderly Fund management strategies and increase Fund expenses by causing the following:

    increased trading and transaction costs;         

    disruption of planned investment strategies;         

    forced and unplanned portfolio turnover;         

    lost opportunity costs; and

20


    large asset swings that decrease the Fund's ability to provide maximum investment return to all Contract Owners.

In response to excessive trading, we may refuse to honor transfers requested by a third party acting on behalf of more than one Contract Owner, such as market timing services. We may also refuse to honor transfers when we determine, in our sole discretion, that transfers are harmful to the Funds or Contract Owners as a whole.

Dollar Cost Averaging.

        Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you may instruct us by Written Notice to systematically and automatically transfer, on a monthly or quarterly basis, amounts from a DCA Fixed Account (or any other Allocation Option) to any Allocation Option, except that no transfers may be made into any account of the Guaranteed Account or the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account. This is known as the "dollar-cost averaging" method of investment. By transferring equal amounts of Contract Value on a regularly scheduled basis, as opposed to allocating a larger amount at one particular time, an Owner may be less susceptible to the impact of market fluctuations in the value of Sub-Account Accumulation Units. Protective Life, however, makes no guarantee that the dollar cost averaging method will result in a profit or protection against loss.

        You may make dollar cost averaging transfers on the 1st through the 28th day of each month. In states where, upon cancellation during the right-to-cancel period, we are required to return your Purchase Payment, we reserve the right to delay commencement of dollar cost averaging transfers until the expiration of the right-to-cancel period.

        Any Purchase Payment allocated to a DCA Fixed Account must include instructions regarding the period and frequency of the dollar cost averaging transfers, and the Allocation Option(s) into which the transfers are to be made. Currently, the maximum period for dollar cost averaging from DCA Fixed Account 1 is six months, from DCA Fixed Account 2 is twelve months and from DCA Fixed Account 3 is twenty-four months. Dollar cost averaging transfers may be made monthly or quarterly. From time to time, we may offer different maximum periods for dollar cost averaging amounts from a DCA Fixed Account. In Oregon, only your initial Purchase Payment may be allocated to a DCA Fixed Account.

        The periodic amount transferred from a DCA Fixed Account will be equal to the Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA Fixed Account divided by the number of dollar cost averaging transfers to be made. Interest credited will be transferred from the DCA Fixed Account after the last dollar cost averaging transfer. We will process dollar cost averaging transfers until the earlier of the following: (1) the DCA Fixed Account Value equals $0, or (2) the Owner instructs us by Written Notice to cancel the automatic transfers. If you terminate transfers from a DCA Fixed Account before the amount remaining in that account is $0, we will immediately transfer any amount remaining in that DCA Fixed Account according to your instructions. If you do not provide instructions, we will transfer the remaining amount to the Fixed Account. In states where the Fixed Account is not available, we will transfer the remaining amount to the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account. Upon the death of any Owner, dollar cost averaging transfers will continue until canceled by the Beneficiary(s).

        From time to time, we may offer interest rates on our DCA Fixed Accounts that are higher than the interest rates we offer on the Fixed Account. The interest rates on the DCA Fixed Accounts, however, apply to the declining balance in the account. Therefore the amount of interest actually paid with respect to a Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA Fixed Account will be substantially less than the amount that would have been paid if the full Purchase Payment remained in the DCA Fixed Account for the full period.

        There is no charge for dollar cost averaging. Automatic transfers made to facilitate dollar cost averaging will not count toward the 12 transfers permitted each Contract Year if we elect to limit transfers, or the designated number of free transfers in any Contract Year if we elect to charge for

21


transfers in excess of that number in any Contract Year. We reserve the right to discontinue dollar cost averaging upon written notice to the Owner.

Portfolio Rebalancing.

        Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you may instruct Protective Life by Written Notice to periodically transfer your Variable Account value among specified Sub-Accounts to achieve a particular percentage allocation of Variable Account value among such Sub-Accounts ("portfolio rebalancing"). The portfolio rebalancing percentages must be in whole numbers and must allocate amounts only among the Sub-Accounts. You may not transfer any Contract Value to or from the Guaranteed Account as part of portfolio rebalancing. Unless you instruct otherwise, portfolio rebalancing is based on your Purchase Payment allocation instructions in effect with respect to the Sub-Accounts at the time of each rebalancing transfer. We deem portfolio rebalancing instructions from you that differ from your current Purchase Payment allocation instructions to be a request to change your Purchase Payment allocation.

        You may elect portfolio rebalancing to occur on the 1st through 28th day of a month on either a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. If you do not select a day, transfers will occur on the same day of the month as your Contract Anniversary, or on the 28th day of the month if your Contract Anniversary occurs on the 29th, 30th or 31st day of the month. You may change or terminate portfolio rebalancing by Written Notice, or by other non-written communication methods acceptable for transfer requests. Upon the death of any Owner portfolio rebalancing will continue until canceled by the Beneficiary(s).

        There is no charge for portfolio rebalancing. Automatic transfers made to facilitate portfolio rebalancing will not count toward the 12 transfers permitted each Contract Year if Protective Life elects to limit transfers, or the designated number of free transfers in any Contract Year if the Company elects to charge for transfers in excess of that number in any Contract Year. We reserve the right to discontinue portfolio rebalancing upon written notice to the Owner.


Surrenders and Partial Surrenders

Surrender.

        At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request a surrender of your Contract for its surrender value. To surrender your Contract, you must return the Contract to us and make your surrender request by Written Notice. We will pay you the surrender value in a lump sum unless you request payment under another payment option that we are making available at the time. Partial and full surrenders from Contracts issued as tax sheltered annuities are prohibited in certain circumstances. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") A surrender may have federal and state income tax consequences. (See "Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders".) A surrender value may be available under certain Annuity Options. (See "Annuitization".) In accordance with SEC regulations, surrenders and partial surrenders are generally payable within 7 calendar days of our receiving Written Notice of your request. (See "Suspension or Delay in Payments".)

Surrender Value.

        The surrender value of your Contract is equal to the Contract Value minus any applicable surrender charge, contract maintenance fee and premium tax. We will determine the surrender value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your Written Notice requesting surrender and your Contract at our administrative office.

Partial Surrender.

        At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request a partial surrender of your Contract Value provided the Contract Value remaining after the partial surrender is at least $2,000. You may request a partial surrender by Written Notice or, if we have received your completed Telephone

22


Withdrawal Authorization Form, by telephone. Partial surrenders by telephone are subject to limitations. We may eliminate partial withdrawals by telephone or change the requirements for partial withdrawals by telephone for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time without prior notice.

        We will withdraw the amount of your partial surrender from the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your request for the partial surrender. The amount we will pay you upon a partial surrender is equal to the Contract Value surrendered minus any applicable surrender charge and any applicable premium tax.

        You may specify the amount of the partial surrender to be made from any Allocation Option. If you do not so specify, or if the amount in the designated account(s) is inadequate to comply with the request, the partial surrender will be made from each Allocation Option based on the proportion that the value of each Allocation Option bears to the total Contract Value.

        A partial surrender may have federal and state income tax consequences. (See "Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders".)

Cancellation of Accumulation Units.

        Surrenders and partial surrenders, including any surrender charges, will result in the cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account(s) and/or in a reduction of the Guaranteed Account value.

Surrender and Partial Surrender Restrictions.

        The Owner's right to make surrenders and partial surrenders is subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable law or employee benefit plan.

Restrictions on Distributions from Certain Types of Contracts.

        There are certain restrictions on surrenders and partial surrenders of Contracts used as funding vehicles for Internal Revenue Code Section 403(b) retirement plans. Section 403(b)(11) of the Code restricts the distribution under Section 403(b) annuity contracts of:

    (i)
    contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement in years beginning after December 31, 1988;         

    (ii)
    earnings on those contributions; and         

    (iii)
    earnings after December 31, 1988 on amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions held as of December 31, 1988.

        Distributions of those amounts may only occur upon the death of the employee, attainment of age 59 1 / 2 , separation from service, disability, or hardship. In addition, income attributable to salary reduction contributions may not be distributed in the case of hardship.

        In the case of certain Qualified Plans, federal tax law imposes restrictions on the form and manner in which benefits may be paid. For example, spousal consent may be needed in certain instances before a distribution may be made.

Partial Automatic Withdrawals.

        Currently, the Company offers a partial automatic withdrawal plan. This plan allows you to pre-authorize periodic partial surrenders prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You may elect to

23


participate in this plan at the time of application or at a later date by properly completing an election form. In order to participate in the plan you must have:

    (1)
    made an initial Purchase Payment of at least $5,000; or         

    (2)
    a Contract Value as of the previous Contract Anniversary equal to $5,000.

        The partial automatic withdrawal plan and the automatic purchase payment plan may not be elected simultaneously. (See "Purchase Payments".) There may be federal and state income tax consequences to partial automatic withdrawals from the Contract and the Owner should, therefore, consult with his or her tax advisor before participating in any withdrawal program. (See "Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders".)

        When you elect the partial automatic withdrawal plan, you will instruct Protective Life to withdraw a level dollar amount from the Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis. Partial automatic withdrawals may be made on the 1st through the 28th day of each month. The amount requested must be at least $100 per withdrawal. We will process withdrawals for the designated amount until you instruct us otherwise. If, during any Contract Year, the amount of the withdrawals exceeds the "free withdrawal amount" described in the "Surrender Charge" section of this prospectus, we will deduct a surrender charge where applicable. (See "Surrender Charge.") Partial automatic withdrawals will be taken pro-rata from the Allocation Options in proportion to the value each Allocation Option bears to the total Contract Value and will be made only by an electronic fund transfer. We will pay you the amount requested each month or quarter as applicable and cancel the applicable Accumulation Units.

        If any partial automatic withdrawal transaction would result in a Contract Value of less than $5,000 after the withdrawal, the transaction will not be completed and the partial automatic withdrawal plan will terminate. Once partial automatic withdrawals have terminated due to insufficient Contract Value, they will not be automatically reinstated in the event that your Contract Value should reach $5,000 again. The partial automatic withdrawal plan will also terminate in the event that a non-automated partial surrender is made from a Contract participating in the plan, except in the case of a partial surrender taken as a minimum required distribution from a Qualified Plan. (See "Qualified Retirement Plans".) Upon notification of the death of any Owner, we will terminate the partial automatic withdrawal plan. The partial automatic withdrawal plan may be discontinued by the Owner at any time by Written Notice.

        There is no charge for the partial automatic withdrawal plan. We reserve the right to discontinue the partial automatic withdrawal plan upon written notice to you.


THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

        The Guaranteed Account has not been, and is not required to be, registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, and neither these accounts nor the Company's general account have been registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Therefore, neither the Guaranteed Account, the Company's general account, nor any interests therein are generally subject to regulation under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. The disclosures relating to the Guaranteed Account included in this prospectus are for the Owner's information and have not been reviewed by the SEC. However, such disclosures may be subject to certain generally applicable provisions of federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

        The Guaranteed Account consists of the Fixed Account and the DCA Fixed Accounts. The Fixed Account and certain DCA Fixed Accounts are not available in all States. See "The Fixed Account" and "The DCA Fixed Accounts" for more information. The Fixed Account and the DCA Fixed Accounts are part of Protective Life's general account. The assets of Protective Life's general account support its insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to Protective Life's general liabilities from business operations. Since the Fixed Account and the DCA Fixed Accounts are part of the general account, Protective Life assumes the risk of investment gain or loss on this amount.

24


        From time to time and subject to regulatory approval, we may offer Fixed Accounts or DCA Fixed Accounts with different interest guaranteed periods. We, in our sole discretion, establish the interest rates for each account in the Guaranteed Account. We will not declare a rate that is less than an annual effective interest rate of 3.00%. You bear the risk that we will not declare a rate that is higher than the minimum rate. Because these rates vary from time to time, allocations made to the same account within the Guaranteed Account at different times may earn interest at different rates.

The Fixed Account.

        The Fixed Account is not available in the states of Oregon, Maryland, Massachusetts, South Carolina or Washington. In states where the Fixed Account and DCA Fixed Accounts are available, you may allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments and may transfer some or all of your Contract Value to the Fixed Account. Amounts allocated or transferred to the Fixed Account earn interest from the date the funds are credited to the account.

        The interest rate we apply to Purchase Payments and transfers into the Fixed Account is guaranteed for one year from the date the Purchase Payment or transfer is credited to the account. When an interest rate guarantee expires, we will set a new interest rate, which may not be the same as the interest rate then in effect for Purchase Payments or transfers allocated to the Fixed Account. The new interest rate is also guaranteed for one year.

The DCA Fixed Accounts.

        We currently offer three DCA Fixed Accounts. The maximum period for dollar cost average transfers from DCA Fixed Account 1 is six months, from DCA Fixed Account 2 is twelve months and from DCA Fixed Account 3 is twenty-four months. DCA Fixed Account 3 is not available in the states of Massachusetts, South Carolina or Washington.

        DCA Fixed Accounts are designed to systematically transfer amounts to other Allocation Options over a designated period. (See "Transfers, Dollar Cost Averaging.") The DCA Fixed Accounts are available only for Purchase Payments designated for dollar cost averaging. Purchase Payments may not be allocated into any DCA Fixed Account when that DCA Fixed Account value is greater than $0, and all funds must be transferred from a DCA Fixed Account before allocating a Purchase Payment to that DCA Fixed Account. Where we agree, under current administrative procedures, to allocate a Purchase Payment to any DCA Fixed Account in installments from more than one source, we will credit each installment with the interest rate applied to the first installment we receive. The interest rate we apply to Purchase Payments allocated to a DCA Fixed Account is guaranteed for the period over which transfers are allowed from that DCA Fixed Account.

Guaranteed Account Value.

        Any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Guaranteed Account value is equal to the sum of:

    (1)
    Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Account; plus         

    (2)
    amounts transferred into the Guaranteed Account; plus         

    (3)
    interest credited to the Guaranteed Account; minus         

    (4)
    amounts transferred out of the Guaranteed Account, including any applicable transfer fee; minus         

    (5)
    the amount of any surrenders removed from the Guaranteed Account, including any applicable premium tax and surrender charges; minus         

    (6)
    fees deducted from the Guaranteed Account.

        For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from accounts within the Guaranteed Account will be separately accounted for on a "first-in, first-out" (FIFO) basis.

25



DEATH BENEFIT

        If any Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date and while this Contract is in force, we will pay a death benefit, less any applicable premium tax, to the Beneficiary. The death benefit terminates on the Annuity Commencement Date.

        We will determine the death benefit as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death. Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract, even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond the time of an Owner's death. If any Owner is not a natural person, the death of the Annuitant is treated as the death of an Owner. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations prescribe certain limitations on the designation of a Beneficiary.

Payment of the Death Benefit.

        The Beneficiary may take the death benefit in one sum immediately, in which event the Contract will terminate. If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit will become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, and the entire interest in the Contract must be distributed under one of the following options:

    (1)
    the entire interest must be distributed over the life of the Beneficiary, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year of the Owner's death; or,         

    (2)
    the entire interest must be distributed within 5 years of the Owner's death.

If no option is elected, we will distribute the entire interest within 5 years of the Owner's death.

Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse.

        If the Beneficiary is the deceased Owner's spouse, the surviving spouse may elect, in lieu of receiving a death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner, provided the deceased Owner's spouse's 85th birthday is after the Effective Date and the 90th birthday is after the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect. The Contract will continue with the value of the death benefit, including the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit if it was selected, having become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we received due proof of death. Neither the death benefit nor the optional Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit, if it was selected, is terminated by a surviving spouse's continuation of the Contract. The surviving spouse may select a new Beneficiary. Upon this spouse's death, the death benefit may be taken in one sum immediately and the Contract will terminate. If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit will become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death and must be distributed to the new Beneficiary according to option (1) or (2), above.

        A Contract may be continued by a surviving spouse only once. This benefit will not be available to any subsequent surviving spouse under the continued Contract.

        If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions apply to each Beneficiary individually.

        The death benefit provisions of this Contract shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of §72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. We reserve the right to endorse this Contract, as necessary, to conform with regulatory requirements. We will send you a copy of any endorsement containing such Contract modifications.

Selecting a death benefit.

        All Contracts are issued with the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. You may also be eligible to select one of the optional benefit packages, the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit, or both at the time you apply for your Contract. Your selection may not be changed after we issue the Contract. The optional benefit packages and the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit are subject to age

26


limitations. Optional benefit packages and the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit provide a death benefit that may be greater than the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. Owners who intend to use their Contracts in connection with Qualified Plans, including IRAs, should consider the income tax effects that such a death benefit may have on their plans. See the discussion of death benefits in "Federal Tax Matters, Qualified Retirement Plans." Please consult your tax adviser.


Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit

        The death benefit will equal the greater of:

    (1)
    the Contract Value; or         

    (2)
    aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each surrender.

        For Contracts purchased after December 31, 2002, the adjustment for each surrender in item (2) is the amount that reduces the aggregate Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit at the time of the surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. For Contracts purchased before January 1, 2003, the adjustment is the aggregate amount surrendered, including associated surrender charges. See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of each death benefit.


Optional Benefit Packages

        At the time of application, an eligible Owner may purchase one of the optional benefit packages. You may purchase an optional benefit package only at the time of application. If you purchase your Contract after May 31, 2003, you may purchase an optional benefit package only if the Effective Date is before the oldest Owner's 76th birthday. A death benefit available under an optional benefit package must be distributed according to the rules in the "Death Benefit" section above. See "Charges and Deductions, Surrender Charges" for a discussion of the waiver of surrender charges.

        Currently, two optional benefit packages are available: (1) the Annual Reset Death Benefit Package, and (2) the Compound and 3-Year Reset Death Benefit Package. An optional benefit package may provide a death benefit that is greater than the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit provided under the Contract and a waiver of surrender charges under certain circumstances. If you purchase either of these packages, the mortality and expense risk expense charge will increase by 0.15% to 1.25%, for total mortality and expense risk and administration charges of 1.40%. (See "Charges and Deductions".) Once you select an optional benefit package, you may not cancel or change the option. If any Owner is not a natural person, we will treat references to the Owner's birthday as references to the Annuitant's birthday.

        For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value regardless of the death benefit selected and without any change in the Contract's mortality and expense risk charge. It is possible that, at the time of an Owner's death, the death benefits under the optional benefit packages will be no greater than the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. You should consult a qualified financial adviser to carefully consider these possibilities and the added cost of the optional benefit packages before you decide whether an optional benefit package is right for you.

         See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of each death benefit.

Annual Reset Death Benefit Package.

        We will determine an annual reset anniversary value, for each Contract Anniversary occurring before the earlier of the deceased Owner's 80th birthday or the deceased Owner's date of death. Each annual reset anniversary value is equal to the sum of:

    the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary; plus         

    all Purchase Payments since that Contract Anniversary; minus

27


    an adjustment for each surrender since that Contract Anniversary.

        For Contracts purchased after December 31, 2002, the adjustment for each surrender since the relevant Contract Anniversary is the amount that reduces the annual reset death benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the annual reset death benefit at the time of the surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. For Contracts purchased before January 1, 2003, the adjustment is the aggregate amount surrendered, including associated surrender charges, since that Contract Anniversary.

        The death benefit will equal the greater of:

      (1)
      the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit; or                 

      (2)
      the greatest annual reset anniversary value attained.

         See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of each death benefit.

Compound and 3-Year Reset Death Benefit Package (Not available in the State of Washington).

        We will determine a compound anniversary value on the most recent Contract Anniversary before the earlier of the deceased Owner's 80th birthday or the deceased Owner's date of death.

                The compound anniversary value is equal to the sum of:

    (a)
    the accumulation to the Contract Anniversary of all Purchase Payments prior to that Contract Anniversary, minus an adjustment for each surrender prior to that Contract Anniversary; plus,         

    (b)
    any Purchase Payments on or since that Contract Anniversary, minus an adjustment for each surrender on or since that Contract Anniversary.

        For Contracts purchased after December 31, 2002, the adjustment for each surrender in items (a) and (b) is the amount that reduces the compound death benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the compound death benefit at the time of the surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. For Contracts purchased before January 1, 2003, the adjustment in Item (a) is the aggregate amount surrendered, including associated surrender charges, prior to that Contract Anniversary, and the adjustment in Item (b) is the aggregate amount surrendered, including associated surrender charges, on or since that Contract Anniversary.

        If the Effective Date is before the deceased Owner's 71st birthday, the amounts in (a) will accumulate at an annual effective interest rate of 4.00%. If the Effective Date is on or after the deceased Owner's 71st birthday, the amounts in (a) will accumulate at an annual effective interest rate of 3.00%.

        We will determine a 3-year reset anniversary value for every 3rd Contract Anniversary occurring before the earlier of the deceased Owner's 80th birthday or the deceased Owner's date of death. Each 3-year reset anniversary value is equal to the sum of:

    the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary; plus         

    all Purchase Payments since that Contract Anniversary; minus         

    an adjustment for each surrender since that Contract Anniversary.

        For Contracts purchased after December 31, 2002, the adjustment for each surrender since the relevant Contract Anniversary is the amount that reduces the 3-year reset death benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the 3-year reset death benefit at the time of the surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. For Contracts purchased before January 1, 2003, the adjustment is the aggregate amount surrendered, including associated surrender charges, since that Contract Anniversary.

28


        The death benefit will equal the greatest of:

      (1)
      the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit; or                 

      (2)
      the compound anniversary value; or                 

      (3)
      the greatest 3-year reset anniversary value attained.

         See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of each death benefit.


Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit (not available in Minnesota, North Dakota or Washington)

        The Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit is an amount we pay in addition to the death benefit under a Contract. Subject to a maximum, the additional amount payable under this benefit will be equal to a percentage of your Contract's earnings, if there are any, between the Effective Date and the date as of which the death benefit is determined. If the oldest Owner is younger than 70 years old on the Effective Date, the benefit will pay 40% of earnings, up to a maximum of 80% of net Purchase Payments. If the oldest Owner is age 70 or more on that date, the benefit will pay 25% of earnings, up to a maximum of 50% of net Purchase Payments.

        For Contracts purchased after May 31, 2003, the earnings to which the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit applies are calculated as follows:

    the Contract Value on the date as of which the amount of the death benefit is determined;         

    minus the Contract Value on the Effective Date and any Purchase Payments made after the Effective Date;         

    plus any Purchase Payments that were withdrawn after the Effective Date, including any surrender charges. (For purposes of this calculation, we will apply partial withdrawals against gains in the Contract first, and then against Purchase Payments.)

        For Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003, the earnings to which the Earning Enhancement Death Benefit applies are calculated in the same way except that calculations made 12 months or more after the Effective Date will be based on the amount of the Contract's death benefit instead of its Contract Value.

        For purposes of determining the maximum amount payable under this benefit, net Purchase Payments will be the net of:

    the Contract Value on the Effective Date;         

    plus any Purchase Payments made after the Effective Date;         

    minus any Purchase Payments that were withdrawn after the Effective Date, including any surrender charges; (For purposes of this calculation, we will apply partial withdrawals against gains in the Contract first, and then against Purchase Payments.)         

    minus any Purchase Payments made after the date 12 months before the deceased Owner's death.

        For Contracts purchased after May 31, 2003, that have been continued by a surviving spouse after the death of the original owner, the earnings to which the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit applies are calculated as follows:

    the Contract Value on the date as of which the amount of the death benefit upon the death of the surviving spouse is determined;         

    minus the Contract Value on the date as of which we determined the value of the death benefit upon the death of the original owner, and any Purchase Payments made after that date;         

    plus any Purchase Payments that were withdrawn after the date on which we determined the value of the death benefit upon the death of the original owner, including any surrender charges.

29


      (For purposes of this calculation, we will apply partial withdrawals against gains in the Contract first, and then against Purchase Payments.)

        For Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003 that have been continued by a surviving spouse after the death of the original owner, the earnings to which the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit applies are calculated in the same way except that calculations made 12 months or more after the Effective Date will be based on the amount of the Contract's death benefit instead of its Contract Value.

        For purposes of determining the maximum amount payable under this benefit for a continued Contract, net Purchase Payments will be the net of:

    the Contract Value as of the date we determined the value of the death benefit upon the death of the original owner;         

    plus any Purchase Payments made afterwards;         

    minus any Purchase Payments that were withdrawn during this period, including any surrender charges. (For purposes of this calculation, we will apply partial withdrawals against gains in the Contract first, and then against Purchase Payments.)         

    minus any Purchase Payments made after the date 12 months before the original surviving spouse's death.

        The Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit is currently available only at the time you apply for a Contract. You may purchase the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit only when you apply for a Contract and only if the Effective Date of this benefit is before the oldest Owner's 76th birthday.

        The Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit will increase the Contract's mortality and expense risk charge by 0.25% from 1.10% to 1.35% for a Contract with the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit and from 1.25% to 1.50% for a Contract with an optional benefits package. (See "Charges and Deductions.") No amount will be payable under this benefit after it terminates or if the Contract is transferred to any new Owner who was age 70 or more on the benefit's effective date. Additionally, no amount will be payable under this benefit if there are no earnings, as described above, as of the date on which we determine the death benefit. You should consult a qualified financial adviser to carefully consider these possibilities and the benefit's added cost before you decide whether this benefit is right for you.

        Once purchased, neither Protective nor you can unilaterally terminate the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit unless the entire Contract is terminated. The Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit will automatically terminate on the earlier of (1) the Annuity Commencement Date or (2) the later of the 10th Contract Anniversary or the oldest Owner's 90th birthday. Upon termination of this benefit, the mortality and expense risk charge will decrease by 0.25%.

        The Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit may be purchased with Contracts used in connection with Qualified Plans. Please consult your tax adviser.

         Please see Appendix D for an example of the calculation of the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit.


SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS

        Payments of a partial or full surrender of the Variable Account value or death benefit are usually made within seven (7) calendar days. However, we may delay such payment of a partial or full surrender of the Variable Account value or death benefit for any period in the following circumstances where permitted by state law:

    (1)
    when the New York Stock Exchange is closed; or         

    (2)
    when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; or         

    (3)
    when an emergency exists (as determined by the SEC as a result of which (a) the disposal of securities in the Variable Account is not reasonably practical; or (b) it is not reasonably practical to determine fairly the value of the net assets of the Variable Account); or

30


    (4)
    when the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders.

        We may delay payment of a partial or full surrender from the Guaranteed Account for up to six months where permitted.


SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTS

        If mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment. We also may be required to provide additional information about your account to government regulators or law enforcement authorities. In addition, we may be required to block an Owner's account and thereby refuse to pay any request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator or law enforcement authorities.


CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS


Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)

General.

        We do not deduct any charge for sales expenses from Purchase Payments at the time you make them. However, within certain time limits described below, we deduct a surrender charge (contingent deferred sales charge) from the Contract Value when you make a full or partial surrender before the Annuity Commencement Date or, if you elected early annuitization, when you fully or partially surrender your Contract for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A (payments for a certain period) are being made. (See "Annuitization, Annuity Commencement Date."). We do not apply the surrender charge to the payment of a death benefit.

        In the event surrender charges are not sufficient to cover sales expenses, we will bear the loss; conversely, if the amount of such charges provides more than enough to cover such expenses, we will retain the excess. Protective Life does not currently believe that the surrender charges imposed will cover the expected costs of distributing the Contracts. Any shortfall will be made up from Protective Life's general assets, which may include amounts derived from the mortality and expense risk charge.

Free Withdrawal Amount.

        Each Contract Year you may withdraw a specified amount, called the "free withdrawal amount", from your Contract without incurring a surrender charge. During the first Contract Year the free withdrawal amount is equal to 15% of your initial Purchase Payment. In any subsequent Contract Year the free withdrawal amount is equal to the greatest of: (1) the earnings in your Contract as of the prior Contract Anniversary; (2) 15% of your cumulative Purchase Payments as of the prior Contract Anniversary; or (3) 15% of the Contract Value as of the prior Contract Anniversary. For the purpose of determining the free withdrawal amount, earnings equal the Contract Value minus the Purchase Payments not previously assessed with a surrender charge, both measured as of the Contract Anniversary for which values are being determined. Withdrawals in excess of the free withdrawal amount in any Contract Year are treated as surrenders. Withdrawals, including withdrawals of the free withdrawal amount, may be subject to income taxation and may be subject to a 10% federal penalty tax if taken before the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 . (See "Taxation of Annuities in General, Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders.")

Determining the Surrender Charge.

        We calculate the surrender charge by first allocating surrendered Contract Value in excess of any free withdrawal amount to Purchase Payments or portions of Purchase Payments not previously assessed with a surrender charge on a "first-in, first-out" (FIFO) basis. We then allocate any remaining surrendered Contract Value pro-rata to these Purchase Payments. The surrender charge is the total of each of the allocated amounts of surrendered Contract Value multiplied by its applicable surrender

31


charge percentage, as shown below. If the surrendered Contract Value exceeds any free withdrawal amount and if no surrendered Contract Value was allocated to Purchase Payments, we determine the surrender charge on the surrendered Contract Value by applying the surrender charge percentage associated with the most recent Purchase Payment we accepted.


Number of Full Years Elapsed
Between the Date Purchase Payment was
Accepted and the Date of Surrender


 

Surrender Charge as Percentage
of Amount Surrendered

0   7.0%
1   6.0%
2   6.0%
3   5.0%
4   4.0%
5   3.0%
6   2.0%
7+   0%

        Refer to Appendix B for an example of how the surrender charge is calculated.

Reduction or Elimination of Surrender Charge.

        We may decrease or waive surrender charges on Contracts issued to a trustee, employer or similar entity pursuant to a retirement plan or when sales are made in a similar arrangement where offering the Contracts to a group of individuals under such a program results in savings of sales expenses. We will determine the entitlement to such a reduction in surrender charge.

        We may also waive surrender charges on partial surrenders taken as a minimum distribution required under federal or state tax laws on amounts attributable to Protective Life annuity contracts. (See "Qualified Retirement Plans".) During any Contract Year, the total amount of such partial surrenders will reduce the free withdrawal amount available on any subsequent partial surrender.

Waiver of Surrender Charges.

        If you select an optional benefit package we will waive any applicable surrender charge if, at any time after the first Contract Year:

    (1)
    you are first diagnosed as having a terminal illness by a physician that is not related to you or the Annuitant; or,         

    (2)
    you enter, for a period of at least ninety (90) days, a facility which is both
      (a)
      licensed by the state (in New Hampshire, operated pursuant to law); and                 

      (b)
      qualified as a skilled nursing home facility under Medicare or Medicaid.

        For Contracts purchased in the State of Texas, we will also waive surrender charges on these conditions during the first Contract Year.

        The term "terminal illness" means that you are diagnosed as having a non-correctable medical condition that, with a reasonable degree of medical certainty, will result in your death in less than 12 months. A "physician" is a medical doctor licensed by a state's Board of Medical Examiners, or similar authority in the United States, acting within the scope of his or her license. You must submit written proof satisfactory to us of a terminal illness or nursing home confinement. We reserve the right to require an examination by a physician of our choice.

        Once we have granted the waiver of surrender charges, no surrender charges will apply to the Contract in the future and we will accept no additional Purchase Payments.

        If any Owner is not an individual, the waiver of surrender charge provisions will apply to the Annuitant.

32


Suspension of Benefits.

        For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, we will not waive the surrender charges under the provision above.


Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

        To compensate Protective Life for assuming mortality and expense risks, we deduct a daily mortality and expense risk charge. We deduct the mortality and expense risk charge only from the Variable Account. Before the Annuity Commencement Date, the charge is equal, on an annual basis, to 1.10% of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract if you select only the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. If you select one of the optional benefit packages, the mortality and expense risk expense charge will increase by 0.15% for a total mortality and expense risk charge of 1.25% (on an annual basis) of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract. (See "Optional Benefit Packages".) If you select the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit, the mortality and expense risk charge will increase by 0.25% to 1.35% for the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit and 1.50% for the Optional Benefit Packages until the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit terminates. (See "Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit.") On and after the Annuity Commencement Date, the mortality and expense risk charge is equal to 1.10% (on an annual basis) of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to a Contract.

        The mortality risk Protective Life assumes is that Annuitant(s) may live for a longer period of time than estimated when the guarantees in the Contract were established. Because of these guarantees, each Payee is assured that longevity will not have an adverse effect on the annuity payments received. The mortality risk that Protective Life assumes also includes a guarantee to pay a death benefit if the Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date. The expense risk that Protective Life assumes is the risk that the administration charge, contract maintenance fee and transfer fees may be insufficient to cover actual future expenses. It is possible that the mortality and expense risk charge (or a portion of it) could be treated as a distribution from the Contract for tax purposes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") We may incur a profit or a loss from the mortality and expense risk charge. Any profit may be used to finance distribution and other expenses.


Administration Charges

        We will deduct an administration charge equal, on an annual basis, to 0.15% of the daily net asset value of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract. We make this deduction to reimburse Protective Life for expenses incurred in the administration of the Contract and the Variable Account. We deduct the administration charge only from the Variable Account value.


Transfer Fee

        Currently, there is no charge for transfers. Protective Life reserves the right, however, to charge $25 for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year. For the purpose of assessing the fee, we would consider each request to be one transfer, regardless of the number of Allocation Options affected by the transfer in one day. We would deduct the fee from the amount being transferred.


Contract Maintenance Fee

        Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we deduct a contract maintenance fee of $30 from the Contract Value on each Contract Anniversary, and on any day that you surrender the Contract other than the Contract Anniversary. We will deduct the contract maintenance fee from the Allocation Options in the same proportion as their values are to the Contract Value. We will waive the contract maintenance fee in the event the Contract Value or the aggregate Purchase Payments reduced by surrenders and associated surrender charges equals or exceeds $50,000 on the date we are to deduct the contract maintenance fee.

33



Fund Expenses

        The net assets of each Sub-Account of the Variable Account will reflect the investment management fees and other operating expenses the Funds incur. For each Fund, an investment manager receives a daily fee for its services. Some Funds also deduct 12b-1 fees from Fund assets. Over time these fees, which are paid out of a Fund's assets on an ongoing basis, will increase the cost of an investment in Fund shares. (See the prospectuses for the Funds, which accompany this Prospectus.)


Premium Taxes

        Some states impose premium taxes at rates currently ranging up to 3.5%. If premium taxes apply to your Contract, we will deduct them from the Purchase Payment(s) when accepted or from the Contract Value upon a full or partial surrender, death or annuitization.


Other Taxes

        Currently, no charge will be made against the Variable Account for federal, state or local taxes other than premium taxes. We reserve the right, however, to deduct a charge for taxes attributable to the operation of the Variable Account.


Other Information

        We sell the Contracts through registered representatives of broker-dealers. These registered representatives are also appointed and licensed as insurance agents of Protective Life. We pay commissions to the broker-dealers for selling the Contracts. You do not directly pay the commissions, we do. We intend to recover commissions, marketing, administrative and other expenses and costs of Contract benefits through fees and charges imposed under the Contracts. See "Distribution of the Contracts" for more information.


ANNUITIZATION


Annuity Commencement Date

        On the Effective Date, the Annuity Commencement Date is the later of (1) the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 90th birthday or (2) the 10th Contract Anniversary. Annuity Commencement Dates that occur or are scheduled to occur at an advanced age for the Annuitant ( e.g. , past age 85), may in certain circumstances have adverse income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters".) Distributions from Qualified Contracts may be required before the Annuity Commencement Date.

        On the Annuity Commencement Date, we will apply your Contract Value, less any applicable charges and premium tax, to the Annuity Option you have selected to determine an annuity income payment. You may elect to receive a fixed income payment, a variable income payment, or a combination of both using the same Annuity Option and certain period.

Changing the Annuity Commencement Date.

        In all states except Oregon, the Owner may change the Annuity Commencement Date by Written Notice. Except as we may allow under the early annuitization privilege, described below, the proposed Annuity Commencement Date must be at least 30 days after the date the written request is received by the Company and at least 7 years after the most recent Purchase Payment. The new Annuity Commencement Date may be any date before or on the Owner's or Annuitant's 90th birthday and may not be later than that date unless approved by Protective Life.

34


Early Annuitization.

        At any time after the second Contract Anniversary, we will permit you to elect the immediate annuitization of your Contract under certain Annuity Options. To elect this early annuitization, you must make your election by Written Notice, and you must select an Annuity Option providing either (i) life income with or without a certain period, or (ii) payments for a certain period of at least 10 years. We will not accept an early annuitization election if you select payments for a certain period of less than 10 years. Once we accept your early annuitization election, we will change the Annuity Commencement Date to the date on which we accepted the election, and we will apply your Contract Value, less any applicable charges and premium tax, to the Annuity Option you have selected to determine an annuity income payment.

        We will waive any surrender charges that may otherwise apply on the date we accept your election of early annuitization. However, surrender charges will apply if, after your early annuitization election, you fully or partially surrender your Contract for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A (payments for a certain period) are being made. In this case, the surrender charge will be determined as described in "Charges and Deductions, Surrender Charge," but without regard to any free withdrawal amount that may have otherwise been available. (See "Charges and Deductions, Surrender Charge.")

        We reserve the right to modify, limit, suspend or eliminate the early annuitization privilege without prior notice for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.


Fixed Income Payments

        Fixed income payments are periodic payments from the Company to the designated Payee, the amount of which is fixed and guaranteed by the Company. Fixed income payments are not in any way dependent upon the investment experience of the Variable Account. Once fixed income payments have begun, they may not be surrendered.


Variable Income Payments

        Variable income payments are periodic payments from the Company to the designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one payment to the next as a reflection of the net investment experience of the Sub-Account(s) you select to support the payments.

Annuity Units.

        On the Annuity Commencement Date, we will apply the Contract Value you have allocated to variable income payments (less applicable charges and premium taxes) to the variable Annuity Option you have selected. Using an interest assumption of 5%, we will determine the dollar amount that would equal a variable income payment if a payment were made on that date. (No payment is actually made on that date.) We will then allocate that dollar amount among the Sub-Accounts you selected to support your variable income payments, and we will determine the number of Annuity Units in each of those Sub-Accounts that is credited to your Contract. We will make this determination based on the Annuity Unit values established at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the Annuity Commencement Date. If the Annuity Commencement Date is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed, we will determine the number of Annuity Units on the next day the New York Stock Exchange is open. The number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract generally remains constant unless there is an exchange of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.

Determining the Amount of Variable Income Payments.

        We will determine the amount of your variable income payment no earlier than five Valuation Days before the date on which a payment is due, using values established at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange that day.

35


        We determine the dollar amount of each variable income payment attributable to each Sub-Account by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of that Sub-Account credited to your Contract by the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account on the Valuation Period during which the payment is determined. The dollar value of each variable income payment is the sum of the variable income payments attributable to each Sub-Account.

        The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to (a) multiplied by (b) divided by (c) where:

    (a)
    is the net investment factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity Unit value is being calculated;         

    (b)
    is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and         

    (c)
    is a daily Assumed Investment Return (AIR) factor adjusted for the number of days in the Valuation Period.

        The AIR is equal to 5%.

         If the net investment return of the Sub-Account for a variable income payment period is equal to the AIR during that period, the variable income payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will equal the payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net investment return exceeds the AIR for that period, the payment for that period will be greater than the payment for the prior period; to the extent that such net investment return falls short of the AIR for that period, the payment for that period will be less than the payment for the prior period.

        Refer to Appendix C for an explanation of the variable annuitization calculation.

Exchange of Annuity Units.

        After the Annuity Commencement Date, you may exchange the dollar amount of a designated number of Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the exchange, the dollar amount of a variable income payment generated from the Annuity Units of either Sub-Account would be the same. We allow only one exchange between Sub-Accounts in any calendar month, and allow no exchanges between the Guaranteed Account and the Variable Account.


Annuity Options.

        You may select an Annuity Option, or change your selection by Written Notice the Company receives no later than 30 days before the Annuity Commencement Date. You may not change your selection of Annuity Option less than 30 days before the Annuity Commencement Date. If you have not selected an Annuity Option within 30 days of the Annuity Commencement Date, we will apply your Contract Value to Option B — Life Income with Payments for a 10 Year Certain Period, with the Variable Account value used to purchase variable income payments and the Guaranteed Account value used to purchase fixed income payments.

        You may select from among the following Annuity Options:

    Option A — Payments For a Certain Period:

            We will make payments for the period you select. No certain period may be longer than 30 years. Payments under this Annuity Option do not depend on the life of an Annuitant. The Contract may be fully or partially surrendered for a commuted value while variable income payments under Option A are being made, but fixed income payments under this option may not be surrendered. Refer to Appendix C for an explanation of the commuted value calculation.

36


    Option B — Life Income With Or Without A Certain Period:

            Payments are based on the life of the named Annuitant(s). If you elect to include a certain period, we will make payments for the lifetime of the Annuitant(s), with payments guaranteed for the certain period you select. No certain period may be longer than 30 years. Payments stop at the end of the selected certain period or when the Annuitant(s) dies, whichever is later. We reserve the right to demand proof that the Annuitant(s) is living prior to making any payment under Option B. If no certain period is selected, payments will stop upon the death of the Annuitant(s), no matter how few or how many payments have been made. The Contract may not be surrendered while variable income payments under Option B are being made regardless of whether fixed or variable income payments are selected.

    Additional Option:

            You may use the Contract Value, less applicable premium tax, to purchase any annuity contract that we offer on the date you elect this option.


Minimum Amounts

        If your Contract Value is less than $5,000 on the Annuity Commencement Date, we reserve the right to pay the Contract Value in one lump sum. If at any time your annuity income payments are less than the minimum payment amount according to the Company's rules then in effect, we reserve the right to change the frequency to an interval that will result in a payment at least equal to the minimum.


Death of Annuitant or Owner After Annuity Commencement Date

        In the event of the death of any Owner on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner. If any Owner or Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all benefits under the Annuity Option you selected have been paid, we will pay any remaining portion of such benefits at least as rapidly as under the Annuity Option in effect when the Owner or Annuitant died. After the death of the Annuitant, any remaining payments shall be payable to the Beneficiary unless you specified otherwise before the Annuitant's death.


YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS

        From time to time, Protective Life may advertise or include in sales literature yields, effective yields, and total returns for the Sub-Accounts. These figures are based on historic results and do not indicate or project future performance. More detailed information about the calculation of performance information appears in the Statement of Additional Information.

        Yields, effective yields, and total returns for the Sub-Accounts are based on the investment performance of the corresponding Funds. The Funds' performance also reflects the Funds' expenses, including any 12b-1 fees. Certain of the expenses of each Fund may be reimbursed by the investment manager. (See the Prospectuses for the Funds.)


Yields

        The yield of the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified seven-day period. The yield is calculated by assuming that the income generated for that seven-day period is generated each seven day period over a 52 week period and is shown as a percentage of the investment. The effective yield is calculated similarly but when annualized the income earned by an investment in the Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.

37


        The yield of a Sub-Account (except the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account) refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified 30 day or one-month period. The yield is calculated by assuming that the income generated by the investment during that 30 day or one month period is generated each period over a 12 month period and is shown as a percentage of the investment.


Total Returns

        The total return of a Sub-Account refers to return quotations assuming an investment under a Contract has been held in the Sub-Account for various periods of time including a period measured from the date the Sub-Account commenced operations. Average annual total return refers to total return quotations that are based on an average return over various periods of time.

        Certain Funds have been in existence prior to the investment by the Sub-Accounts in such Funds. Protective Life may advertise and include in sales literature the performance of the Sub-Accounts that invest in these Funds for these prior periods. The performance information of any period prior to the investments by the Sub-Accounts is calculated as if the Sub-Accounts had invested in those Funds during those periods, using current charges and expenses associated with the Contract.


Standardized Average Annual Total Returns

        The average annual total return quotations represent the average annual compounded rates of return that would equate an initial investment of $1,000 under a Contract to the redemption value of that investment as of the last day of each of the periods for which the quotations are provided. Average annual total return information shows the average percentage change in the value of an investment in the Sub-Account from the beginning date of the measuring period to the end of that period. This standardized version of average annual total return reflects all historical investment results, less all charges and deductions applied against the Sub-Account and any surrender charges that would apply if you terminated the Contract at the end of each indicated period, but excluding any deductions for premium taxes.

        When a Sub-Account has been in operation prior to the commencement of the offering of the Contract described in this prospectus, Protective Life may advertise and include in sales literature the performance of the Sub-Accounts for these prior periods. The Sub-Account performance information of any period prior to the commencement of the offering of the Contract is calculated as if the Contract had been offered during those periods, using current charges and expenses.

        Until a Sub-Account (other than the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account) has been in operation for 10 years, Protective Life will always include quotes of standard average annual total return for the period measured from the date that Sub-Account began operations. When a Sub-Account (other than the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account) has been in operation for one, five and ten years, respectively, the standard version average annual total return for these periods will be provided.


Non-Standard Average Annual Total Returns

        In addition to the standard version of average annual total return described above, total return performance information computed on non-standard bases may be used in advertisements or sales literature. Non-standard average annual total return information may be presented, computed on the same basis as the standard version except deductions may not include the surrender charges or the contract maintenance fee. In addition, Protective Life may from time to time disclose average annual total return in other non-standard formats and cumulative total return for Contracts funded by the Sub-Accounts.

        Protective Life may, from time to time, also disclose yield, standard average annual total returns, and non-standard total returns for the Funds.

38


        Non-standard performance data will only be disclosed if the standard performance data for the periods described in "Standardized Average Annual Total Returns," above, is also disclosed. For additional information regarding the calculation of other performance data, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.


Performance Comparisons

        Protective Life may, from time to time, advertise or include in sales literature Sub-Account performance relative to certain performance rankings and indices compiled by independent organizations. In advertising and sales literature, the performance of each Sub-Account may be compared to the performance of other variable annuity issuers in general or to the performance of particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual funds, or investment portfolios of mutual funds with investment objectives similar to each of the Sub-Accounts. Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper"), the Variable Annuity Research Data Service ("VARDS"), and Morningstar Inc. ("Morningstar") are independent services which monitor and rank the performance of variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.

        Lipper and Morningstar rankings include variable life insurance issuers as well as variable annuity issuers. VARDS rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared by Lipper, Morningstar and VARDS each rank such issuers on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption fees, or certain expense deductions at the separate account level into consideration. In addition, VARDS prepares risk adjusted rankings, which consider the effects of market risk on total return performance. This type of ranking provides data as to which funds provide the highest total return within various categories of funds defined by the degree of risk inherent in their investment objectives.

        Advertising and sales literature may also compare the performance of each Sub-Account to the Standard & Poor's Index of 500 Common Stocks, a widely used measure of stock performance. This unmanaged index assumes the reinvestment of dividends but does not reflect any "deduction" for the expense of operating or managing an investment portfolio. Other independent ranking services and indices may also be used as a source of performance comparison.


Other Matters

        Protective Life may also report other information including the effect of tax-deferred compounding on a Sub-Account's investment returns, or returns in general, which may be illustrated by tables, graphs, or charts.

        All income and capital gains derived from Sub-Account investments are reinvested and can lead to substantial long-term accumulation of assets, provided that the underlying Fund's investment experience is positive.


FEDERAL TAX MATTERS


Introduction

        The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the Contract is not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations, and is not intended as tax advice. The federal income tax treatment of the Contract is unclear in certain circumstances, and you should always consult a qualified tax adviser regarding the application of law to individual circumstances. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Department regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this Prospectus. These authorities, however, are subject to change by Congress, the Treasury Department, and judicial decisions.

39


        This discussion does not address state or local tax consequences associated with the purchase of the Contract. In addition, Protective Life makes no guarantee regarding any tax treatment — federal, state or local — of any Contract or of any transaction involving a Contract.


The Company's Tax Status

        Protective Life is taxed as a life insurance company under the Internal Revenue Code. Since the operations of the Variable Account are a part of, and are taxed with, the operations of the Company, the Variable Account is not separately taxed as a "regulated investment company" under the Internal Revenue Code. Under existing federal income tax laws, investment income and capital gains of the Variable Account are not taxed to the extent they are applied under a Contract. Protective Life does not anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability attributable to such income and gains of the Variable Account, and therefore does not intend to make provision for any such taxes. If Protective Life is taxed on investment income or capital gains of the Variable Account, then Protective Life may impose a charge against the Variable Account in order to make provision for such taxes.


TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL


Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period

        Under existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, except as described below, any increase in an Owner's Contract Value is generally not taxable to the Owner until received, either in the form of annuity payments as contemplated by the Contracts, or in some other form of distribution. However, this rule applies only if:

    (1)
    the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified" in accordance with Treasury Department regulations;         

    (2)
    the Company, rather than the Owner, is considered the owner of the assets of the Variable Account for federal income tax purposes; and         

    (3)
    the Owner is an individual (or an individual is treated as the Owner for tax purposes).

Diversification Requirements.

        The Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department regulations prescribe the manner in which the investments of a segregated asset account, such as the Variable Account, are to be "adequately diversified." If the Variable Account fails to comply with these diversification standards, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes and the Owner would generally be taxable currently on the excess of the Contact Value over the premiums paid for the Contact. Protective Life expects that the Variable Account, through the Funds, will comply with the diversification requirements prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Department regulations.

Ownership Treatment.

        In certain circumstances, variable annuity contract owners may be considered the owners, for federal income tax purposes, of the assets of a segregated asset account, such as the Variable Account, used to support their contracts. In those circumstances, income and gains from the segregated asset account would be includable in the contract owners' gross income. The Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the owner of the assets of a segregated asset account if the owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. In addition, the Treasury Department announced, in connection with the issuance of regulations concerning investment diversification, that those regulations "do not provide guidance concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the investments of a segregated asset account may cause the investor, rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the assets in the account." This announcement also stated that the IRS would issue guidance by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to which policyholders may direct their investments to

40


particular sub-accounts [of a segregated asset account] without being treated as owners of the underlying assets." As of the date of this Prospectus, the IRS has not issued any such guidance.

        The ownership rights under the Contract are similar to, but different in certain respects from, those described by the IRS in rulings in which it was determined that contract owners were not owners of the assets of a segregated asset account. For example, the Owner of this Contract has the choice of more investment options to which to allocate purchase payments and Variable Account values, and may be able to transfer among investment options more frequently than in such rulings. These differences could result in the Owner being treated as the owner of the assets of the Variable Account and thus subject to current taxation on the income and gains from those assets. In addition, the Company does not know what standards will be set forth in the regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department has stated it expects to issue. Protective Life therefore reserves the right to modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent Contract Owners from being considered the owners of the assets of the Variable Account. However, there is no assurance such efforts would be successful.

Nonnatural Owner.

        As a general rule, Contracts held by "nonnatural persons" such as a corporation, trust or other similar entity, as opposed to a natural person, are not treated as annuity contracts for federal tax purposes. The income on such Contracts (as defined in the tax law) is taxed as ordinary income that is received or accrued by the Owner of the Contract during the taxable year. There are several exceptions to this general rule for nonnatural Owners. First, Contracts will generally be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other entity which holds the Contract as an agent for a natural person. However, this special exception will not apply in the case of any employer who is the nominal owner of a Contract under a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement for its employees.

        In addition, exceptions to the general rule for nonnatural Owners will apply with respect to:

    (1)
    Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of the decedent;         

    (2)
    certain Qualified Contracts;         

    (3)
    Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain Qualified Plans;         

    (4)
    certain Contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and         

    (5)
    Contracts purchased with a single purchase payment when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of the Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.

Delayed Annuity Commencement Dates.

        If the Contract's Annuity Commencement Date occurs (or is scheduled to occur) at a time when the Annuitant has reached an advanced age ( e.g. , past age 85), it is possible that the Contract would not be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. In that event, the income and gains under the Contract could be currently includable in the Owner's income.

        The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Contract will be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes.


Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders

        In the case of a partial surrender, amounts you receive are generally includable in income to the extent your Contract Value before the surrender exceeds your "investment in the contract." Amounts received under a partial automatic withdrawal plan are treated as partial surrenders. In the case of a full surrender, amounts received are includable in income to the extent they exceed the "investment in the contract." For these purposes, the investment in the contract at any time equals the total of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract to that time (to the extent such payments were neither deductible when made nor excludable from income as, for example, in the case of certain contributions to Qualified

41


Contracts) less any amounts previously received from the Contract which were not included in income. Partial and full surrenders may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. (See "Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions.") Partial and full surrenders may also be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "Federal Income Tax Withholding.") In addition, in the case of partial and full surrenders from certain Qualified Contracts, mandatory withholding requirements may apply, unless a "direct rollover" of the amount surrendered is made. (See "Direct Rollovers".)

        Under the Waiver of Surrender Charges provision of the Contract, amounts we distribute may not be subject to Surrender Charges if you have a terminal illness or enter, for a period of at least 90 days, certain nursing home facilities. However, such distributions will be treated as surrenders for federal income tax purposes.

        The Contract offers optional death benefits (and may include an Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit) that in certain circumstances may exceed the greater of the Purchase Payments or the Contract Value. As described elsewhere in this Prospectus, the Company imposes certain charges with respect to these death benefits. It is possible that these charges (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a distribution from the Contract.


Taxation of Annuity Payments

        Normally, the portion of each annuity income payment taxable as ordinary income equals the excess of the payment over the exclusion amount. In the case of variable income payments, the exclusion amount is the "investment in the contract" (defined above) you allocate to the variable Annuity Option, adjusted for any period certain or refund feature, when payments begin divided by the number of payments expected (as determined by Treasury Department regulations which take into account the Annuitant's life expectancy and the form of annuity benefit selected). In the case of fixed income payments, the exclusion amount is determined by multiplying (1) the payment by (2) the ratio of the investment in the contract you allocate to the fixed Annuity Option, adjusted for any period certain or refund feature, to the total expected amount of annuity income payments for the term of the Contract (determined under Treasury Department regulations).

        Once the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using the above formulas, annuity income payments will be fully taxable. If annuity income payments cease because of the death of the Annuitant and before the total amount of the investment in the contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will be allowed as a deduction.

        There may be special income tax issues present in situations where the Owner and the Annuitant are not the same person and are not married to one another. You should consult a tax advisor in those situations.

        Annuity income payments may be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "Federal Income Tax Income Withholding".) In addition, in the case of annuity income payments from certain Qualified Plans, mandatory withholding requirements may apply, unless a "direct rollover" of such annuity payments is made. (See "Direct Rollovers".)


Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds

        Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we may distribute amounts from a Contract because of the death of an Owner or, in certain circumstances, the death of the Annuitant. Such death benefit proceeds are includable in income as follows:

    (1)
    if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a full surrender, as described above; or         

    (2)
    if distributed under an Annuity Option, they are taxed in the same manner as annuity income payments, as described above.

42


        After the Annuity Commencement Date, where a guaranteed period exists under an Annuity Option, and the Annuitant dies before the end of that period, payments we make to the Beneficiary for the remainder of that period are includable in income as follows:

    (1)
    if received in a lump sum, they are included in income to the extent that they exceed the unrecovered investment in the contract at that time; or         

    (2)
    if distributed in accordance with the existing Annuity Option selected, they are fully excluded from income until the remaining investment in the contract is deemed to be recovered, and all annuity income payments thereafter are fully includable in income.

        Proceeds payable on death may be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "Federal Income Tax Withholding".) In addition, in the case of such proceeds from certain Qualified Contracts, mandatory withholding requirements may apply, unless a "direct rollover" of such proceeds is made. (See "Direct Rollovers".)


Assignments, Pledges, and Gratuitous Transfers

        Other than in the case of Qualified Contracts (which generally cannot be assigned or pledged), any assignment or pledge of (or agreement to assign or pledge) any portion of the Contract Value is treated for federal income tax purposes as a surrender of such amount or portion. The investment in the contract is increased by the amount includable as income with respect to such assignment or pledge, though it is not affected by any other aspect of the assignment or pledge (including its release). If an Owner transfers a Contract without adequate consideration to a person other than the Owner's spouse (or to a former spouse incident to divorce), the Owner will be taxed on the difference between his or her Contract Value and the investment in the contract at the time of transfer. In such case, the transferee's investment in the contract will increase to reflect the increase in the transferor's income.


Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions

        Where we have not issued the Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan, there generally is a 10% penalty tax on the amount of any payment from the Contract that is includable in income unless the payment is:

    (a)
    received on or after the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 ;         

    (b)
    attributable to the Owner's becoming disabled (as defined in the tax law);         

    (c)
    made on or after the death of the Owner or, if the Owner is not an individual, on or after the death of the primary annuitant (as defined in the tax law);         

    (d)
    made as a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and a designated Beneficiary (as defined in the tax law); or         

    (e)
    made under a Contract purchased with a single Purchase Payment when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of the Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.

        (Similar rules, discussed below, apply in the case of certain Qualified Contracts.)


Aggregation of Contracts

        In certain circumstances, the IRS may determine the amount of an annuity income payment or a surrender from a Contract that is includable in income by combining some or all of the annuity contracts a person owns that were not issued in connection with Qualified Plans. For example, if a person purchases a Contract offered by this Prospectus and also purchases at approximately the same time an immediate annuity issued by Protective Life, the IRS may treat the two contracts as one contract. Similarly, if a person transfers part of his or her interest in one annuity contract to purchase another annuity contract, the IRS might treat the two contracts as one contract. In addition, if a person purchases

43


two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, all such contracts will be treated as one contract for purposes of determining whether any payment that was not received as an annuity (including surrenders prior to the Annuity Commencement Date) is includable in income. The effects of such aggregation are not always clear; however, it could affect the amount of a surrender or an annuity payment that is taxable and the amount which might be subject to the 10% penalty tax described above.


Exchanges of Annuity Contracts

        An exchange of one annuity contract for another annuity contract will be tax free if certain requirements are satisfied. In this regard, the Contract may be issued as a result of an exchange of an existing annuity contract that you currently own. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the conditions that must be satisfied for the exchange of an annuity contract for the Contract to be tax free.


Loss of Interest Deduction Where Contract Is Held By or For the Benefit of Certain Nonnatural Persons

        In the case of Contracts issued after June 8, 1997 to a nonnatural taxpayer (such as a corporation or a trust), or held for the benefit of such an entity, a portion of otherwise deductible interest may not be deductible by the entity, regardless of whether the interest relates to debt used to purchase or carry the Contract. However, this interest deduction disallowance does not affect Contracts where the income on such Contracts is treated as ordinary income that the Owner received or accrued during the taxable year. Entities that are considering purchasing the Contract, or entities that will be Beneficiaries under a Contract, should consult a tax adviser.


QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS


In General

        The Contracts are also designed for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans which receive favorable treatment under the Internal Revenue Code. Numerous special tax rules apply to the participants in Qualified Plans and to Contracts used in connection with Qualified Plans. Therefore, we make no attempt in this Prospectus to provide more than general information about use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans. State income tax rules applicable to Qualified Plans and Qualified Contracts often differ from federal income tax rules, and this prospectus does not describe any of these differences. Those who intend to use the Contract in connection with Qualified Plans should seek competent advice.

        The tax rules applicable to Qualified Plans vary according to the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself. For example, for full surrenders, partial automatic withdrawals, partial surrenders, and annuity income payments under Qualified Contracts, there may be no "investment in the contract" and the total amount received may be taxable. Similarly, loans from Qualified Contracts, where available, are subject to a variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the amount that may be borrowed, the duration of the loan, and the manner in which the loan must be repaid. (Owners should always consult their tax advisors and retirement plan fiduciaries prior to exercising any loan privileges that are available.) Both the amount of the contribution that you and/or your employer may make, and the tax deduction or exclusion that you and/or your employer may claim for such contribution, are limited under Qualified Plans.

        If you use this Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan, the Owner and Annuitant generally must be the same individual. Additionally, for Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"), the spouse or former spouse of the Owner will have rights in the Contract. In such a case, the Owner may need the consent of the spouse or former spouse to change annuity options, to elect a partial automatic withdrawal option, or to make a partial or full surrender of the Contract.

44


        In addition, special rules apply to the time at which distributions must commence and the form in which the distributions must be paid. For example, the length of any guarantee period may be limited in some circumstances to satisfy certain minimum distribution requirements under the Internal Revenue Code. Furthermore, failure to comply with minimum distribution requirements applicable to Qualified Plans will result in the imposition of an excise tax. This excise tax generally equals 50% of the amount by which a minimum required distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the Qualified Plan. In the case of Individual Retirement Accounts or Annuities ("IRAs"), distributions of minimum amounts (as specified in the tax law) must generally commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Owner attains age 70 1 / 2 . In the case of certain other Qualified Plans, distributions of such minimum amounts must generally commence by the later of this date or April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the employee retires. The death benefit under your Contract may affect the amount of the minimum required distribution that must be taken from your Contract.

        There may be a 10% penalty tax on the taxable amount of payments from certain Qualified Contracts. There are exceptions to this penalty tax which vary depending on the type of Qualified Plan. In the case of an IRA, exceptions provide that the penalty tax does not apply to a payment:

    (a)
    received on or after the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 ;         

    (b)
    received on or after the Owner's death or because of the Owner's disability (as defined in the tax law); or         

    (c)
    made as a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and his designated beneficiary (as defined in the tax law).

        These exceptions, as well as certain others not described herein, generally apply to taxable distributions from other Qualified Plans (although, in the case of plans qualified under sections 401 and 403, exception "c" above for substantially equal periodic payments applies only if the Owner has separated from service). In addition, the penalty tax does not apply to certain distributions from IRAs which are used for qualified first time home purchases or for higher education expenses. You must meet special conditions to be eligible for these two exceptions to the penalty tax. Those wishing to take a distribution from an IRA for these purposes should consult their tax advisor.

        When issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, we will amend a Contract as generally necessary to conform to the requirements of the plan. However, Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under Qualified Plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. In addition, the Company shall not be bound by terms and conditions of Qualified Plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the Contract, unless the Company consents.

        Following are brief descriptions of various types of Qualified Plans in connection with which the Company may issue a Contract.

Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities.

        Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an IRA. IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed and deducted, the persons who may be eligible and on the time when distributions may commence. Also, subject to the direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements (discussed below), you may "roll over" distributions from certain Qualified Plans on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA.

        However, you may not use the Contract in connection with a "Coverdell Education Savings Account" (formerly known as an "Education IRA") under Section 530 of the Internal Revenue Code, a "Simplified Employee Pension" under Section 408(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a "Simple IRA" under Section 408(p) of the Internal Revenue Code.

45


Roth IRAs.

        Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to a type of IRA known as a "Roth IRA." Roth IRAs are generally subject to the same rules as non-Roth IRAs, but differ in several respects. Among the differences is that, although contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, "qualified distributions" from a Roth IRA will be excludable from income.

        A qualifed distribution is a distribution that satisfies two requirements. First, the distribution must be made in a taxable year that is at least five years after the first taxable year for which a contribution to any Roth IRA established for the Owner was made. Second, the distribution must be either (1) made after the Owner attains the age of 59 1 / 2 ; (2) made after the Owner's death; (3) attributable to the Owner being disabled; (4) a qualified first-time homebuyer distribution within the meaning of Section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, distributions from Roth IRAs need not commence when the Owner attains age 70 1 / 2 . A Roth IRA may not accept rollover contributions from other qualified plans.

Corporate and Self-Employed ("H.R. 10" and "Keogh") Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans.

        Sections 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate employers to establish various types of tax-favored retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed Individuals' Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as "H.R. 10" or "Keogh," permits self-employed individuals also to establish such tax-favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contract in order to provide benefits under the plans. If the Owner of the Contract purchases an optional benefit package or an Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit, the death benefit in certain circumstances may exceed the greater of the Purchase Payments and the Contract Value. It is possible the IRS could characterize such a death benefit as an incidental death benefit. There are limitations on the amount of incidental benefits that may be provided under pension and profit sharing plans. In addition, the provision of such benefits may result in currently taxable income to participants.

Section 403(b) Policies.

        Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations specified in Section 501(c)(3) of Internal Revenue the Code to have their employers purchase annuity contracts for them and, subject to certain limitations, to exclude the amount of purchase payments from gross income for tax purposes. Purchasers of the Contracts for use as a "Section 403(b) Policy" should seek competent advice as to eligibility, limitations on permissible amounts of purchase payments and other tax consequences associated with such Contracts. In particular, purchasers and their advisers should consider that the optional benefit packages and the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit under the Contract provide a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the greater of the Purchase Payments and the Contract Value. It is possible the IRS could characterize the death benefit as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were so characterized, this could result in currently taxable income to purchasers. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death benefits that may be provided under a Section 403(b) Policy.

        Section 403(b) Policies contain restrictions on withdrawals of:

    (i)
    contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement in years beginning after December 31, 1988;

    (ii)
    earnings on those contributions; and

    (iii)
    earnings after December 31, 1988 on amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions held as of December 31, 1988.

46


        These amounts can be paid only if the employee has reached age 59 1 / 2 , separated from service, died, become disabled, or in the case of hardship. Amounts permitted to be distributed in the event of hardship are limited to actual contributions; earnings thereon can not be distributed on account of hardship. (These limitations on withdrawals do not apply to the extent the Company is directed to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to the issuer of another Section 403(b) Policy or into a
Section 403(b)(7) custodial account.)

Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations.

        Section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code permits employees of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred compensation plan. Generally, a Contract purchased by a state or local government or a tax-exempt organization will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes. The Contract will be issued in connection with a Section 457 deferred compensation plan sponsored by a state or local government only if the plan has established a trust to hold plan assets, including the Contract.


Direct Rollovers

        If your Contract is used in connection with a pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plan qualified under sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, is a Section 403(b) Policy, or is used with an eligible deferred compensation plan that has a government sponsor and that is qualified under Section 457(b), any "eligible rollover distribution" from the Contract will be subject to direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements. An eligible rollover distribution generally is any taxable distribution from a qualified pension plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, qualified annuity plan under Section 403(a) of the Code, Section 403(b) annuity or custodial account, or an eligible Section 457(b) deferred compensation plan that has a government sponsor, excluding certain amounts (such as minimum distributions required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code, distributions which are part of a "series of substantially equal periodic payments" made for life or a specified period of 10 years or more, or hardship distributions as defined in the tax law).

        Under these requirements, federal income tax equal to 20% of the eligible rollover distribution will be withheld from the amount of the distribution. Unlike withholding on certain other amounts distributed from the Contract, discussed below, you cannot elect out of withholding with respect to an eligible rollover distribution. However, this 20% withholding will not apply if, instead of receiving the eligible rollover distribution, you elect to have it directly transferred to certain Qualified Plans. Prior to receiving an eligible rollover distribution, you will receive a notice (from the plan administrator or the Company) explaining generally the direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements and how to avoid the 20% withholding by electing a direct transfer.


FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

        Protective Life will withhold and remit to the federal government a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a Contract unless the distributee notifies Protective Life at or before the time of the distribution that he or she elects not to have any amounts withheld. In certain circumstances, Protective Life may be required to withhold tax. The withholding rates applicable to the taxable portion of periodic annuity payments (other than eligible rollover distributions) are the same as the withholding rates generally applicable to payments of wages. In addition, a 10% withholding rate applies to the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including surrenders prior to the Annuity Commencement Date) and conversions of, or rollovers from, non-Roth IRAs to Roth IRAs. Regardless of whether you elect not to have federal income tax withheld, you are still liable for payment of federal income tax on the taxable portion of the payment. As discussed above, the withholding rate applicable to eligible rollover distributions is 20%.

47



GENERAL MATTERS


The Contract

        The Contract and its attachments, including the copy of your application and any endorsements, riders and amendments, constitute the entire agreement between you and us. All statements in the application shall be considered representations and not warranties. The terms and provisions of this Contract are to be interpreted in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code and applicable regulations.


Error in Age or Gender

        When a benefit of the Contract is contingent upon any person's age or gender, we may require proof of such. We may suspend payments until we receive proof. When we receive satisfactory proof, we will make the payments which were due during the period of suspension. Where the use of unisex mortality rates is required, we will not determine or adjust benefits based upon gender.

        If after we receive proof of age and gender (where applicable), we determine that the information you furnished was not correct, we will adjust any benefit under this Contract to that which would be payable based upon the correct information. If we have underpaid a benefit because of the error, we will make up the underpayment in a lump sum. If the error resulted in an overpayment, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment from any current or future payment due under the Contract. We will deduct up to the full amount of any current or future payment until the overpayment has been fully repaid. Underpayments and overpayments will bear interest at an annual effective interest rate of 3% when permitted by the state of issue.


Incontestability

        We will not contest the Contract.


Non-Participation

        The Contract is not eligible for dividends and will not participate in Protective Life's surplus or profits.


Assignment or Transfer of a Contract

        You have the right to assign or transfer a Contract if it is permitted by law. Generally, you do not have the right to assign or transfer a qualified Contract. We do not assume responsibility for any assignment or transfer. Any claim made under an assignment or transfer is subject to proof of the nature and extent of the assignee's or transferee's interest before we make a payment. Assignments and transfers have federal income tax consequences. An assignment or transfer may result in the Owner recognizing taxable income. (See "Taxation of Annuities in General, Assignments, Pledges and Gratuitous Transfers" in the prospectus.)


Notice

        All instructions and requests to change or assign the Contract must be in writing in a form acceptable to us, signed by the Owner(s), and received at our administrative office. The instruction, change or assignment will relate back to and take effect on the date it was signed, except we will not be responsible for following any instruction or making any change or assignment before we receive it.


Modification

        No one is authorized to modify or waive any term or provision of this Contract unless we agree to the modification or waiver in writing and it is signed by our President, Vice-President or Secretary. We reserve the right to change or modify the provisions of this Contract to conform to any applicable laws, rules or regulations issued by a government agency, or to assure continued qualification of the Contract

48


as an annuity contract under the Internal Revenue Code. We will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies the Contract, and where required we will obtain all necessary approvals, including that of the Owner(s).


Reports

        At least annually prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we will send to you at the address contained in our records a report showing the current Contract Value and any other information required by law.


Settlement

        Benefits due under this Contract are payable from our administrative office. You may apply the settlement proceeds to any payout option we offer for such payments at the time you make the election. Unless directed otherwise in writing, we will make payments according to the Owner's instructions as contained in our records at the time we make the payment. We shall be discharged from all liability for payment to the extent of any payments we make.


Receipt of Payment

        If any Owner, Annuitant, Beneficiary or Payee is incapable of giving a valid receipt for any payment, we may make such payment to whomever has legally assumed his or her care and principal support. Any such payment shall fully discharge us to the extent of that payment.


Protection of Proceeds

        To the extent permitted by law and except as provided by an assignment, no benefits payable under this Contract will be subject to the claims of creditors.


Minimum Values

        The values available under the Contract are at least equal to the minimum values required in the state where the Contract is delivered.


Application of Law

        The provisions of the Contract are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state where the Contract is delivered, with the Internal Revenue Code and with applicable regulations.


No Default

        The Contract will not be in default if subsequent Purchase Payments are not made.


DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

        We have entered into an agreement with Investment Distributors, Inc. ("IDI") under which IDI has agreed to distribute the Contracts on a "best efforts" basis. Under the agreement, IDI serves as principal underwriter (as defined under Federal securities laws and regulations) for the Contracts. IDI is a Tennessee corporation and was established in 1993. IDI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PLC, is an affiliate of and shares the same address as Protective Life. IDI is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

        IDI does not sell Contracts directly to purchasers. IDI enters into distribution agreements with other broker-dealers, including ProEquities, Inc., an affiliate of Protective Life and IDI, (collectively, "Selling Broker-Dealers") for the sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives of the Selling Broker-Dealers sell the Contracts directly to purchasers. Registered representatives of the Selling Broker-Dealers must

49


be licensed as insurance agents by applicable state insurance authorities and appointed as agents of Protective Life in order to sell the Contracts.

        We pay commissions for sale of the Contracts. We pay commissions as a percentage of Purchase Payments at the time we receive them, as a percentage of Contract Value on an ongoing basis, or a combination of both. While commissions may vary, we do not expect them to exceed 8% of any Purchase Payment. As compensation for marketing, training and/or other services provided, we may pay Selling Broker-Dealers asset-based amounts, bonuses, overrides and marketing allowances in addition to ordinary commissions. These payments, which may be different for different Selling Broker-Dealers, will be made by Protective Life or IDI out of their own assets and will not change the amounts paid by Contract owners to purchase, hold or surrender their Contracts. We may use any of our corporate assets to pay commissions and other costs of distributing the Contracts, including any profit from the mortality and expense risk charge or other fees and charges imposed under the Contracts.

        We pay commissions to Selling Broker-Dealers through IDI. IDI does not retain any commission payment or other amounts as principal underwriter for the Contracts. However, we may pay some or all of IDI's operating and other expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, IDI received $18,424,658, $17,757,922 and $17,990,329, respectively, in commissions and did not retain any of these commissions.

        Additionally, IDI receives fees assessed against shares of many of the Funds attributable to the Contracts. These Funds have adopted distribution plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for the class of shares sold to certain Sub-Accounts. The plans permit these Funds to pay fees out of their assets to broker-dealers that distribute that class of shares. IDI may pay some or all of these amounts to us as compensation for our provision of distribution and shareholder support services relating to the Contracts on IDI's behalf.

        We offer the Contract on a continuous basis. While we anticipate continuing to offer the Contracts, we reserve the right to discontinue the offering at any time.


Inquiries

        You may make inquiries regarding a Contract by writing to Protective Life at its administrative office.


IMSA

        Protective Life Insurance Company is a member of the Insurance Marketplace Standards Association ("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for individually sold life insurance and annuities.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        Protective Life and its subsidiaries, like other insurance companies, in the ordinary course of business are involved in some class action and other lawsuits, or alternatively in arbitration. In some class action and other lawsuits involving insurance companies, substantial damages have been sought and material settlement payments have been made. Although the outcome of any litigation or arbitration cannot be predicted, Protective Life believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on IDI's, Protective Life's or the Variable Account's financial position.

50



VOTING RIGHTS

        In accordance with its view of applicable law, Protective Life will vote the Fund shares held in the Variable Account at special shareholder meetings of the Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting interests in the corresponding Sub-Accounts. If, however, the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended, or if the present interpretation thereof should change, or Protective Life determines that it is allowed to vote such shares in its own right, it may elect to do so.

        The number of votes available to an Owner will be calculated separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account, and may include fractional votes. The number of votes attributable to a Sub-Account will be determined by applying an Owner's percentage interest, if any, in a particular Sub-Account to the total number of votes attributable to that Sub-Account. An Owner holds a voting interest in each Sub-Account to which that Owner has allocated Accumulation Units or Annuity Units. Before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner's percentage interest, if any, will be percentage of the dollar value of Accumulation Units allocated for his or her Contract to the total dollar value of that Sub-Account. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner's percentage interest, if any, will be percentage of the dollar value of the liability for future variable income payments to be paid from the Sub-Account to the total dollar value of that Sub-Account. The liability for future payments is calculated on the basis of the mortality assumptions, (if any), the Assumed Investment Return and the Annuity Unit Value of that Sub-Account. Generally, as variable income payments are made to the payee, the liability for future payments decreases as does the number of votes.

        The number of votes which are available to the Owner will be determined as of the date coincident with the date established by the Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the relevant meeting of that Fund. Voting instructions will be solicited by written communication prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures established by the Fund.

        Shares as to which no timely instructions are received and shares held by Protective Life in a Sub-Account as to which no Owner has a beneficial interest will be voted in proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all Contracts participating in that Sub-Account. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted upon will be applied to reduce the votes eligible to be cast on that item.

        Each person having a voting interest in a Sub-Account will receive proxy materials, reports, and other material relating to the appropriate Fund.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The audited statement of assets and liabilities of The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 as well as the Report of Independent Accountants are contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

        The audited consolidated balance sheets for Protective Life as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of income, share-owner's equity, and cash flows for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002 and the related financial statement schedules as well as the Report of Independent Accountants are contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

51



STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


TABLE OF CONTENTS


 


 

Page

CALCULATION OF YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS   3
Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account Yield   3
Other Sub-Account Yields   4
Total Returns   5
Effect of the Contract Maintenance Fee on Performance Data   6
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS   6
STATE REGULATION   6
RECORDS AND REPORTS   6
LEGAL MATTERS   7
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS   7
OTHER INFORMATION   7
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   7

52



APPENDIX A


EXAMPLE OF DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATIONS
(for Contracts purchased after December 31, 2002)

        Assume an Owner is 55 on the Effective Date, 1/1/yy. Assume the following transactions occur prior to the Owner's death and that the Contract Value before the Partial Surrender on 4/1/(yy+2) is $125,000.


Date


 

Transaction


 

Amount

1/1/yy   Purchase Payment   $ 100,000
4/1/(yy+2)   Partial Surrender   $ 25,000
    (including applicable surrender charges)      
10/1(yy+4)   Purchase Payment   $ 80,000

        The Contract Values on each Contract Anniversary are shown below. These Contract Values are hypothetical and are solely for the purpose of illustrating death benefit calculations. The Contract Values presented are net of all expenses and charges including Fund expenses and Periodic Charges. This illustration does not reflect historical investment results, nor does it predict or guarantee future investment results. Actual results may be higher or lower.


Anniversary Date


 

Contract Value

1/1(yy+1)   $120,000
1/1(yy+2)   $130,000
1/1(yy+3)   $105,000
1/1(yy+4)   $110,000
1/1(yy+5)   $180,000

        Finally, assume the Owner dies on 7/1(yy+5) when the Contract Value is $185,000. Also assume that proof of death was provided immediately, and no premium tax is applicable.


Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit

        Under the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the death benefit payable is the greater of:

    (1)
    Contract Value of $185,000 or,         

    (2)
    aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each surrender*, or $180,000 less $20,000 equals $160,000.

        The death benefit payable is then $185,000.

*
The adjustment for each surrender is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit at the time of the surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. In this example, the $25,000 partial surrender reduces the $125,000 Contract Value on the date of the surrender by 20%. The amount that would reduce the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit in the same proportion on the date of the surrender is 20% of $100,000 or $20,000.


Annual Reset Death Benefit Option

        The Annual Reset Death Benefit is equal to the greatest annual reset anniversary value attained, where an annual reset anniversary value equals the Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary plus all subsequent Purchase Payments minus an adjustment for each subsequent amount surrendered**, as shown below.


Anniversary
Date



 

Anniversary Value

1/1/(yy+1)   $120,000 minus $26,000 plus $80,000 equals $174,000
1/1/(yy+2)   $130,000 minus $26,000 plus $80,000 equals $184,000
1/1/(yy+3)   $105,000 plus $80,000 equals $185,000
1/1/(yy+4)   $110,000 plus $80,000 equals $190,000
1/1/(yy+5)   $180,000
**
The adjustment for each surrender is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the annual reset death benefit at the time of the surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. In this example, the $25,000 partial surrender reduces the

A-1


    $125,000 Contract Value on the date of the surrender by 20%. The amount that would reduce the Annual Reset Anniversary Death Benefit in the same proportion on the date of the surrender is 20% of $130,000 or $26,000.

        The Annual Reset Death Benefit is the greatest annual reset anniversary value attained, or $190,000.

        Under the Annual Reset Death Benefit option, the death benefit payable is the greater of:

    (1)
    the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $185,000; or         

    (2)
    the Annual Reset Death Benefit of $190,000.

        The death benefit payable is then $190,000.


Compound and 3-Year Reset Death Benefit Option

        The Compound Death Benefit is equal to (1) the accumulation to the most recent Contract Anniversary of all prior Purchase Payments, less an adjustment for each amount surrendered before the most recent Contract Anniversary, using an annual effective interest rate of 4%, plus (2) all Purchase Payments on or since that Contract Anniversary less an adjustment for each amount surrendered since that Contract Anniversary. (An accumulation interest rate of 3% would have been applicable if the Effective Date of the Contract had been on or after the deceased Owner's 71st birthday.) For ease of understanding, this example assumes an equal number of days in each quarterly period. In practice, the actual number of days in each period will be taken into account.

        The Compound Death Benefit is:

      Purchase Payment of $100,000 times (1.04 TO THE POWER OF 5) equals $121,665.29; minus
      Surrender adjustment of $21,632*** times (1.04 TO THE POWER OF 2.75) equals $24,095.63; plus
      Purchase Payment of $80,000 times (1.04 TO THE POWER OF 0.25) equals $80,788.27;
      equals $178,357.93.

***
The adjustment for each surrender is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract

Value is lower than the compound death benefit at the time of the surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. In this example, the $25,000 partial surrender reduces the $125,000 Contract Value on the date of the surrender by 20%. On the date of the surrender, the Compound Death Benefit is $100,000 x 1.04 TO THE POWER OF 2, or $108,160. The amount that reduces the Compound Death Benefit on that date in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value is 20% of $108,160, or $21,632.

        The 3-Year Reset Death Benefit is equal to the greatest 3-year reset anniversary value attained, where a 3-year reset anniversary value equals the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary plus all subsequent Purchase Payments minus an adjustment for each amount surrendered since that Contract Anniversary, as shown below.

        The only 3-year reset anniversary was on 1/1/(yy+3), where the anniversary value was $105,000 plus $80,000 equals $185,000.

        The 3-Year Reset Death Benefit is the greatest 3-year reset anniversary value attained, or $185,000.

        Under the Compound and 3-Year Reset Death Benefit option, the death benefit payable is the greatest of:

    (1)
    the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $185,000; or         

    (2)
    the Compound Death Benefit of $178,357.93; or         

    (3)
    the 3-Year Reset Death Benefit, of $185,000.

        The death benefit payable is then $185,000.

A-2



APPENDIX B


EXAMPLE OF SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION

        Surrender charges are applied to Contract Value surrendered according to the table below:


Number of Full Years Elapsed
Between the Date Purchase Payment was
Accepted and the Date of Surrender


 

Surrender Charge
Percentage

0   7.0%
1   6.0%
2   6.0%
3   5.0%
4   4.0%
5   3.0%
6   2.0%
7+   0.0%

        Assume an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 is made on the Effective Date, followed 5 years later by a subsequent Purchase Payment of $50,000. On the sixth Contract Anniversary, assume the Contract Value is $175,000.

        During the seventh Contract Year, when the Contract Value has increased to $185,000, a partial surrender of $50,000 is requested. On the eighth Contract Anniversary, when the Contract Value is $200,000, a full surrender is requested.

        When the partial surrender is requested, 15% of $175,000 equals $26,250 is available free of surrender charges. The remaining surrendered amount of $50,000 less $26,250 equals $23,750 is allocated to the initial Purchase Payment of $100,000. Since 6 full years have elapsed since the initial Purchase Payment, a 2.0% surrender charge percentage will apply and the surrender charge is $23,750 times 2.0% equals $475.

        From the $200,000 surrendered, $73,750 represents earnings in the Contract and is free of surrender charges. The remaining $200,000 less $73,750 equals $126,250 is prorated to surrendered Purchase Payments as follows:

        •  $76,250 is allocated to the initial Purchase Payment

        •  $50,000 is allocated to the surrendered subsequent Purchase Payment

        Since 8 full years have elapsed since the initial Purchase Payment, a 0.0% surrender charge percentage will apply to $76,250.

        Since 3 full years have elapsed since the subsequent Purchase Payment, a 5.0% surrender charge percentage will apply to $50,000.

        The total surrender charge upon the full surrender is $2,500.

B-1



APPENDIX C


EXPLANATION OF THE VARIABLE ANNUITIZATION CALCULATION

        Assuming a Contract Value (less applicable charges and premium taxes) of $100,000 on the Annuity Commencement Date and annual variable income payments selected under Option A with a 5 year certain period, the dollar amount of the payment determined, but not paid, on the Annuity Commencement Date is calculated using an interest assumption of 5%, as shown below.

        There are 5 annual payments scheduled. Assuming an interest rate of 5%, the applied Contract Value is then assumed to have a balance of $0 after the last payment is made at the end of the 5th year. The amount of the payment determined on the Annuity Commencement Date is the amount necessary to force this balance to $0.


Date


 

Interest
Earned
During Year
at 5%


 

Contract
Value
Before
Payment


 

Payment
Made


 

Contract
Value
After
Payment

Annuity Commencement Date         $ 100,000.00   $ 0.00   $ 100,000.00
End of 1st year   $ 5,000.00   $ 105,000.00   $ 23,097.48   $ 81,902.52
End of 2nd year   $ 4,095.13   $ 85,997.65   $ 23,097.48   $ 62,900.17
End of 3rd year   $ 3,145.01   $ 66,045.17   $ 23,097.48   $ 42,947.69
End of 4th year   $ 2,147.38   $ 45,095.08   $ 23,097.48   $ 21,997.60
End of 5th year   $ 1,099.88   $ 23,097.48   $ 23,097.48   $ 0.00

        Assuming an interest rate of 5%, a payment of $23,097.48 is determined, but not paid, on the Annuity Commencement Date.

        The actual variable income payment made at the end of the 1st year will equal $23,097.48 only if the net investment return during the 1st year equals 5%. If the net investment return exceeds 5%, then the 1st payment will exceed $23,097.48. If the net investment return is less than 5%, then the 1st payment will be less than $23,097.48.

        Subsequent variable payments will vary based on the net investment return during the year in which the payment is scheduled to be made. A payment will equal the payment made at the end of the prior year only if the net investment return equals 5%. If the net investment return exceeds 5%, then the payment will exceed the prior payment. If the net investment return is less than 5%, then the payment will be less than the prior payment.


EXPLANATION OF THE COMMUTED VALUE CALCULATION

        A Contract may be fully or partially surrendered for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A are being made. (See "Annuity Options.") If the Contract is surrendered, the amount payable will be the commuted value of future payments at the assumed interest rate of 5%, which will be equal to the values shown in the column titled "Contract Value after Payment," above. If the Contract is surrendered while variable income payments are being made under Annuity Option A and the early annuitization privilege, the amount payable will be reduced by any applicable surrender charge. (See "Annuity Commencement Date, Early Annuitization .")

C-1



APPENDIX D


EXAMPLE OF EARNINGS ENHANCEMENT DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATION:
(for Contracts purchased after May 31, 2003)


Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit

        The Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit (EEDB) is an amount we may pay in addition to the death benefit under a Contract. Subject to a cap, the additional amount payable under this benefit will be calculated in accordance with the following formula:

      A × B = EEDB, where:


A

 

=

 

It the oldest Owner is younger than 70 years old on the Effective Date, 40%; if the oldest Owner is age 70 or more on that date, 25%.
B   =   Contract Value minus the Earnings Benefit Base. This amount is capped at 200% of: the net of the Earnings Benefit Base minus any Purchase Payments made within 12 months of the deceased Owner's date of death.
        The Earnings Benefit Base is equal to: the Contract Value on the benefit's Effective Date, plus any Purchase Payments made after the Effective Date, minus any Purchase Payments withdrawn after the Effective Date (including any applicable surrender charges).
        For purposes of calculating the EEDB, withdrawals are applied against earnings in the Contract first, and then against Purchase Payments.


Example:

        Assume that the Owner is age 69 on the Effective Date, 1/1/yy. The following hypothetical transactions and consequent valuations occur on a Contract that had a Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit and Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit when it was purchased:


Date


 

Transaction
Type


 

Transaction
Amount


 

Contract
Value


 

Earnings
Benefit
Base


 

Contract
Earnings


 

EEDB

1/1/yy   Purchase Payment   100,000   100,000   100,000    
1/1/yy+1   Withdrawal   5,000   85,000   95,000    
7/1/yy+7   Purchase Payment   10,000   250,000   105,000   145,000   58,000
1/1/yy+8   Withdrawal   15,000   305,000   105,000   200,000   76,000
1/1/yy+12   Withdrawal   50,000   355,000   105,000   250,000   84,000


Explanation:

        On January 1, yy, an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received. At this point, the Earnings Benefit Base is equal to the Contract Value on the benefit's effective date ($100,000) and the EEDB is zero. (40% × [$100,000 - $100,000] = 0)

        On January 1, yy+1, a withdrawal of $5,000 is taken from the Contract and the Contract shows $10,000 loss in its sub-account investments. The Contract Value after this withdrawal is $85,000. Because the Contract's earnings prior to withdrawal are zero, the entire $5,000 is withdrawn from Purchase Payments and the Earnings Benefit Base is reduced to $95,000. Again, the EEDB is zero. (40% ×[$85,000 - $95,000] = 0)

        On July 1, yy+7 a subsequent Purchase Payment of $10,000 is received. Combined with cumulative Contract earnings of $145,000, this makes the Contract Value equal to $250,000. The Earnings Benefit Base also increases to $105,000 as a result of this Purchase Payment. The EEDB equals 40% of earnings,

D-1


because the cap is higher than this amount. In this case, the EEDB works out to be $58,000 (40% × [$250,000 - $105,000] = $58,000)

        On January 1, yy+8, a withdrawal of $15,000 is taken from the Contract. Because the Contract earnings prior to withdrawal are greater than the withdrawal, the entire $15,000 is withdrawn from cumulative earnings of $215,000 leaving a cumulative $200,000 of earnings in the Contract. This makes the Contract Value equal to $305,000. The $200,000 in earnings cannot be used to calculate the EEDB, however, because the earnings are in excess of the cap. The cap is 200% of the Earnings Benefit Base minus Purchase Payments received in the prior 12 months. (200% × [$105,000 - $10,000] = $190,000) Because the cap on the EEDB has triggered, the EEDB is equal to $76,000. (40% × $190,000 = $76,000)

        On January 1, yy+12, a withdrawal of $50,000 is taken from the Contract. Because the Contract earnings prior to withdrawal are greater than the withdrawal, the entire $50,000 is withdrawn from cumulative earnings of $300,000, leaving a cumulative $250,000 of earnings in the Contract. This makes the Contract Value equal to $355,000. The $250,000 in earnings cannot be used to calculate the EEDB, however, because the cap on the earnings that can be applied to this benefit is $210,000. (200% × [$105,000 - $0] = $210,000) Because the cap on the EEDB has triggered, the EEDB is equal to $84,000. (40% × $210,000 =$84,000).

D-2



APPENDIX E


SUB-ACCOUNTS
for Contracts Purchased before June 1, 2003

        The Sub-Accounts that are available in Contracts purchased before June 1, 2003, invest in the following Funds:



Protective Investment Company
International Equity Fund
Small Cap Value Fund
Capital Growth Fund
CORE U.S. Equity Fund
Growth and Income Fund
Global Income Fund
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds
Aggressive Growth Fund/VA
Global Securities Fund/VA
Capital Appreciation Fund/VA
Main Street Fund/VA
High Income Fund/VA
Money Fund/VA
Strategic Bond Fund/VA
MFS® Variable Insurance Trust SM
New Discovery Series
Emerging Growth Series
Research Series
Investors Growth Stock Series
Investors Trust Series
Utilities Series
Total Return Series


 


Van Kampen Life Investment Trust
Aggressive Growth Portfolio Class II
Emerging Growth Portfolio Class I
Enterprise Portfolio Class I
Comstock Portfolio Class I
Growth and Income Portfolio Class I
Government Portfolio Class II*
Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.
Equity and Income Portfolio Class II*
Lord Abbett Series Fund
Growth and Income Portfolio
Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
Bond-Debenture Portfolio
Growth Opportunities Portfolio*
America's Value Portfolio*
Calvert Variable Series, Inc.**
Social Small Cap Growth Portfolio
Social Balanced Portfolio
Van Eck Worldwide Trust**
Worldwide Hard Assets Fund
Worldwide Real Estate Fund


 
 
 
*   The Sub-Account investing in this fund is not available before June 1, 2003.
**   The Sub-Accounts investing in the Calvert Variable Series, Inc. and Van Eck Worldwide Trust Funds are available only to Owners who meet certain conditions. (See "Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account" in this Appendix E.)

E-1



FEES AND EXPENSES

        This table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund. The Fund expenses used to prepare this table were provided to Protective Life by the Funds. Protective Life has not independently verified such information. The expenses shown are based on expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2002. Current or future expenses may be higher or lower than those shown.

RANGE OF EXPENSES FOR THE FUNDS


 

 

Minimum


 

 


 

Maximum


 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(total of all expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, 12b-1 fees, and other expenses)
  0.47 % -   6.96 %*
*   The range of Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown here does not take into account contractual and voluntary arrangements under which the Funds' advisers currently reimburse Fund expenses or waive fees. Please see the prospectus for each Fund for more information about that Fund's expenses.


Example of Charges

        This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. The example shows the costs of investing in the Contract, including owner transaction expenses, the annual contract maintenance fee, Variable Account charges (assuming an Optional Benefit Package and the Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit are selected), and both maximum total annual Fund operating expenses and minimum total annual Fund operating expenses. The example does not reflect transfer fees or premium taxes, which may range up to 3.5% depending on the jurisdiction.

        The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year.

(1)  If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:


 


 

1 year


 

3 years


 

5 years


 

10 years

Maximum Fund Expenses**   $ 1,424   $ 2,917   $ 4,236   $ 7,234
Minimum Fund Expenses**     833     1,236     1,560     2,513

(2)  If you annuitize* or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:


 


 

1 year


 

3 years


 

5 years


 

10 years

Maximum Fund Expenses**   $851   $ 2,461   $ 3,954   $ 7,234
Minimum Fund Expenses**   221     682     1,169     2,513

*

 

Generally, you cannot annuitize your Contract within 7 years after we accept a Purchase Payment. In limited circumstances we may allow you to annuitize your Contract as early as 2 years after we accept a Purchase Payment. (See "Annuitization.") Different fees and expenses not reflected in the example may be assessed after you annuitize under a variable income payment option. (See "Charges and Deductions, Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.")
**   The range of maximum and minimum total annual Fund operating expenses used in this example does not take into account contractual and voluntary arrangements under which the Funds' advisers currently reimburse Fund expenses or waive fees. Please see the prospectus for each Fund for more information about that Fund's expenses.

         Please remember that the example is an illustration and does not guarantee the amount of future expenses. Your actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. Similarly, your rate of return may be more or less than the 5% rate of return assumed in the example.

E-2



Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account

        The following 32 Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account are available in Contracts that were purchased before June 1, 2003.



PIC International Equity
PIC Small Cap Value
PIC Capital Growth
PIC CORE U.S. Equity
PIC Growth and Income
PIC Global Income
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth II*
Van Kampen Emerging Growth
Van Kampen Enterprise
Van Kampen Comstock
Van Kampen Growth and Income
Van Kampen Government II*,**
Van Kampen UIF Equity and Income II*,**
MFS New Discovery
MFS Emerging Growth
MFS Research


 


MFS Investors Growth Stock
MFS Investors Trust
MFS Utilities
MFS Total Return
Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth
Oppenheimer Global Securities
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation
Oppenheimer Main Street
Oppenheimer High Income
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond
Oppenheimer Money Fund
Lord Abbett Growth and Income
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value
Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities**
Lord Abbett America's Value**


 
 
 
*   This Sub-Account invests in a class of Fund shares that pays distribution or service fees under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. For more information, please see " Other Information about the Funds " and " Distribution of the Contract " in this prospectus, and the prospectus for the Fund.
**   This Sub-Account is not available before June 1, 2003.

        The following four additional Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account are also available to certain Owners who purchased their Contract before May 1, 2002.


Calvert Social Small Cap Growth
Calvert Social Balanced

 

Van Eck Worldwide Hard Assets
Van Eck Worldwide Real Estate

 
 
 

These four Sub-Accounts are available to Owners if they meet one or more of the following conditions:

        (1)  as of April 30, 2002, Contract Value was allocated to the Sub-Account;

        (2)  as of April 30, 2002, we had a current allocation instruction from the Owner directing us to allocate amounts to the Sub-Account in the future; or

        (3)  as of April 30, 2002, we had a current dollar cost averaging transfer instruction from the Owner directing us to transfer amounts to the Sub-Account in the future


The Funds


Protective Investment Company (PIC)

International Equity Fund.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. The Fund pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, substantially all, and at least 80%, of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) in a diversified portfolio of equity investments in companies that are organized outside the United States or whose securities are principally traded outside the United States. The Fund intends to invest in companies with public stock market capitalizations that are larger than $1 billion at the time of investment.

Small Cap Value Fund.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital. The Fund pursues its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) in a diversified portfolio of equity investments in small-cap issuers with

E-3


public stock market capitalizations (based upon shares available for trading on an unrestricted basis) within the range of the market capitalization of companies constituting the Russell 2000 Value Index at the time of investment (currently between $12 million and $3 billion).

Capital Growth Fund

        This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital. The Fund pursues its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) measured at time of purchase in equity investments that are considered by the investment adviser to have long-term capital appreciation potential.

CORE SM U.S. Equity Fund.

        This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income. The Fund pursues its investment objectives by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 90% of its total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) measured at time of purchase in equity investments in U.S. issuers, including foreign companies that are traded in the United States. The Fund's investments are selected using both a variety of quantitative techniques and fundamental research in seeking to maximize the Fund's expected return, while maintaining risk, style, capitalization and industry characteristics similar to the S&P 500® Index.

Growth and Income Fund.

        This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and growth of income. The Fund pursues its objectives by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 65% of its total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) measured at time of purchase in equity investments that the investment adviser considers to have favorable prospects for capital appreciation and/or dividend-paying ability.

Global Income Fund.

        This Fund seeks a high total return, emphasizing current income and, to a lesser extent, providing opportunities for capital appreciation. The Fund pursues its objectives by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) in a portfolio of fixed-income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers (including non-dollar securities). The Fund also enters into foreign currency transactions.


Van Kampen Life Investment Trust

Aggressive Growth Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks capital growth.

Emerging Growth Portfolio Class I.

        Seeks capital appreciation.

Enterprise Portfolio Class I.

        Seeks capital appreciation through investment in securities believed by the investment adviser to have above average potential for capital appreciation.

Comstock Portfolio Class I.

        Seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.

Growth and Income Portfolio Class I.

        Seeks long-term growth of capital and income.

E-4


Government Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks high current return consistent with preservation of capital.


The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.

Equity and Income Portfolio Class II.

        Seeks both capital appreciation and current income.


MFS® Variable Insurance Trust SM

New Discovery Series.

        This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Emerging Growth Series.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital.

Research Series.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital and future income.

Investors Growth Stock Series.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term growth of capital and future income rather than current income.

Investors Trust Series.

        This Fund seeks mainly to provide long-term growth of capital and secondarily to provide reasonable current income.

Utilities Series.

        This Fund seeks capital growth and current income (income above that available from a portfolio invested entirely in equity securities).

Total Return Series.

        This Fund seeks mainly to provide above-average income (compared to a portfolio invested entirely in equity securities) consistent with the prudent employment of capital and secondarily to provide a reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income.


Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

Aggressive Growth Fund/VA.

        This Fund seeks capital appreciation by investing in "growth type" companies.

Global Securities Fund/VA.

        This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in securities of foreign issuers, "growth-type" companies and cyclical industries.

Capital Appreciation Fund/VA.

        This Fund seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation by investing in securities of well-known established companies.

E-5


Main Street Fund/VA.

        This Fund seeks a high total return (which includes growth in the value of its shares as well as current income) from equity and debt securities. The Fund invests mainly in common stocks of U.S. companies.

High Income Fund/VA.

        This Fund seeks a high level of current income from investment in high yield fixed-income securities.

Money Fund/VA.

        This Fund seeks maximum current income from investments in "money market" securities consistent with low capital risk and the maintenance of liquidity. An investment in the Money Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. The yield of this Fund may become very low during periods of low interest rates. After deduction of Variable Account charges, the yield in the Sub-Account that invests in this Fund could be negative.

Strategic Bond Fund/VA.

        This Fund seeks a high level of current income by investing mainly in three market sectors: debt securities of foreign governments and companies, U.S. government securities and high yield securities of U.S. and foreign companies.


Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.

Growth and Income Portfolio.

        This Fund's investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income without excessive fluctuations in market value.

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio.

        The Fund seeks capital appreciation through investments, primarily in equity securities, which are believed to be undervalued in the marketplace.

Bond-Debenture Portfolio.

        The Fund's investment objective is to seek high current income and the opportunity for capital appreciation to produce a high total return.

Growth Opportunties Portfolio.

        The Fund's investment objective is to seek capital appreciation.

America's Value Portfolio.

        The Fund's investment objective is to seek income and capital appreciation.


Calvert Variable Series, Inc.

Social Small Cap Growth Portfolio.

        This Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of companies that have small market capitalizations.

Social Balanced Portfolio.

        This Fund seeks to achieve a competitive total return through an actively managed portfolio of stocks, bonds, and money market instruments that offer income and capital growth opportunity and that satisfy the investment and social criteria.

E-6



Van Eck Worldwide Insurance Trust

Worldwide Hard Assets Fund.

        This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in "Hard Asset Securities". Hard Asset Securities are the stocks, bonds and other securities of companies that derive at least 50% of gross revenue or profit from the exploration, development, production or distribution of (together "Hard Assets"):

      (i)
      precious metals;

      (ii)
      natural resources;

      (iii)
      real estate; and

      (iv)
      commodities.

Worldwide Real Estate Fund.

        This Fund seeks a high total return by investing in equity securities of companies that own significant real estate or that principally do business in real estate.

         There is no assurance that the stated objectives and policies of any of the Funds will be achieved. More detailed information concerning the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Funds, the expenses of the Funds, the risks attendant to investing in the Funds and other aspects of their operations can be found in the current prospectuses for the Funds and the current Statement of Additional Information for each of the Funds. You should read the Funds' prospectuses carefully before making any decision concerning the allocation of Purchase Payments or transfers among the additional Sub-Accounts.

        Certain Funds may have investment objectives and policies similar to other mutual funds (sometimes having similar names) that are managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the Funds, however, may be more or less favorable than the results of such other mutual funds. Protective Life does not guarantee or make any representation that the investment results of any Fund is, or will be, comparable to any other mutual fund, even one with the same investment adviser or manager.

        Refer to "Other Information about the Funds" and "Other Investors in the Funds" in this prospectus for more information about the Funds.

E-7



APPENDIX F


CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


Sub-Accounts

        The date of inception of each of the Sub-Accounts is as follows:


March 14, 1994 —

 PIC International Equity
   PIC Small Cap Value
   PIC CORE SM U.S. Equity
   PIC Growth and Income
   PIC Global Income
   Oppenheimer Money Fund
June 13, 1995 —  PIC Capital Growth
July 1, 1997 —  Calvert Social Small Cap Growth
   Calvert Social Balanced
   MFS Emerging Growth
   MFS Research
   MFS Investors Trust
   MFS Total Return
   Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth
   Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation
   Oppenheimer Main Street
   Oppenheimer Strategic Bond
November 5, 1998 —  MFS New Discovery
   MFS Utilities
   Oppenheimer Global Securities
   Oppenheimer High Income
   Van Eck Worldwide Hard Assets
   Van Eck Worldwide Real Estate
May 1, 2000 —  MFS Investors Growth Stock
   Van Kampen Emerging Growth
   Van Kampen Enterprise
   Van Kampen Comstock
   Van Kampen Growth and Income
October 1, 2000 —  Van Kampen Aggressive Growth II
May 1, 2002 —  Lord Abbett Growth and Income
   Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value
   Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture
June 1, 2003 —  Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities
   Lord Abbett America's Value
   MFS Emerging Growth SS
   MFS Research SS
   MFS Investors Trust SS
   MFS Investors Growth Stock SS
   MFS Total Return SS
   MFS New Discovery SS
   MFS Utilities SS
   Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth SS
   Oppenheimer Capital
    Appreciation SS
   Oppenheimer Main Street SS
   Oppenheimer Strategic Bond SS
   Oppenheimer Global Securities SS
   Oppenheimer High Income SS
   Van Kampen Emerging Growth II
   Van Kampen Enterprise II
   Van Kampen Comstock II
   Van Kampen Growth and Income II
   Van Kampen Government II
   Van Kampen UIF Equity and
    Income II


Accumulation Units

        The following tables show, for each Sub-Account, Accumulation Unit values and outstanding Accumulation Units for the classes of Accumulation Units available in the Protective Variable Annuity II Contract as of December 31 of each year listed. We offer other variable annuity contracts with classes of Accumulation Units in each Sub-Account that have different mortality and expense risk charges and administration charges than the classes of Accumulation Units offered in the Protective Variable Annuity II Contract. Only the classes of Accumulation Units available in the Protective Variable Annuity II Contract are shown in the following tables. For charges associated with each class of Accumulation Units, see "Fees and Expenses, Periodic Charges," on page 4 of this prospectus.

        You should read the information in the following tables in conjunction with the Variable Account's financial statements and the related notes in the Statement of Additional Information.

F-1


Accumulation Unit Values*
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit without EEDB

Sub-Account

  1994

  1995

  1996

  1997

  1998

  1999

  2000

  2001

  2002


PIC
                                   
International Equity               17.90   13.68   11.02
Small Cap Value               15.58   18.72   17.26
Capital Growth               25.38   21.44   16.00
CORE SM  U. S. Equity               27.01   23.76   18.16
Growth and Income               18.88   16.88   14.79
Global Income               15.12   15.64   16.43

Van Kampen
                                   
Aggressive Growth II               7.62   4.65   3.10
Emerging Growth               7.30   4.94   3.29
Enterprise               7.77   6.10   4.26
Comstock               13.02   12.54   10.00
Growth and Income               11.13   10.35   8.74
Emerging Growth II                  
Enterprise II                  
Comstock II                  
Growth and Income II                  
Government II                  
UIF Equity and Income II                  

MFS
                                   
New Discovery               19.80   18.57   12.54
Emerging Growth               20.78   13.65   8.93
Research               15.22   11.84   8.82
Investors Growth Stock               8.69   6.51   4.66
Investors Trust               14.26   11.84   9.24
Utilities               14.52   10.87   8.29
Total Return               14.31   14.17   13.27
Emerging Growth SS                  
Research SS                  
Investors Trust SS                  
Investors Growth Stock SS                  
Total Return SS                  
New Discovery SS                  
Utilities SS                  

Oppenheimer
                                   
Aggressive Growth               19.29   13.09   9.33
Global Securities               18.26   15.86   12.19
Capital Appreciation               18.88   16.29   11.77
Main Street               13.20   11.71   9.39
High Income               10.27   10.34   9.97
Money Fund               1.27   1.30   1.30
Strategic Bond               10.77   11.15   11.83
Aggressive Growth SS                  
Capital Appreciation SS                  
Main Street SS                  
Strategic Bond SS                  
Global Securities SS                  
High Income SS                  

Lord Abbett
                                   
Growth and Income                   8.11
Mid-Cap Value                   8.42
Bond-Debenture                   10.33
Growth Opportunities                  
America's Value                  

Calvert
                                   
Social Small Cap Growth               12.62   13.76   10.53
Social Balanced               13.51   12.42   10.77

Van Eck
                                   
Worldwide Hard Assets               12.47   11.02   10.58
Worldwide Real Estate               11.76   12.23   11.54

*   Accumulation Unit values are rounded to the nearest whole cent.

F-2


Accumulation Unit Values*
Optional Benefit Package without EEDB

Sub-Account

  1994

  1995

  1996

  1997

  1998

  1999

  2000

  2001

  2002


PIC
                                   
International Equity   9.48   11.18   13.12   13.51   16.07   21.06   17.88   13.65   10.98
Small Cap Value   8.91   9.35   11.09   14.46   12.07   11.91   15.56   18.67   17.18
Capital Growth     10.36   12.48   16.56   22.00   27.67   25.35   21.38   15.93
CORE SM U. S. Equity   9.94   13.40   16.12   20.81   25.10   30.40   26.98   23.69   18.08
Growth and Income   9.71   12.66   15.83   20.27   19.40   20.24   18.86   16.84   14.73
Global Income   9.82   11.32   12.22   13.25   14.42   14.02   15.10   15.60   16.36

Van Kampen
                                   
Aggressive Growth II               7.62   4.64   3.08
Emerging Growth               7.29   4.93   3.28
Enterprise               7.76   6.09   4.24
Comstock               13.01   12.51   9.96
Growth and Income               11.12   10.32   8.70
Emerging Growth II                  
Enterprise II                  
Comstock II                  
Growth and Income II                  
Government II                  
UIF Equity and Income II                  

MFS
                                   
New Discovery           11.97   20.43   19.78   18.52   12.48
Emerging Growth         11.36   15.02   26.14   20.76   13.61   8.89
Research         10.89   13.24   16.18   15.20   11.81   8.78
Investors Growth Stock               8.68   6.49   4.64
Investors Trust         11.40   13.75   14.44   14.25   11.81   9.20
Utilities           10.65   13.72   14.51   10.84   8.26
Total Return         11.10   12.29   12.47   14.30   14.13   13.21
Emerging Growth SS                  
Research SS                  
Investors Trust SS                  
Investors Growth Stock SS                  
Total Return SS                  
New Discovery SS                  
Utilities SS                  

Oppenheimer
                                   
Aggressive Growth         10.97   12.16   21.97   19.26   13.05   9.29
Global Securities           11.26   17.57   18.24   15.82   12.14
Capital Appreciation         11.22   13.72   19.13   18.85   16.25   11.72
Main Street         11.83   12.21   14.63   13.19   11.68   9.35
High Income           10.51   10.79   10.26   10.31   9.93
Money Fund   1.02   1.05   1.09   1.13   1.17   1.21   1.27   1.30   1.30
Strategic Bond         10.33   10.47   10.61   10.75   11.12   11.78
Aggressive Growth SS                  
Capital Appreciation SS                  
Main Street SS                  
Strategic Bond SS                  
Global Securities SS                  
High Income SS                  

Lord Abbett
                                   
Growth and Income                   8.10
Mid-Cap Value                   8.41
Bond-Debenture                   10.31
Growth Opportunities                  
America's Value                  

Calvert
                                   
Social Small Cap Growth         11.04   10.22   12.01   12.61   13.73   10.48
Social Balanced         11.14   12.77   14.10   13.50   12.38   10.73

Van Eck
                                   
Worldwide Hard Assets           9.50   11.32   12.45   11.00   10.53
Worldwide Real Estate           10.39   10.02   11.75   12.20   11.49

*   Accumulation Unit values are rounded to the nearest whole cent.

F-3


Accumulation Unit Values*
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit with EEDB

Sub-Account

  1994

  1995

  1996

  1997

  1998

  1999

  2000

  2001

  2002


PIC
                                   
International Equity                 13.65   10.97
Small Cap Value                 18.68   17.17
Capital Growth                 21.39   15.93
CORE SM  U. S. Equity                 23.70   18.07
Growth and Income                 16.84   14.72
Global Income                 15.61   16.35

Van Kampen
                                   
Aggressive Growth II                 4.64   3.08
Emerging Growth                 4.93   3.28
Enterprise                 6.09   4.24
Comstock                 12.52   9.96
Growth and Income                 10.33   8.70
Emerging Growth II                  
Enterprise II                  
Comstock II                  
Growth and Income II                  
Government II                  
UIF Equity and Income II                  

MFS
                                   
New Discovery                 18.53   12.48
Emerging Growth                 13.62   8.89
Research                 11.81   8.78
Investors Growth Stock                 6.50   4.64
Investors Trust                 11.81   9.20
Utilities                 10.85   8.25
Total Return                 14.14   13.20
Emerging Growth SS                  
Research SS                  
Investors Trust SS                  
Investors Growth Stock SS                  
Total Return SS                  
New Discovery SS                  
Utilities SS                  

Oppenheimer
                                   
Aggressive Growth                 13.06   9.29
Global Securities                 15.82   12.14
Capital Appreciation                 16.26   11.71
Main Street                 11.68   9.35
High Income                 10.32   9.92
Money Fund                 1.30   1.30
Strategic Bond                 11.12   11.77
Aggressive Growth SS                  
Capital Appreciation SS                  
Main Street SS                  
Strategic Bond SS                  
Global Securities SS                  
High Income SS                  

Lord Abbett
                                   
Growth and Income                   8.10
Mid-Cap Value                   8.40
Bond-Debenture                   10.31
Growth Opportunities                  
America's Value                  

Calvert
                                   
Social Small Cap Growth                 13.73   10.48
Social Balanced                 12.39   10.72

Van Eck
                                   
Worldwide Hard Assets                 11.00   10.53
Worldwide Real Estate                 12.21   11.48

*   Accumulation Unit values are rounded to the nearest whole cent.

F-4


Accumulation Unit Values*
Optional Benefit Package with EEDB

Sub-Account

  1994

  1995

  1996

  1997

  1998

  1999

  2000

  2001

  2002


PIC
                                   
International Equity                 13.62   10.93
Small Cap Value                 18.63   17.10
Capital Growth                 21.34   15.86
CORE SM  U. S. Equity                 23.64   18.00
Growth and Income                 16.80   14.66
Global Income                 15.57   16.28

Van Kampen
                                   
Aggressive Growth II                 4.63   3.07
Emerging Growth                 4.91   3.26
Enterprise                 6.07   4.22
Comstock                 12.48   9.91
Growth and Income                 10.30   8.66
Emerging Growth II                  
Enterprise II                  
Comstock II                  
Growth and Income II                  
Government II                  
UIF Equity and Income II                  

MFS
                                   
New Discovery                 18.48   12.42
Emerging Growth                 13.58   8.85
Research                 11.78   8.74
Investors Growth Stock                 6.48   4.62
Investors Trust                 11.78   9.16
Utilities                 10.82   8.22
Total Return                 14.10   13.15
Emerging Growth SS                  
Research SS                  
Investors Trust SS                  
Investors Growth Stock SS                  
Total Return SS                  
New Discovery SS                  
Utilities SS                  

Oppenheimer
                                   
Aggressive Growth                 13.02   9.25
Global Securities                 15.78   12.09
Capital Appreciation                 16.21   11.66
Main Street                 11.65   9.31
High Income                 10.29   9.88
Money Fund                 1.29   1.29
Strategic Bond                 11.09   11.72
Aggressive Growth SS                  
Capital Appreciation SS                  
Main Street SS                  
Strategic Bond SS                  
Global Securities SS                  
High Income SS                  

Lord Abbett
                                   
Growth and Income                   8.09
Mid-Cap Value                   8.39
Bond-Debenture                   10.30
Growth Opportunities                  
America's Value                  

Calvert
                                   
Social Small Cap Growth                 13.70   10.43
Social Balanced                 12.36   10.68

Van Eck
                                   
Worldwide Hard Assets                 10.97   10.48
Worldwide Real Estate                 12.17   11.44

*   Accumulation Unit values are rounded to the nearest whole cent.

F-5


Accumulation Units Outstanding**
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit without EEDB

Sub-Account

  1994

  1995

  1996

  1997

  1998

  1999

  2000

  2001

  2002


PIC
                                   
International Equity               20,319   37,024   41,929
Small Cap Value               3,046   14,613   45,282
Capital Growth               34,555   75,255   107,191
CORE SM U. S. Equity               32,063   74,274   92,667
Growth and Income               27,902   62,482   92,496
Global Income               5,634   24,077   49,851

Van Kampen
                                   
Aggressive Growth II               3,385   48,320   64,311
Emerging Growth               151,480   486,834   606,957
Enterprise               124,873   363,295   678,192
Comstock               83,971   317,634   612,926
Growth and Income               104,687   354,821   687,815
Emerging Growth II                  
Enterprise II                  
Comstock II                  
Growth and Income II                  
Government II                  
UIF Equity and Income II                  

MFS
                                   
New Discovery               12,152   19,584   18,175
Emerging Growth               13,419   34,782   33,937
Research               31,672   87,514   91,288
Investors Growth Stock               37,663   142,472   149,505
Investors Trust               60,794   166,826   191,737
Utilities               18,004   59,443   55,267
Total Return               21,098   104,938   257,797
Emerging Growth SS                  
Research SS                  
Investors Trust SS                  
Investors Growth Stock SS                  
Total Return SS                  
New Discovery SS                  
Utilities SS                  

Oppenheimer
                                   
Aggressive Growth               20,434   32,139   31,678
Global Securities               18,404   45,011   57,965
Capital Appreciation               41,363   105,923   130,998
Main Street               81,257   213,601   243,559
High Income               7,523   26,941   54,536
Money Fund               85,730   431,932   798,599
Strategic Bond               18,434   66,723   120,915
Aggressive Growth SS                  
Capital Appreciation SS                  
Main Street SS                  
Strategic Bond SS                  
Global Securities SS                  
High Income SS                  

Lord Abbett
                                   
Growth and Income                   170,910
Mid-Cap Value                   97,840
Bond-Debenture                   142,021
Growth Opportunities                  
America's Value                  

Calvert
                                   
Social Small Cap Growth               6,813   16,996   20,217
Social Balanced               18,281   38,238   44,018

Van Eck
                                   
Worldwide Hard Assets                 9   57
Worldwide Real Estate                 2,833   2,681

**   Accumulation Units are rounded to the nearest unit.

F-6


Accumulation Units Outstanding**
Optional Benefit Package without EEDB

Sub-Account

  1994

  1995

  1996

  1997

  1998

  1999

  2000

  2001

  2002


PIC
                                   
International Equity   2,588,605   4,954,564   7,363,767   9,722,696   10,798,391   10,449,270   9,951,471   7,941,172   6,172,752
Small Cap Value   2,347,968   4,579,808   5,797,119   7,429,530   8,201,197   6,671,154   5,558,766   4,939,011   4,323,212
Capital Growth     930,249   2,419,601   4,493,710   6,926,984   9,304,240   9,490,574   8,045,942   6,432,778
CORE SM U. S. Equity   1,682,927   4,128,798   6,300,382   8,495,067   10,415,387   11,889,192   11,358,606   9,740,951   7,676,260
Growth and Income   4,260,743   10,012,351   13,291,398   17,539,696   19,909,590   16,852,150   13,775,704   11,356,707   9,412,410
Global Income   1,457,712   2,438,238   3,081,317   3,677,919   4,330,727   4,417,091   3,895,619   3,416,464   2,947,599

Van Kampen
                                   
Aggressive Growth II               35,328   217,831   242,076
Emerging Growth               2,624,094   5,026,914   4,945,429
Enterprise               1,365,309   3,098,090   4,104,568
Comstock               770,357   3,857,912   5,448,958
Growth and Income               1,072,397   4,708,671   7,032,481
Emerging Growth II                  
Enterprise II                  
Comstock II                  
Growth and Income II                  
Government II                  
UIF Equity and Income II                  

MFS
                                   
New Discovery           0   119,735   556,357   592,137   591,041
Emerging Growth         292,318   1,102,153   2,417,374   3,152,340   2,637,417   1,900,895
Research         577,212   1,987,679   3,724,827   4,780,858   4,372,647   3,378,814
Investors Growth Stock               512,272   1,468,634   1,497,449
Investors Trust         234,240   1,409,735   4,336,388   5,157,196   5,313,155   4,346,175
Utilities           0   142,311   623,345   950,939   689,217
Total Return         157,430   1,060,293   2,530,284   2,996,679   4,102,590   4,933,554
Emerging Growth SS                  
Research SS                  
Investors Trust SS                  
Investors Growth Stock SS                  
Total Return SS                  
New Discovery SS                  
Utilities SS                  

Oppenheimer
                                   
Aggressive Growth         238,172   931,993   1,430,515   2,303,048   1,952,500   1,434,737
Global Securities           0   255,811   1,135,818   1,381,578   1,245,740
Capital Appreciation         321,669   1,167,782   2,744,570   4,288,750   4,235,334   3,361,023
Main Street         247,774   1,644,982   3,650,951   5,419,206   5,952,189   5,103,652
High Income           0   74,135   257,115   516,852   607,672
Money Fund   3,034,056   4,273,270   5,577,080   3,151,349   4,526,291   10,833,442   11,194,895   18,537,802   14,673,692
Strategic Bond         284,169   1,524,677   2,478,990   2,641,573   2,916,350   3,043,171
Aggressive Growth SS                  
Capital Appreciation SS                  
Main Street SS                  
Strategic Bond SS                  
Global Securities SS                  
High Income SS                  

Lord Abbett
                                   
Growth and Income                   2,424,612
Mid-Cap Value                   1,297,078
Bond-Debenture                   1,096,024
Growth Opportunities                  
America's Value                  

Calvert
                                   
Social Small Cap Growth         12,376   53,800   83,449   113,582   133,355   132,225
Social Balanced         94,365   481,687   908,525   1,002,497   822,438   739,248

Van Eck
                                   
Worldwide Hard Assets           0   3,459   6,646   18,068   37,667
Worldwide Real Estate           0   5,743   14,780   55,155   57,597

**   Accumulation Units are rounded to the nearest unit.

F-7


Accumulation Units Outstanding**
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit with EEDB

Sub-Account

  1994

  1995

  1996

  1997

  1998

  1999

  2000

  2001

  2002


PIC
                                   
International Equity                 393   670
Small Cap Value                   135
Capital Growth                 129   357
CORE SM U. S. Equity                 1,003   2,085
Growth and Income                 379   1,329
Global Income                 11   305

Van Kampen
                                   
Aggressive Growth II                 890   791
Emerging Growth                 12,158   15,070
Enterprise                 5,078   9,907
Comstock                 6,836   12,418
Growth and Income                 8,294   17,589
Emerging Growth II                  
Enterprise II                  
Comstock II                  
Growth and Income II                  
Government II                  
UIF Equity and Income II                  

MFS
                                   
New Discovery                 37   122
Emerging Growth                 15   309
Research                 392   1,479
Investors Growth Stock                 3,755   6,507
Investors Trust                 1,253   3,002
Utilities                 349   203
Total Return                 1,808   5,174
Emerging Growth SS                  
Research SS                  
Investors Trust SS                  
Investors Growth Stock SS                  
Total Return SS                  
New Discovery SS                  
Utilities SS                  

Oppenheimer
                                   
Aggressive Growth                 16  
Global Securities                 997   1,058
Capital Appreciation                 2,467   4,615
Main Street                 3,062   5,656
High Income                 1,870   2,872
Money Fund                  
Strategic Bond                 266   2,418
Aggressive Growth SS                  
Capital Appreciation SS                  
Main Street SS                  
Strategic Bond SS                  
Global Securities SS                  
High Income SS                  

Lord Abbett
                                   
Growth and Income                   2,941
Mid-Cap Value                   567
Bond-Debenture                   346
Growth Opportunities                  
America's Value                  

Calvert
                                   
Social Small Cap Growth                  
Social Balanced                 615   847

Van Eck
                                   
Worldwide Hard Assets                  
Worldwide Real Estate                  

**   Accumulation Units are rounded to the nearest unit.

F-8


Accumulation Units Outstanding**
Optional Benefit Package with EEDB

Sub-Account

  1994

  1995

  1996

  1997

  1998

  1999

  2000

  2001

  2002


PIC
                                   
International Equity                 1,958   4,407
Small Cap Value                 2,958   13,261
Capital Growth                 11,151   22,381
CORE SM U. S. Equity                 12,278   25,973
Growth and Income                 9,672   26,660
Global Income                 4,390   14,616

Van Kampen
                                   
Aggressive Growth II                 15,263   16,043
Emerging Growth                 151,585   212,608
Enterprise                 81,191   154,911
Comstock                 122,188   244,641
Growth and Income                 138,633   299,640
Emerging Growth II                  
Enterprise II                  
Comstock II                  
Growth and Income II                  
Government II                  
UIF Equity and Income II                  

MFS
                                   
New Discovery                 2,488   4,841
Emerging Growth                 3,842   8,646
Research                 12,754   27,416
Investors Growth Stock                 16,974   47,652
Investors Trust                 26,722   59,067
Utilities                 5,833   7,986
Total Return                 47,261   136,567
Emerging Growth SS                  
Research SS                  
Investors Trust SS                  
Investors Growth Stock SS                  
Total Return SS                  
New Discovery SS                  
Utilities SS                  

Oppenheimer
                                   
Aggressive Growth                 2,103   2,640
Global Securities                 13,074   20,153
Capital Appreciation                 21,620   41,855
Main Street                 29,317   64,849
High Income                 9,105   27,697
Money Fund                 51,427   244,986
Strategic Bond                 10,921   32,755
Aggressive Growth SS                  
Capital Appreciation SS                  
Main Street SS                  
Strategic Bond SS                  
Global Securities SS                  
High Income SS                  

Lord Abbett
                                   
Growth and Income                   53,316
Mid-Cap Value                   27,042
Bond-Debenture                   31,100
Growth Opportunities                  
America's Value                  

Calvert
                                   
Social Small Cap Growth                   310
Social Balanced                 1,263   1,584

Van Eck
                                   
Worldwide Hard Assets                 685   684
Worldwide Real Estate                 115   452

**   Accumulation Units are rounded to the nearest unit.

F-9


       Please tear off, complete and return this form to order a free Statement of Additional Information for the Contracts offered under the prospectus. Address the form to Protective Life's Investment Products Division, customer service center at the address shown on the cover.

         Please send me a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information for the Protective Variable Annuity II.



Name    
 
 

Address    
 
 

City, State, Zip    
 
 

Daytime Telephone Number    


PART B


INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE IN
THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648
Telephone: 1-800-456-6330

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY II
A FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACT

        This Statement of Additional Information contains information in addition to the information described in the Prospectus for the Protective Variable Annuity II, a group and individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract (the "Contract") offered by Protective Life Insurance Company. This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus. It should be read only in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Contract and the Funds. The Prospectus for the Contract is dated the same as this Statement of Additional Information. You may obtain a copy of the Prospectus by writing or calling us at our address or phone number shown above.

         THE DATE OF THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS MAY 1, 2003.



STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS


 


 

Page

CALCULATION OF YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS   3
Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account Yield   3
Other Sub-Account Yields   4
Total Returns   5
Effect of the Contract Maintenance Fee on Performance Data   6
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS   6
STATE REGULATION   6
RECORDS AND REPORTS   6
LEGAL MATTERS   7
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS   7
OTHER INFORMATION   7
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   7

2



CALCULATION OF YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS

        From time to time, Protective Life may disclose yields, total returns, and other performance data pertaining to the Contracts for a Sub-Account. Such performance data will be computed or accompanied by performance data computed, in accordance with the standards defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

        Because of the charges and deductions imposed under a Contract, yields for the Sub-Accounts will be lower than the yields for their respective Funds. The calculations of yields, total returns, and other performance data do not reflect the effect of premium tax that may be applicable to a particular Contract. Premium taxes currently range from 0% to 3.50% of premium based on the state in which the Contract is sold.


Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account Yield

        From time to time, advertisements and sales literature may quote the current annualized yield of the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account for a seven-day period in a manner which does not take into consideration any realized or unrealized gain, or losses on shares of the Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds Money Fund or on its portfolio securities.

        This current annualized yield is computed by determining the net change (exclusive of realized gains and losses on the sale of securities and unrealized appreciation and depreciation) at the end of the seven day period in value of a hypothetical account under a Contract having a balance of 1 Accumulation Unit of the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, dividing such net change in account value by the value of the hypothetical account at the beginning of the period to determine the base period return, and annualizing this quotient on a 365-day basis. The net change in account value reflects: 1) net income from the Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds Money Fund attributable to the hypothetical account; and 2) charges and deductions imposed under the Contract attributable to the hypothetical account. The charges and deductions reflect the per unit charges for the hypothetical account for: 1) the Annual Contract Maintenance Fee; 2) Administration Charge; and 3) the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. For purposes of calculating current yields for a Contract, an average per unit Contract Maintenance Fee is used based on the $30 Contract Maintenance Fee deducted at the end of each Contract Year. Current Yield will be calculated according to the following formula:

      Current Yield = ((NCS-ES)/UV) × (365/7)

        Where:


NCS

 

the net change in the value of the Fund (exclusive of unrealized gains or losses on the sale of securities and unrealized appreciation and depreciation) for the seven-day period attributable to a hypothetical Account having a balance of 1 Sub-Account Accumulation Unit.
ES   per Accumulation Unit expenses attributable to the hypothetical account for the seven-day period.
UV   The Accumulation Unit value as of the end of the last day of the prior seven-day period.

        The effective yield of the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account determined on a compounded basis for the same seven-day period may also be quoted.

        The effective yield is calculated by compounding the unannualized base period return according to the following formula:

      Effective Yield = (1+((NCS-ES)/UV)) 365/7 - 1

3


        Where:


NCS

 

the net change in the value of the portfolio (exclusive of realized gains and losses on the sale of securities and unrealized appreciation and depreciation) for the seven-day period attributable to a hypothetical account having a balance of 1 Sub-Account Accumulation Unit.
ES   per Accumulation Unit expenses attributable to the hypothetical account for the seven-day period.
UV   the Accumulation Unit value as of the end of the last day of the prior seven-day period.

        Because of the charges and deductions imposed under the Contract, the current and effective yields for the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account will be lower than such yields for the Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds Money Fund.

        The current and effective yields on amounts held in the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account normally will fluctuate on a daily basis. Therefore, the disclosed yield for any given past period is not an indication or representation of future yields or rates of return. The Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account's actual yield is affected by changes in interest rates on money market securities, average portfolio maturity of the Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds Money Fund, the types of quality of portfolio securities held by the Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds Money Fund and the Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds Money Fund's operating expenses. Yields on amounts held in the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account may also be presented for periods other than a seven day period.


Other Sub-Account Yields

        From time to time, sales literature or advertisements may quote the current annualized yield of one or more of the Sub-Accounts (except the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account) for a Contract for 30-day or one-month periods. The annualized yield of a Sub-Account refers to income generated by the Sub-Account over a specific 30 day or one month period. Because the yield is annualized, the yield generated by a Sub-Account during a 30-day or one-month period is assumed to be generated each period over a 12-month period.

        The yield is computed by: 1) dividing the net investment income of the Fund attributable to the Sub-Account Accumulation Units less Sub-Account expenses for the period; by 2) the maximum offering price per Accumulation Unit on the last day of the period times the daily average number of units outstanding for the period; by 3) compounding that yield for a six-month period; and by 4) multiplying that result by 2. Expenses attributable to the Sub-Account include the Annual Contract Maintenance Fee, the Administration Charge and the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The yield calculation assumes a Contract Maintenance Fee of $30 per year per Contract deducted at the end of each Contract Year. For purposes of calculating the 31-day or one-month yield, an average administration fee per dollar of Contract value in the Variable Account is used to determine the amount of the charge attributable to the Sub-Account for the 30-day or one-month period. The 30 day or one month yield is calculated according to the following formula:

      Yield = 2 × [(((NI-ES)/ (U × UV))+1) 6 - 1]

        Where:


NI

 

net income of the Fund for the 30 day or one month period attributable to the Sub-Account Accumulation Units.
ES   expenses of the Sub-Account for the 30 day or one month period.
U   the average number of Accumulation Units outstanding.
UV   the Accumulation Unit value as of the end of the last day in the 30 day or one month period.

4


        Because of the charges and deductions imposed under the Contracts, the yield for the Sub-Account will be lower than the yield for the corresponding Fund.

        The yield on the amounts held in the Sub-Accounts normally will fluctuate over time. Therefore, the disclosed yield for any given past period is not an indication or representation of future yields or rates of return. The Sub-Account's actual yield is affected by the types and quality of portfolio securities held by the corresponding Fund and its operating expenses.

        Yield calculations do not take into account the surrender charge under the Contract equal to 2% to 7% of Purchase Payments during the seven years prior to the surrender (including the year in which the surrender is made) on amounts surrendered.


Total Returns

        From time to time, sales literature or advertisements may also quote total returns for one or more of the Sub-Accounts for various periods of time.

        Until a Sub-Account has been in operation for 10 years, Protective Life will always include quotes of standard average annual total return for the period measured from the date that Sub-Account began operations. When a Sub-Account has been in operation for 1, 5, and 10 years, respectively, the standard average annual total return for these periods will be provided. Average annual total returns for other periods of time may, from time to time, also be disclosed.

        Average annual total returns represent the average annual compounded rates of return that would equate an initial investment of $1,000 under a Contract to the redemption value of that investment as of the last day of each of the periods. The ending date of each period for which total return quotations are provided will generally be for the most recent month-end practicable considering the type and media of the communication and will be stated in the communication.

        All average annual total returns will be calculated using Sub-Account unit values computed on each Valuation Day based on the performance of the Sub-Account's underlying Fund, the deductions for the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge.

        The standard average annual total return calculation assumes that the contract maintenance fee is $30 per year per contract, expressed as a percentage of the average Contract Value. For any period less than seven years, the standard average annual total return will also reflect the deduction of a surrender charge. The standard average annual total return will be calculated according to the following formula:

      TR = (ERV/P) 1/N - 1

        Where:


TR

 

=

 

the average annual total return net of Sub-Account recurring charges.
ERV   =   the ending redeemable value (net of any applicable charges) of the hypothetical account at the end of the period.
P   =   a hypothetical single Purchase Payment of $1,000.
N   =   the number of years in the period.

        In addition to standard average annual total returns, sales literature or advertisements may from time to time also quote nonstandard average annual total returns that do not reflect the contract maintenance fee or the surrender charge. These nonstandard average annual total returns are calculated in exactly the same way as standard average annual total returns described above, except that the ending redeemable value of the hypothetical account for the period is replaced with an ending value for the period that does not take into account the contract maintenance fee or the deduction of a surrender charge.

5


        Protective Life may also disclose cumulative total returns in conjunction with the formats described above. The cumulative total returns will be calculated using the following formula:

      CTR = (EV/P) - 1

        Where:


CTR

 

=

 

The cumulative total return net of Sub-Account recurring charges for the period.
EV   =   The ending value of the hypothetical investment at the end of the period that does not take into account the contract maintenance fee or the surrender charge.
P   =   A hypothetical single Purchase Payment of $1,000.


Effect of the Contract Maintenance Fee on Performance Data

        The Contract provides for a $30 annual contract maintenance fee to be deducted at the end of each Contract Year from the Sub-Accounts based on the proportion that the value of each such Sub-Account bears to the total Contract Value. For purposes of reflecting the contract maintenance fee in yield and total return quotations, the annual charge is converted into a per-dollar per-day charge based on the average Variable Account Value of all Contracts on the last day of the period for which quotations are provided. The per-dollar per-day average charge is then adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the particular quotation is calculated.


SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS

        Title to the assets of the Variable Account is held by Protective Life. The assets are kept physically segregated and held separate and apart from the Company's General Account assets and from the assets in any other separate account.

        Records are maintained of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares held by each of the Sub-Accounts.

        The officers and employees of Protective Life are covered by an insurance company blanket bond issued in the amount of $20 million dollars. The bond insures against dishonest and fraudulent acts of officers and employees.


STATE REGULATION

        Protective Life is subject to regulation and supervision by the Department of Insurance of the State of Tennessee which periodically examines its affairs. It is also subject to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where it is authorized to do business. Where required, a copy of the Contract form has been filed with, and, if applicable, approved by, insurance officials in each jurisdiction where the Contracts are sold. Protective Life is required to submit annual statements of its operations, including financial statements, to the insurance departments of the various jurisdictions in which it does business for the purposes of determining solvency and compliance with local insurance laws and regulations.


RECORDS AND REPORTS

        Protective Life will maintain all records and accounts relating to the Variable Account. As presently required by the 1940 Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, reports containing such information as may be required under the Act or by any other applicable law or regulation will be sent to Owner(s) periodically at the last known address.

6



LEGAL MATTERS

        Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D. C. has provided advice on certain matters relating to the federal securities laws.


INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

        The statement of assets and liabilities of The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets for the years then ended and the consolidated balance sheets of Protective Life as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of income, share-owner's equity and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002 and the related financial statement schedules included in this Statement of Additional Information and in the registration statement have been so included herein in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Birmingham, Alabama, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


OTHER INFORMATION

        A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, with respect to the Contracts discussed in this Statement of Additional Information. Not all the information set forth in the registration statement, amendments and exhibits thereto has been included in this Statement of Additional Information. Statements contained in this Statement of Additional Information concerning the content of the Contracts and other legal instruments are intended to be summaries. For a complete statement of the terms of these documents, reference should be made to the instruments filed with the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N. W., Washington, D.C. 20549.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The audited statement of assets and liabilities of The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets for the years then ended as well as the Report of Independent Accountants are contained herein.

        The audited consolidated balance sheets for Protective Life as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of income, share-owner's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002 as well as the Report of Independent Accountants are contained herein.

        Financial Statements follow this page.

7



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
Report of Independent Accountants   F-2
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2002   F-3
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2001   F-8
Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2002   F-13
Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2001   F-18
Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the year ended December 31, 2002   F-23
Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the year ended December 31, 2001   F-28
Notes to Financial Statements   F-33

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Report of Independent Accountants   F-44
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000   F-45
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001   F-46
Consolidated Statements of Share-Owner's Equity for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999   F-47
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000   F-48
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-49
Financial Statement Schedules:    
        Schedule III — Supplementary Insurance Information   S-1
        Schedule IV — Reinsurance   S-2
        Schedule V — Valuation Accounts   S-3

        All other schedules to the financial statements required by Article 7 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Contract Owners and Board of Directors
of Protective Life Insurance Company

        In our opinion, the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, consisting of PIC Growth and Income, PIC International Equity, PIC Global Income, PIC Small Cap Value, PIC CORE US Equity, PIC Capital Growth, Calvert Social Small Cap Growth, Calvert Social Balanced, MFS Emerging Growth, MFS Research, MFS Investors Trust, MFS Total Return, MFS New Discovery, MFS Utilities, MFS Investors Growth Stock, Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth, Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation, Oppenheimer Main Street Growth and Income, Oppenheimer Money Fund, Oppenheimer Strategic Bond, Oppenheimer Global Securities, Oppenheimer High Income, Van Eck Hard Asset, Van Eck Real Estate, Van Kampen Emerging Growth, Van Kampen Enterprise, Van Kampen Comstock, Van Kampen Growth and Income, Van Kampen Strategic Stock, Van Kampen Asset Allocation, Van Kampen Aggressive Growth, Lord Abbett Growth & Income, Lord Abbett Bond Debenture, Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value and Goldman Sachs Internet Tollkeeper sub-accounts, at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of its operations and changes in net assets for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits, which included confirmation of securities at December 31, 2002 and 2001 by correspondence with the custodians and brokers, provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


March 17, 2003

F-2


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

PIC
Growth
and
Income


 

PIC
International
Equity


 

PIC
Global
Income


 

PIC
Small
Cap Value


 

PIC
CORE
US Equity


 

PIC
Capital
Growth


 

Calvert
Social
Small
Cap
Growth


Assets
                                         
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 147,067   $ 70,867   $ 53,744   $ 79,424   $ 149,357   $ 111,630   $ 1,835
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 147,067   $ 70,867   $ 53,744   $ 79,424   $ 149,357   $ 111,630   $ 1,835
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

Calvert
Social
Balanced


 

MFS
Emerging
Growth


 

MFS
Research


 

MFS
Investors
Trust


 

MFS
Total
Return


 

MFS
New
Discovery


 

MFS
Utilities


Assets
                                         
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 9,121   $ 19,979   $ 34,332   $ 51,351   $ 92,390   $ 9,723   $ 8,187
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 9,121   $ 19,979   $ 34,332   $ 51,351   $ 92,390   $ 9,723   $ 8,187
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock


 

Oppenheimer
Aggressive
Growth


 

Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation


 

Oppenheimer
Main Street
Growth and
Income


 

Oppenheimer
Money
Fund


 

Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond


 

Oppenheimer
Global
Securities


Assets
                                         
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 10,916   $ 15,474   $ 50,723   $ 61,479   $ 23,299   $ 44,876   $ 20,830
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 10,916   $ 15,474   $ 50,723   $ 61,479   $ 23,299   $ 44,876   $ 20,830
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

Oppenheimer
High
Income


 

Van Eck
Hard
Asset


 

Van Eck
Real
Estate


 

Van Kampen
Emerging
Growth


 

Van Kampen
Enterprise


 

Van Kampen
Comstock


 

Van Kampen
Growth and
Income


 

Assets
                                           
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 9,687   $ 618   $ 1,063   $ 26,264   $ 28,404   $ 89,281   $ 97,455  
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     0     0     0     0     (3 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 9,687   $ 618   $ 1,063   $ 26,264   $ 28,404   $ 89,281   $ 97,452  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

Van Kampen
Strategic
Stock


 

Van Kampen
Asset
Allocation


 

Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth


 

Goldman Sachs
Internet
Tollkeeper


 

Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income


 

Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture


 

Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value


 

Total


 

Assets
                                                 
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 0   $ 0   $ 1,528   $ 0   $ 30,478   $ 19,245   $ 18,585   $ 1,389,212  
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     (3 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 0   $ 0   $ 1,528   $ 0   $ 30,478   $ 19,245   $ 18,585   $ 1,389,209  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

PIC
Growth
and
Income


 

PIC
International
Equity


 

PIC
Global
Income


 

PIC
Small
Cap Value


 

PIC
CORE
US Equity


 

PIC
Capital
Growth


 

Calvert
Social
Small
Cap
Growth


Assets
                                         
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 196,572   $ 111,688   $ 56,473   $ 94,401   $ 242,466   $ 181,485   $ 2,404
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 196,572   $ 111,688   $ 56,473   $ 94,401   $ 242,466   $ 181,485   $ 2,404
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-8


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

Calvert
Social
Balanced


 

MFS
Emerging
Growth


 

MFS
Research


 

MFS
Investors
Trust


 

MFS
Total
Return


 

MFS
New
Discovery


 

MFS
Utilities


Assets
                                         
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 11,448   $ 41,054   $ 57,592   $ 73,551   $ 67,779   $ 13,817   $ 13,873
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     7     0     0     0     0     0
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 11,448   $ 41,061   $ 57,592   $ 73,551   $ 67,779   $ 13,817   $ 13,873
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-9


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock


 

Oppenheimer
Aggressive
Growth


 

Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation


 

Oppenheimer
Main Street
Growth
and
Income


 

Oppenheimer
Money
Fund


 

Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond


 

Oppenheimer
Global
Securities


Assets
                                         
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 13,215   $ 28,586   $ 79,599   $ 82,075   $ 27,028   $ 36,915   $ 27,076
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 13,215   $ 28,586   $ 79,599   $ 82,075   $ 27,028   $ 36,915   $ 27,076
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-10


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

Oppenheimer
High
Income


 

Van Eck
Hard
Asset


 

Van Eck
Real
Estate


 

Van Kampen
Emerging
Growth


 

Van Kampen
Enterprise


 

Van Kampen
Comstock


 

Van Kampen
Growth and
Income


Assets
                                         
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 7,045   $ 384   $ 1,015   $ 34,140   $ 26,312   $ 65,219   $ 65,450
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     0     1     0     1     1
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 7,045   $ 384   $ 1,015   $ 34,141   $ 26,312   $ 65,220   $ 65,451
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-11


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

Van Kampen
Strategic
Stock


 

Van Kampen
Asset
Allocation


 

Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth


 

Goldman Sachs
Internet
Tollkeeper


 

Total


Assets
                             
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 3,339   $ 7,387   $ 1,700   $ 352   $ 1,671,440
Receivable from Protective Life Insurance Company     0     0     1     0     11
   
 
 
 
 
Total assets-   $ 3,339   $ 7,387   $ 1,701   $ 352   $ 1,671,451
   
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-12


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

PIC
Growth
and
Income


 

PIC
International
Equity


 

PIC
Global
Income


 

PIC
Small
Cap Value


 

PIC
CORE
US Equity


 

PIC
Capital
Growth


 

Calvert
Social
Small
Cap
Growth


 

Investment income
                                           
Dividends   $ 1,314   $ 1,107   $ 3,552   $ 974   $ 1,255   $ 551   $ 31  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                           
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     2,373     1,261     763     1,270     2,683     1,995     32  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     (1,059 )   (154 )   2,789     (296 )   (1,428 )   (1,444 )   (1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                           
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (8,771 )   (12,659 )   126     2,103     (21,269 )   (16,058 )   (74 )
Capital gain distribution     0     0     0     7,056     0     0     38  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (8,771 )   (12,659 )   126     9,159     (21,269 )   (16,058 )   (36 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (13,465 )   (6,727 )   (358 )   (16,227 )   (31,353 )   (26,717 )   (600 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (22,236 )   (19,386 )   (232 )   (7,068 )   (52,622 )   (42,775 )   (636 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (23,295 ) $ (19,540 ) $ 2,557   $ (7,364 ) $ (54,050 ) $ (44,219 ) $ (637 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-13


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

Calvert
Social
Balanced


 

MFS
Emerging
Growth


 

MFS
Research


 

MFS
Investors
Trust


 

MFS
Total
Return


 

MFS
New
Discovery


 

MFS
Utilities


 

Investment income
                                           
Dividends   $ 268   $ 0   $ 129   $ 353   $ 1,275   $ 0   $ 289  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                           
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     142     405     636     863     1,096     168     146  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     126     (405 )   (507 )   (510 )   179     (168 )   143  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                           
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (452 )   (9,513 )   (9,174 )   (4,383 )   (222 )   (450 )   (2,252 )
Capital gain distribution     0     0     0     0     1,010     0     0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (452 )   (9,513 )   (9,174 )   (4,383 )   788     (450 )   (2,252 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (1,219 )   (3,332 )   (4,286 )   (11,174 )   (6,527 )   (4,308 )   (1,239 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (1,671 )   (12,845 )   (13,460 )   (15,557 )   (5,739 )   (4,758 )   (3,491 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (1,545 ) $ (13,250 ) $ (13,967 ) $ (16,067 ) $ (5,560 ) $ (4,926 ) $ (3,348 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-14


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock


 

Oppenheimer
Aggressive
Growth


 

Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation


 

Oppenheimer
Main Street
Growth
and
Income


 

Oppenheimer
Money
Fund


 

Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond


 

Oppenheimer
Global
Securities


 

Investment income
                                           
Dividends   $ 0   $ 157   $ 401   $ 557   $ 351   $ 3,045   $ 135  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                           
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     169     299     880     1,016     332     555     338  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     (169 )   (142 )   (479 )   (459 )   19     2,490     (203 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                           
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (279 )   (10,556 )   (9,749 )   (4,222 )   0     53     (565 )
Capital gain distribution     0     0     0     0     0     0     0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (279 )   (10,556 )   (9,749 )   (4,222 )   0     53     (565 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (3,858 )   2,919     (12,077 )   (11,813 )   0     (104 )   (5,739 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (4,137 )   (7,637 )   (21,826 )   (16,035 )   0     (51 )   (6,304 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (4,306 ) $ (7,779 ) $ (22,305 ) $ (16,494 ) $ 19   $ 2,439   $ (6,507 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-15


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

Oppenheimer
High
Income


 

Van Eck
Hard
Asset


 

Van Eck
Real
Estate


 

Van Kampen
Emerging
Growth


 

Van Kampen
Enterprise


 

Van Kampen
Comstock


 

Van Kampen
Growth and
Income


 

Investment income
                                           
Dividends   $ 755   $ 3   $ 33   $ 105   $ 114   $ 528   $ 723  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                           
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     112     8     18     407     383     1,030     1,097  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     643     (5 )   15     (302 )   (269 )   (502 )   (374 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                           
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (7 )   (17 )   (11 )   (1,335 )   (629 )   (407 )   (303 )
Capital gain distribution     0     0     0     0     0     603     0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (7 )   (17 )   (11 )   (1,335 )   (629 )   196     (303 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (919 )   (50 )   (85 )   (11,252 )   (10,268 )   (18,182 )   (14,544 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (926 )   (67 )   (96 )   (12,587 )   (10,897 )   (17,986 )   (14,847 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (283 ) $ (72 ) $ (81 ) $ (12,889 ) $ (11,166 ) $ (18,488 ) $ (15,221 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-16


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 

 

Van Kampen
Strategic
Stock


 

Van Kampen
Asset
Allocation


 

Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth


 

Goldman Sachs
Internet
Tollkeeper


 

Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income


 

Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture


 

Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value


 

Total


 

Investment income
                                                 
Dividends   $ 99   $ 321   $ 0   $ 0   $ 172   $ 374   $ 101   $ 19,072  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                                 
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     17     36     23     1     136     75     81     20,846  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     82     285     (23 )   (1 )   36     299     20     (1,774 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                                 
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     231     (635 )   (50 )   (173 )   (23 )   (1 )   (40 )   (111,766 )
Capital gain distribution     0     55     0     0     4     45     0     8,811  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     231     (580 )   (50 )   (173 )   (19 )   44     (40 )   (102,955 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (170 )   71     (627 )   100     (1,603 )   234     (668 )   (216,167 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     61     (509 )   (677 )   (73 )   (1,622 )   278     (708 )   (319,122 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ 143   $ (224 ) $ (700 ) $ (74 ) $ (1,586 ) $ 577   $ (688 ) $ (320,896 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-17


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

PIC
Growth
and
Income


 

PIC
International
Equity


 

PIC
Global
Income


 

PIC
Small
Cap Value


 

PIC
CORE
US Equity


 

PIC
Capital
Growth


 

Calvert
Social
Small
Cap
Growth


 

Investment income
                                           
Dividends   $ 1,237   $ 915   $ 4,911   $ 853   $ 2,385   $ 633   $ 0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                           
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     3,088     1,958     833     1,281     3,823     2,932     28  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     (1,851 )   (1,043 )   4,078     (428 )   (1,438 )   (2,299 )   (28 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                           
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (19,086 )   (5,619 )   257     904     (6,270 )   (5,190 )   (10 )
Capital gain distribution     0     18,692     0     0     35,994     22,207     31  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (19,086 )   13,073     257     904     29,724     17,017     21  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (6,374 )   (52,480 )   (2,383 )   15,894     (66,095 )   (52,839 )   184  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (25,460 )   (39,407 )   (2,126 )   16,798     (36,371 )   (35,822 )   205  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (27,311 ) $ (40,450 ) $ 1,952   $ 16,370   $ (37,809 ) $ (38,121 ) $ 177  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-18


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

Calvert
Social
Balanced


 

MFS
Emerging
Growth


 

MFS
Research


 

MFS
Investors
Trust


 

MFS
Total
Return


 

MFS
New
Discovery


 

MFS
Utilities


 

Investment income
                                           
Dividends   $ 433   $ 0   $ 9   $ 380   $ 1,120   $ 0   $ 460  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                           
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     178     708     912     1,061     788     189     203  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     255     (708 )   (903 )   (681 )   332     (189 )   257  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                           
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (409 )   (7,186 )   (1,667 )   (990 )   (21 )   (158 )   (170 )
Capital gain distribution     211     3,392     8,708     1,953     1,653     433     1,206  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (198 )   (3,794 )   7,041     963     1,632     275     1,036  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (1,198 )   (20,433 )   (23,712 )   (15,029 )   (2,368 )   (1,056 )   (5,566 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (1,396 )   (24,227 )   (16,671 )   (14,066 )   (736 )   (781 )   (4,530 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (1,141 ) $ (24,935 ) $ (17,574 ) $ (14,747 ) $ (404 ) $ (970 ) $ (4,273 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-19


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock


 

Oppenheimer
Aggressive
Growth


 

Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation


 

Oppenheimer
Main Street
Growth
and
Income


 

Oppenheimer
Money
Fund


 

Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond


 

Oppenheimer
Global
Securities


 

Investment income
                                           
Dividends   $ 10   $ 360   $ 527   $ 433   $ 748   $ 824   $ 179  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                           
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     138     490     1,175     1,123     292     475     363  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     (128 )   (130 )   (648 )   (690 )   456     349     (184 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                           
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (69 )   (2,311 )   (818 )   (667 )   0     14     (157 )
Capital gain distribution     80     5,621     7,913     0     0     1,169     3,315  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     11     3,310     7,095     (667 )   0     1,183     3,158  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (2,359 )   (18,661 )   (19,664 )   (8,482 )   0     (415 )   (6,753 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (2,348 )   (15,351 )   (12,569 )   (9,149 )   0     768     (3,595 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (2,476 ) $ (15,481 ) $ (13,217 ) $ (9,839 ) $ 456   $ 1,117   $ (3,779 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-20


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

Oppenheimer
High
Income


 

Van Eck
Hard
Asset


 

Van Eck
Real
Estate


 

Van Kampen
Emerging
Growth


 

Van Kampen
Enterprise


 

Van Kampen
Comstock


 

Van Kampen
Growth and
Income


 

Investment income
                                           
Dividends   $ 425   $ 3   $ 12   $ 25   $ 30   $ 0   $ 16  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                                           
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     77     5     9     383     259     518     535  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     348     (2 )   3     (358 )   (229 )   (518 )   (519 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                           
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     0     (2 )   (5 )   (73 )   (26 )   (35 )   (8 )
Capital gain distribution     0     0     0     0     1,104     78     162  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     0     (2 )   (5 )   (73 )   1,078     43     154  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     (405 )   (38 )   20     (9,890 )   (4,557 )   (1,752 )   (1,076 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (405 )   (40 )   15     (9,963 )   (3,479 )   (1,709 )   (922 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (57 ) $ (42 ) $ 18   $ (10,321 ) $ (3,708 ) $ (2,227 ) $ (1,441 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-21


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

Van Kampen
Strategic
Stock


 

Van Kampen
Asset
Allocation


 

Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth


 

Goldman Sachs
Internet
Tollkeeper


 

Total


 

Investment income
                               
Dividends   $ 42   $ 77   $ 10   $ 0   $ 17,057  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Expense
                               
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     35     54     13     3     23,929  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income (loss)     7     23     (3 )   (3 )   (6,872 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                               
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (38 )   (2 )   (3 )   (6 )   (49,821 )
Capital gain distribution     0     14     0     0     113,936  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (38 )   12     (3 )   (6 )   64,115  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the period     13     (40 )   (332 )   (87 )   (307,933 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (25 )   (28 )   (335 )   (93 )   (243,818 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations-   $ (18 ) $ (5 ) $ (338 ) $ (96 ) $ (250,690 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-22


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

PIC
Growth
and
Income


 

PIC
International
Equity


 

PIC
Global
Income


 

PIC
Small
Cap Value


 

PIC
CORE
US Equity


 

PIC
Capital
Growth


 

Calvert
Social
Small
Cap
Growth


 

From operations
                                           
Net investment income (loss)   $ (1,059 ) $ (154 ) $ 2,789   $ (296 ) $ (1,428 ) $ (1,444 ) $ (1 )
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (8,771 )   (12,659 )   126     9,159     (21,269 )   (16,058 )   (36 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (13,465 )   (6,727 )   (358 )   (16,227 )   (31,353 )   (26,717 )   (600 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (23,295 )   (19,540 )   2,557     (7,364 )   (54,050 )   (44,219 )   (637 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                           
Contract owners' net payments     2,685     752     1,017     1,483     2,144     2,082     59  
Contract maintenance fees     (112 )   (59 )   (28 )   (53 )   (119 )   (93 )   (2 )
Surrenders     (14,992 )   (7,571 )   (5,892 )   (7,264 )   (16,086 )   (11,172 )   (114 )
Death benefits     (3,671 )   (1,123 )   (1,065 )   (883 )   (3,058 )   (1,905 )   (22 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     (10,120 )   (13,280 )   682     (896 )   (21,940 )   (14,548 )   147  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     (26,210 )   (21,281 )   (5,286 )   (7,613 )   (39,059 )   (25,636 )   68  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets     (49,505 )   (40,821 )   (2,729 )   (14,977 )   (93,109 )   (69,855 )   (569 )
Net assets, beginning of year     196,572     111,688     56,473     94,401     242,466     181,485     2,404  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 147,067   $ 70,867   $ 53,744   $ 79,424   $ 149,357   $ 111,630   $ 1,835  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-23


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

Calvert
Social
Balanced


 

MFS
Emerging
Growth


 

MFS
Research


 

MFS
Investors
Tust


 

MFS
Total
Return


 

MFS
New
Discovery


 

MFS
Utilities


 

From operations
                                           
Net investment income (loss)   $ 126   $ (405 ) $ (507 ) $ (510 ) $ 179   $ (168 ) $ 143  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (452 )   (9,513 )   (9,174 )   (4,383 )   788     (450 )   (2,252 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (1,219 )   (3,332 )   (4,286 )   (11,174 )   (6,527 )   (4,308 )   (1,239 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (1,545 )   (13,250 )   (13,967 )   (16,067 )   (5,560 )   (4,926 )   (3,348 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                           
Contract owners' net payments     428     474     853     1,986     6,491     664     445  
Contract maintenance fees     (8 )   (24 )   (32 )   (35 )   (36 )   (8 )   (5 )
Surrenders     (729 )   (2,227 )   (2,769 )   (4,764 )   (6,227 )   (768 )   (852 )
Death benefits     (147 )   (416 )   (706 )   (1,101 )   (1,406 )   (68 )   (145 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     (326 )   (5,639 )   (6,639 )   (2,219 )   31,349     1,012     (1,781 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     (782 )   (7,832 )   (9,293 )   (6,133 )   30,171     832     (2,338 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets     (2,327 )   (21,082 )   (23,260 )   (22,200 )   24,611     (4,094 )   (5,686 )
Net assets, beginning of year     11,448     41,061     57,592     73,551     67,779     13,817     13,873  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 9,121   $ 19,979   $ 34,332   $ 51,351   $ 92,390   $ 9,723   $ 8,187  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-24


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock


 

Oppenheimer
Aggressive
Growth


 

Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation


 

Oppenheimer
Main Street
Growth
and
Income


 

Oppenheimer
Money
Fund


 

Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond


 

Oppenheimer
Global
Securities


 

From operations
                                           
Net investment income (loss)   $ (169 ) $ (142 ) $ (479 ) $ (459 ) $ 19   $ 2,490   $ (203 )
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (279 )   (10,556 )   (9,749 )   (4,222 )   0     53     (565 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (3,858 )   2,919     (12,077 )   (11,813 )   0     (104 )   (5,739 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (4,306 )   (7,779 )   (22,305 )   (16,494 )   19     2,439     (6,507 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                           
Contract owners' net payments     994     461     2,269     2,441     3,957     1,286     1,330  
Contract maintenance fees     (6 )   (20 )   (43 )   (42 )   (10 )   (20 )   (14 )
Surrenders     (829 )   (1,403 )   (4,310 )   (5,333 )   (12,633 )   (3,600 )   (1,510 )
Death benefits     (33 )   (258 )   (938 )   (1,068 )   (566 )   (756 )   (187 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     1,881     (4,113 )   (3,549 )   (100 )   5,504     8,612     642  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     2,007     (5,333 )   (6,571 )   (4,102 )   (3,748 )   5,522     261  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets     (2,299 )   (13,112 )   (28,876 )   (20,596 )   (3,729 )   7,961     (6,246 )
Net assets, beginning of year     13,215     28,586     79,599     82,075     27,028     36,915     27,076  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 10,916   $ 15,474   $ 50,723   $ 61,479   $ 23,299   $ 44,876   $ 20,830  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-25


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 


 

Oppenheimer
High
Income


 

Van Eck
Hard
Asset


 

Van Eck
Real
Estate


 

Van Kampen
Emerging
Growth


 

Van Kampen
Enterprise


 

Van Kampen
Comstock


 

Van Kampen
Growth and
Income


 

From operations
                                           
Net investment income (loss)   $ 643   $ (5 ) $ 15   $ (302 ) $ (269 ) $ (502 )   (374 )
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (7 )   (17 )   (11 )   (1,335 )   (629 )   196     (303 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (919 )   (50 )   (85 )   (11,252 )   (10,268 )   (18,182 )   (14,544 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (283 )   (72 )   (81 )   (12,889 )   (11,166 )   (18,488 )   (15,221 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                           
Contract owners' net payments     840     97     57     2,050     1,398     6,557     6,900  
Contract maintenance fees     (3 )   0     0     (17 )   (14 )   (34 )   (33 )
Surrenders     (617 )   (37 )   (122 )   (1,824 )   (1,931 )   (5,100 )   (5,737 )
Death benefits     (118 )   0     (2 )   (357 )   (343 )   (688 )   (969 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     2,823     246     196     5,160     14,148     41,814     47,061  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     2,925     306     129     5,012     13,258     42,549     47,222  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in net assets     2,642     234     48     (7,877 )   2,092     24,061     32,001  
Net assets, beginning of year     7,045     384     1,015     34,141     26,312     65,220     65,451  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 9,687   $ 618   $ 1,063   $ 26,264   $ 28,404   $ 89,281   $ 97,452  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-26


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
(In Thousands)


 

 

Van Kampen
Strategic
Stock


 

Van Kampen
Asset
Allocation


 

Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth


 

Goldman Sachs
Internet
Tollkeeper


 

Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income


 

Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture


 

Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value


 

Total


 

From operations
                                                 
Net investment income (loss)   $ 82   $ 285   $ (23 ) $ (1 ) $ 36   $ 299   $ 20   $ (1,774 )
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     231     (580 )   (50 )   (173 )   (19 )   44     (40 )   (102,955 )
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (170 )   71     (627 )   100     (1,603 )   234     (668 )   (216,167 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     143     (224 )   (700 )   (74 )   (1,586 )   577     (688 )   (320,896 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                                 
Contract owners' net payments     100     250     296     61     3,712     2,128     2,645     61,392  
Contract maintenance fees     0     (1 )   (1 )   0     (4 )   (2 )   (2 )   (880 )
Surrenders     (61 )   (457 )   (122 )   (5 )   (497 )   (323 )   (222 )   (128,100 )
Death benefits     (37 )   (38 )   (9 )   (3 )   (37 )   (42 )   (29 )   (22,194 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     (3,484 )   (6,917 )   363     (331 )   28,890     16,907     16,881     128,436  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     (3,482 )   (7,163 )   527     (278 )   32,064     18,668     19,273     38,654  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets     (3,339 )   (7,387 )   (173 )   (352 )   30,478     19,245     18,585     (282,242 )
Net assets, beginning of year     3,339     7,387     1,701     352     0     0     0     1,671,451  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 0   $ 0   $ 1,528   $ 0   $ 30,478   $ 19,245   $ 18,585   $ 1,389,209  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-27


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

PIC
Growth
and
Income


 

PIC
International
Equity


 

PIC
Global
Income


 

PIC
Small
Cap Value


 

PIC
CORE
US Equity


 

PIC
Capital
Growth


 

Calvert
Social
Small
Cap
Growth


 

From operations
                                           
Net investment income (loss)   $ (1,851 ) $ (1,043 ) $ 4,078   $ (428 ) $ (1,438 ) $ (2,299 ) $ (28 )
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (19,086 )   13,073     257     904     29,724     17,017     21  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (6,374 )   (52,480 )   (2,383 )   15,894     (66,095 )   (52,839 )   184  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (27,311 )   (40,450 )   1,952     16,370     (37,809 )   (38,121 )   177  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                           
Contract owners' net payments     2,498     1,356     903     832     3,761     3,518     132  
Contract maintenance fees     (121 )   (70 )   (26 )   (45 )   (132 )   (106 )   (1 )
Surrenders     (17,958 )   (10,531 )   (5,340 )   (6,698 )   (20,285 )   (13,412 )   (75 )
Death benefits     (3,082 )   (1,544 )   (810 )   (825 )   (3,199 )   (2,279 )   (5 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     (20,122 )   (18,453 )   (534 )   (2,996 )   (15,792 )   (16,376 )   438  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     (38,785 )   (29,242 )   (5,807 )   (9,732 )   (35,647 )   (28,655 )   489  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets     (66,096 )   (69,692 )   (3,855 )   6,638     (73,456 )   (66,776 )   666  
Net assets, beginning of year     262,668     181,380     60,328     87,763     315,922     248,261     1,738  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 196,572   $ 111,688   $ 56,473   $ 94,401   $ 242,466   $ 181,485   $ 2,404  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-28


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

Calvert
Social
Balanced


 

MFS
Emerging
Growth


 

MFS
Research


 

MFS
Investors
Trust


 

MFS
Total
Return


 

MFS
New
Discovery


 

MFS
Utilities


 

From operations
                                           
Net investment income (loss)   $ 255   $ (708 ) $ (903 ) $ (681 ) $ 332   $ (189 ) $ 257  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (198 )   (3,794 )   7,041     963     1,632     275     1,036  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (1,198 )   (20,433 )   (23,712 )   (15,029 )   (2,368 )   (1,056 )   (5,566 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (1,141 )   (24,935 )   (17,574 )   (14,747 )   (404 )   (970 )   (4,273 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                           
Contract owners' net payments     395     1,530     2,265     2,814     3,925     540     1,056  
Contract maintenance fees     (8 )   (31 )   (35 )   (36 )   (24 )   (8 )   (6 )
Surrenders     (1,073 )   (3,108 )   (3,415 )   (4,230 )   (2,842 )   (665 )   (765 )
Death benefits     (87 )   (543 )   (593 )   (955 )   (559 )   (110 )   (64 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     (974 )   (3,711 )   (384 )   10,074     22,324     1,136     5,349  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     (1,747 )   (5,863 )   (2,162 )   7,667     22,824     893     5,570  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets     (2,888 )   (30,798 )   (19,736 )   (7,080 )   22,420     (77 )   1,297  
Net assets, beginning of year     14,336     71,859     77,328     80,631     45,359     13,894     12,576  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 11,448   $ 41,061   $ 57,592   $ 73,551   $ 67,779   $ 13,817   $ 13,873  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-29


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock


 

Oppenheimer
Aggressive
Growth


 

Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation


 

Oppenheimer
Main Street
Growth
and
Income


 

Oppenheimer
Money
Fund


 

Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond


 

Oppenheimer
Global
Securities


 

From operations
                                           
Net investment income (loss)   $ (128 ) $ (130 ) $ (648 ) $ (690 ) $ 456   $ 349   $ (184 )
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     11     3,310     7,095     (667 )   0     1,183     3,158  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (2,359 )   (18,661 )   (19,664 )   (8,482 )   0     (415 )   (6,753 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (2,476 )   (15,481 )   (13,217 )   (9,839 )   456     1,117     (3,779 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                           
Contract owners' net payments     1,803     1,281     4,166     4,101     3,277     1,555     1,931  
Contract maintenance fees     (4 )   (23 )   (44 )   (39 )   (7 )   (16 )   (13 )
Surrenders     (476 )   (2,202 )   (4,911 )   (4,844 )   (7,267 )   (2,632 )   (1,445 )
Death benefits     (102 )   (303 )   (574 )   (932 )   (492 )   (547 )   (252 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     8,600     (2,897 )   6,221     14,423     16,167     7,370     5,632  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     9,821     (4,144 )   4,858     12,709     11,678     5,730     5,853  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets     7,345     (19,625 )   (8,359 )   2,870     12,134     6,847     2,074  
Net assets, beginning of year     5,870     48,211     87,958     79,205     14,894     30,068     25,002  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 13,215   $ 28,586   $ 79,599   $ 82,075   $ 27,028   $ 36,915   $ 27,076  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-30


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 


 

Oppenheimer
High
Income


 

Van Eck
Hard
Asset


 

Van Eck
Real
Estate


 

Van Kampen
Emerging
Growth


 

Van Kampen
Enterprise


 

Van Kampen
Comstock


 

Van Kampen
Growth and
Income


 

From operations
                                           
Net investment income (loss)   $ 348   $ (2 ) $ 3   $ (358 ) $ (229 ) $ (518 )   (519 )
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     0     (2 )   (5 )   (73 )   1,078     43     154  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (405 )   (38 )   20     (9,890 )   (4,557 )   (1,752 )   (1,076 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (57 )   (42 )   18     (10,321 )   (3,708 )   (2,227 )   (1,441 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity contract transactions
                                           
Contract owners' net payments     634     8     54     5,588     3,368     8,660     7,254  
Contract maintenance fees     (1 )   0     0     (12 )   (7 )   (12 )   (12 )
Surrenders     (613 )   (24 )   (48 )   (1,797 )   (678 )   (2,477 )   (2,058 )
Death benefits     (47 )   0     0     (367 )   (110 )   (307 )   (356 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     3,951     147     659     19,079     14,813     49,313     47,523  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     3,924     131     665     22,491     17,386     55,177     52,351  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in net assets     3,867     89     683     12,170     13,678     52,950     50,910  
Net assets, beginning of year     3,178     295     332     21,971     12,634     12,270     14,541  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 7,045   $ 384   $ 1,015   $ 34,141   $ 26,312   $ 65,220   $ 65,451  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-31


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001
(In Thousands)


 

 

Van Kampen
Strategic
Stock


 

Van Kampen
Asset
Allocation


 

Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth


 

Goldman Sachs
Internet
Tollkeeper


 

Total


 

From operations
                               
Net investment income (loss)   $ 7   $ 23   $ (3 ) $ (3 ) $ (6,872 )
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (38 )   12     (3 )   (6 )   64,115  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     13     (40 )   (332 )   (87 )   (307,933 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (18 )   (5 )   (338 )   (96 )   (250,690 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

From variable annuity ontract transactions
                               
Contract owners' net payments     225     799     477     127     70,833  
Contract maintenance fees     (1 )   (1 )   0     0     (841 )
Surrenders     (573 )   (177 )   (29 )   (21 )   (122,669 )
Death benefits     0     (17 )   (1 )   (2 )   (19,064 )
Transfers (to) from other portfolios     2,207     5,257     1,252     271     159,967  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in net assets resulting from variable annuity policy transactions     1,858     5,861     1,699     375     88,226  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets     1,840     5,856     1,361     279     (162,464 )
Net assets, beginning of year     1,499     1,531     340     73     1,833,915  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets, end of year   $ 3,339   $ 7,387   $ 1,701   $ 352   $ 1,671,451  
   
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-32


THE PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001

(In Thousands)

1.    ORGANIZATION

        The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account (Separate Account) was established by Protective Life Insurance Company (Protective Life) under the provisions of Tennessee law and commenced operations on March 14, 1994. The Separate Account is an investment account to which net proceeds from individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contracts (the Contracts) are allocated until maturity or termination of the Contracts.

        Protective Life has structured the Separate Account into a unit investment trust form registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

        At December 31, 2000, the Separate Account was comprised of six proprietary sub-accounts and twenty-six independent sub-accounts. The six proprietary sub-accounts were the PIC Growth and Income, PIC International Equity, PIC Global Income, PIC Small Cap Value, PIC CORE US Equity, and PIC Capital Growth sub-accounts. Funds are transferred to Protective Investment Company (the Fund) in exchange for shares of the corresponding portfolio of the Fund. The twenty-six independent sub-accounts were the Calvert Social Small Cap Growth, Calvert Social Balanced, MFS Emerging Growth, MFS Research, MFS Growth with Income, MFS Total Return, MFS New Discovery, MFS Utilities, MFS Growth, Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth, Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation, Oppenheimer Main Street Growth and Income, Oppenheimer Money Fund, Oppenheimer Strategic Bond, Oppenheimer Global Securities, Oppenheimer High Income, Van Eck Hard Asset, Van Eck Real Estate, Van Kampen Emerging Growth, Van Kampen Enterprise, Van Kampen Comstock, Van Kampen Growth and Income, Van Kampen Strategic Stock, Van Kampen Asset Allocation, Van Kampen Aggressive Growth and Goldman Sachs Internet Tollkeeper. During the year ended December 31, 2001, the MFS Growth with Income Fund changed its name to MFS Investors Trust Fund and the MFS Growth Fund changed its name to the MFS Investors Growth Stock Fund. On May 1, 2002, the Separate Account began offering Lord Abbett Growth and Income, Lord Abbett Bond Debenture, and Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value, with sales beginning on that date.

        Gross premiums from the Contracts are allocated to the sub-accounts in accordance with contract owner instructions and are recorded as variable annuity contract transactions in the statement of changes in net assets. Such amounts are used to provide money to pay contract values under the Contracts (see Note 5). The Separate Account's assets are the property of Protective Life.

        Contract owners may allocate some or all of gross premiums or transfer some or all of the contract value to the Guaranteed Account, which is part of Protective Life's General Account. The assets of Protective Life's General Account support its insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to Protective Life's general liabilities from business operations. The Guaranteed Account balance as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 was approximately $316.8 and $217.2 million, respectively.

        Transfers to/from other portfolios, included in the statement of changes in net assets, include transfers between the individual sub-accounts and between the sub-accounts and the Guaranteed Account.

2.    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Investment Valuation - Investments are made in shares and are valued at the net asset values of the respective portfolios. The net assets of each sub-account of the Separate Account reflect the

F-33


investment management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the Funds. Transactions with the Funds are recorded on the trade date.

         Realized Gains and Losses - Realized gains and losses on investments include gains and losses on redemptions of the Funds' shares (determined on the last-in-first-out (LIFO) basis) and capital gain distributions from the Funds.

         Dividend Income and Capital Gain Distributions - Dividend income and capital gain distributions recorded on the ex-dividend date. Distributions are from net investment income and net realized gains recorded in the financial statements of the underlying investment company.

         Mortality and Expense Risk - Protective Life deducts a daily charge from the assets of the Separate Account to compensate Protective Life for assuming mortality and expense risks and to reimburse Protective Life for expenses incurred in the administration of the annuity contracts and the Separate Account. The mortality risk that Protective Life assumes includes the risk that annuitants may live for a longer period of time than estimated when the guarantees in the annuity contract were established. The mortality risk that Protective Life assumes also includes a guarantee to pay a death benefit if the annuity contract owner dies before the annuity commencement date. The expense risk that Protective Life assumes is the risk that the administration charge, contract maintenance fee and transfer fees may be insufficient to cover actual future expenses. The mortality and expense risk and administration charges do not apply to the portion of the net assets that are allocated to the General Account. The mortality and expense risk and administration charges are determined according to the terms of the annuity contract.

         Surrender Charges - Protective Life may deduct a surrender charge (contingent deferred sales charge) from the contract value of some classes of contracts when an owner makes a full or partial surrender before the end of the surrender charge period. Surrender charges are calculated according to the terms the annuity contract being surrendered. Surrender charges are imposed to reimburse Protective Life for some of the costs of distributing the contracts.

         Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make various estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         Federal Income Taxes - The results of the operations of the Separate Account are included in the federal income tax return of Protective Life Corporation (parent of Protective Life). Under the provisions of the contracts, Protective Life has the right to charge the Separate Account for federal income tax attributable to the Separate Account. No charge has been or is currently being made against the Separate Account for such tax.

F-34


3.    INVESTMENTS

        At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the investments by the respective sub-accounts were as follows (in thousands, except share data):

 
  2002


 

 

Shares


 

Cost


 

Market Value

PIC Growth and Income   13,907,457   $ 156,565   $ 147,067
PIC International Equity   9,740,188     110,309     70,867
PIC Global Income   5,314,870     53,684     53,744
PIC Small Cap Value   6,848,906     68,487     79,424
PIC CORE US Equity   11,855,876     182,187     149,357
PIC Capital Growth   8,571,018     136,129     111,630
Calvert Social Small Cap Growth   166,332     2,126     1,835
Calvert Social Balanced   6,080,374     12,691     9,121
MFS Emerging Growth   1,677,462     36,703     19,979
MFS Research   3,184,818     58,127     34,332
MFS Investors Trust   3,812,236     73,132     51,351
MFS Total Return   5,390,301     96,616     92,390
MFS New Discovery   931,349     15,477     9,723
MFS Utilities   680,510     14,894     8,187
MFS Investors Growth Stock   1,541,760     17,676     10,916
Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth   529,389     29,298     15,474
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation   1,905,445     74,967     50,723
Oppenheimer Main Street Growth and Income   4,013,014     85,041     61,479
Oppenheimer Money Fund   23,298,701     23,299     23,299
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond   9,819,672     47,227     44,876
Oppenheimer Global Securities   1,176,860     34,049     20,830
Oppenheimer High Income   1,289,932     11,272     9,687
Van Eck Hard Asset   60,015     677     618
Van Eck Real Estate   105,560     1,091     1,063
Van Kampen Emerging Growth   1,375,798     52,099     26,264
Van Kampen Enterprise   2,710,349     45,367     28,404
Van Kampen Comstock   9,811,043     107,850     89,281
Van Kampen Growth and Income   7,234,737     113,104     97,455
Van Kampen Strategic Stock   0     0     0
Van Kampen Asset Allocation   0     0     0
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth   500,946     2,496     1,528
Goldman Sachs Internet Tollkeeper   0     0     0
Lord Abbett Growth & Income   1,618,575     32,081     30,478
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture   1,818,970     19,011     19,245
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value   1,340,933     19,253     18,585
   
 
 
    148,313,396   $ 1,732,985   $ 1,389,212
   
 
 

F-35


 
  2001


 

 

Shares


 

Cost


 

Market Value

PIC Growth and Income   16,344,262   $ 192,605   $ 196,572
PIC International Equity   12,344,532     144,403     111,688
PIC Global Income   5,543,196     56,055     56,473
PIC Small Cap Value   6,858,410     67,237     94,401
PIC CORE US Equity   14,777,176     243,943     242,466
PIC Capital Growth   10,480,553     179,267     181,485
Calvert Social Small Cap Growth   162,419     2,095     2,404
Calvert Social Balanced   6,508,022     13,799     11,448
MFS Emerging Growth   2,283,312     54,446     41,054
MFS Research   4,021,797     77,101     57,592
MFS Investors Trust   4,293,697     84,158     73,551
MFS Total Return   3,642,080     65,478     67,779
MFS New Discovery   904,840     15,263     13,817
MFS Utilities   869,757     19,341     13,873
MFS Investors Growth Stock   1,352,609     16,117     13,215
Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth   702,005     45,329     28,586
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation   2,176,033     91,766     79,599
Oppenheimer Main Street Growth and Income   4,321,993     93,824     82,075
Oppenheimer Money Fund   27,036,969     27,028     27,028
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond   7,990,219     39,162     36,915
Oppenheimer Global Securities   1,185,462     34,556     27,076
Oppenheimer High Income   824,985     7,711     7,045
Van Eck Hard Asset   35,956     393     384
Van Eck Real Estate   93,391     958     1,015
Van Kampen Emerging Growth   1,203,803     48,723     34,140
Van Kampen Enterprise   1,767,093     33,007     26,312
Van Kampen Comstock   5,705,946     65,606     65,219
Van Kampen Growth and Income   4,116,337     66,555     65,450
Van Kampen Strategic Stock   281,793     3,169     3,339
Van Kampen Asset Allocation   736,442     7,458     7,387
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth   376,056     2,041     1,700
Goldman Sachs Internet Tollkeeper   78,155     452     352
   
 
 
    149,019,300   $ 1,799,046   $ 1,671,440
   
 
 

F-36


        During the year ended December 31, 2002, transactions in shares were as follows (in thousands, except share data):


 

 

PIC
Growth
and
Income


 

PIC
International
Equity


 

PIC
Global
Income


 

PIC
Small
Cap
Value


 

PIC
CORE US
Equity


 

PIC
Capital
Growth


 

Calvert
Social
Small
Cap
Growth


 
Shares purchased     99,696     1,940,424     472,555     298,786     93,571     61,228     40,046  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     129,526     152,511     367,706     700,082     103,315     43,930     6,282  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     229,222     2,092,935     840,261     998,868     196,886     105,158     46,328  
Shares redeemed     (2,666,027 )   (4,697,279 )   (1,068,587 )   (1,008,372 )   (3,118,186 )   (2,014,693 )   (42,415 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in shares owned     (2,436,805 )   (2,604,344 )   (228,326 )   (9,504 )   (2,921,300 )   (1,909,535 )   3,913  
Shares owned, beginning of period     16,344,262     12,344,532     5,543,196     6,858,410     14,777,176     10,480,553     162,419  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     13,907,457     9,740,188     5,314,870     6,848,906     11,855,876     8,571,018     166,332  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 9,366   $ 21,957   $ 12,465   $ 16,532   $ 8,879   $ 6,726   $ 709  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (45,406 ) $ (56,051 ) $ (14,836 ) $ (15,282 ) $ (70,635 ) $ (49,864 ) $ (678 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

Calvert
Social
Balanced


 

MFS
Emerging
Growth


 

MFS
Research


 

MFS
Investors
Trust


 

MFS
Total
Return


 

MFS New Discovery


 

MFS Utilities


 
Shares purchased     635,000     8,544     49,574     189,536     1,762,426     175,477     79,086  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     178,206     0     9,641     22,131     125,067     0     20,660  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     813,206     8,544     59,215     211,667     1,887,493     175,477     99,746  
Shares redeemed     (1,240,854 )   (614,394 )   (896,194 )   (693,128 )   (139,272 )   (148,968 )   (288,993 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in shares owned     (427,648 )   (605,850 )   (836,979 )   (481,461 )   1,748,221     26,509     (189,247 )
Shares owned, beginning of period     6,508,022     2,283,312     4,021,797     4,293,697     3,642,080     904,840     869,757  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     6,080,374     1,677,462     3,184,818     3,812,236     5,390,301     931,349     680,510  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 1,649   $ 1,025   $ 2,453   $ 8,501   $ 39,550   $ 3,156   $ 2,225  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (2,757 ) $ (18,768 ) $ (21,427 ) $ (19,527 ) $ (8,412 ) $ (2,942 ) $ (6,672 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 


 

MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock


 

Oppenheimer
Aggressive
Growth


 

Oppenheimer
Capital Appreciation


 

Oppenheimer
Main Street
Growth and
Income


 

Oppenheimer
Money Fund


 

Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond


 

Oppenheimer
Global Securities


 
Shares purchased     500,084     8,174     133,624     250,758     31,972,206     3,310,948     527,777  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     0     4,076     11,201     28,756     341,441     703,275     5,754  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     500,084     12,250     144,825     279,514     32,313,647     4,014,223     533,531  
Shares redeemed     (310,933 )   (184,866 )   (415,413 )   (588,493 )   (36,051,915 )   (2,184,770 )   (542,133 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in shares owned     189,151     (172,616 )   (270,588 )   (308,979 )   (3,738,268 )   1,829,453     (8,602 )
Shares owned, beginning of period     1,352,609     702,005     2,176,033     4,321,993     27,036,969     7,990,219     1,185,462  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     1,541,760     529,389     1,905,445     4,013,014     23,298,701     9,819,672     1,176,860  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 5,283   $ 1,003   $ 9,610   $ 10,528   $ 43,663   $ 22,907   $ 13,421  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (3,724 ) $ (17,034 ) $ (26,409 ) $ (19,311 ) $ (47,392 ) $ (14,842 ) $ (13,928 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-37



 


 

Oppenheimer
High
Income


 

Van Eck
Hard
Asset


 

Van Eck
Real
Estate


 

Van Kampen
Emerging
Growth


 

Van Kampen
Enterprise


 

Van Kampen
Comstock


 

Van Kampen
Growth and
Income


 
Shares purchased     690,585     145,487     41,868     366,683     1,242,905     4,211,155     3,266,701  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     97,475     314     3,097     3,933     8,013     97,183     43,806  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     788,060     145,801     44,965     370,616     1,250,918     4,308,338     3,310,507  
Shares redeemed     (323,113 )   (121,742 )   (32,796 )   (198,621 )   (307,662 )   (203,241 )   (192,107 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in shares owned     464,947     24,059     12,169     171,995     943,256     4,105,097     3,118,400  
Shares owned, beginning of period     824,985     35,956     93,391     1,203,803     1,767,093     5,705,946     4,116,337  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     1,289,932     60,015     105,560     1,375,798     2,710,349     9,811,043     7,234,737  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 7,550   $ 1,671   $ 573   $ 12,378   $ 19,044   $ 48,855   $ 53,997  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (3,989 ) $ (1,387 ) $ (440 ) $ (9,002 ) $ (6,684 ) $ (6,611 ) $ (7,448 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

Van Kampen
Strategic
Stock


 

Van Kampen
Asset
Allocation


 

Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth


 

Goldman Sachs
Internet
Tollkeeper


 

Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income


 

Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture


 

Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value


 

Total


 
Shares purchased     82,569     218,608     313,399     25,141     1,611,746     1,810,111     1,351,148     57,987,626  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     7,986     39,124     2     0     9,217     39,541     7,285     3,310,536  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     90,555     257,732     313,401     25,141     1,620,963     1,849,652     1,358,433     61,298,162  
Shares redeemed     (372,348 )   (994,174 )   (188,511 )   (103,296 )   (2,388 )   (30,682 )   (17,500 )   (62,004,066 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (decrease) increase in shares owned     (281,793 )   (736,442 )   124,890     (78,155 )   1,618,575     1,818,970     1,340,933     (705,904 )
Shares owned, beginning of period     281,793     736,442     376,056     78,155     0     0     0     149,019,300  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     0     0     500,946     0     1,618,575     1,818,970     1,340,933     148,313,396  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 1,199   $ 2,829   $ 1,379   $ 115   $ 32,696   $ 20,054   $ 20,077   $ 464,025  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (4,368 ) $ (10,287 ) $ (924 ) $ (567 ) $ (615 ) $ (1,043 ) $ (824 ) $ (530,086 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-38


      During the year ended December 31, 2001, transactions in shares were as follows (in thousands, except share data):


 

 

PIC
Growth
and
Income


 

PIC
International
Equity


 

PIC
Global
Income


 

PIC
Small
Cap
Value


 

PIC
CORE US
Equity


 

PIC
Capital
Growth


 

Calvert
Social
Small
Cap
Growth


 
Shares purchased     33,894     100,667     146,629     94,248     55,957     59,463     54,952  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     99,693     1,978,784     487,840     63,376     2,232,257     1,235,722     2,107  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     133,587     2,079,451     634,469     157,624     2,288,214     1,295,185     57,059  
Shares redeemed     (3,452,009 )   (3,025,033 )   (773,904 )   (987,865 )   (2,253,438 )   (1,752,608 )   (22,635 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in shares owned     (3,318,422 )   (945,582 )   (139,435 )   (830,241 )   34,776     (457,423 )   34,424  
Shares owned, beginning of period     19,662,684     13,290,114     5,682,631     7,688,651     14,742,400     10,937,976     127,995  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     16,344,262     12,344,532     5,543,196     6,858,410     14,777,176     10,480,553     162,419  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 7,520   $ 24,691   $ 8,584   $ 4,026   $ 48,191   $ 31,171   $ 885  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (67,235 ) $ (41,921 ) $ (10,056 ) $ (13,260 ) $ (55,559 ) $ (45,108 ) $ (403 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

Calvert
Social
Balanced


 

MFS Emerging Growth


 

MFS Research


 

MFS
Investors
Trust


 

MFS Total Return


 

MFS
New
Discovery


 

MFS
Utilities


 
Shares purchased     600,294     131,056     247,626     566,775     1,235,442     197,763     372,113  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     364,324     161,768     532,175     124,106     148,376     28,276     80,601  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     964,618     292,824     779,801     690,881     1,383,818     226,039     452,714  
Shares redeemed     (1,617,455 )   (501,143 )   (475,679 )   (234,944 )   (57,145 )   (157,688 )   (116,501 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in shares owned     (652,837 )   (208,319 )   304,122     455,937     1,326,673     68,351     336,213  
Shares owned, beginning of period     7,160,859     2,491,631     3,717,675     3,837,760     2,315,407     836,489     533,544  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     6,508,022     2,283,312     4,021,797     4,293,697     3,642,080     904,840     869,757  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 2,224   $ 9,077   $ 16,568   $ 16,721   $ 27,748   $ 4,231   $ 10,728  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (3,914 ) $ (19,456 ) $ (12,592 ) $ (8,772 ) $ (2,960 ) $ (3,252 ) $ (3,865 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 


 

MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock


 

Oppenheimer
Aggressive
Growth


 

Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation


 

Oppenheimer
Main Street
Growth
and
Income


 

Oppenheimer
Money
Fund


 

Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond


 

Oppenheimer
Global
Securities


 
Shares purchased     949,615     42,348     265,650     725,167     24,349,413     1,926,547     354,838  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     8,211     130,766     221,123     22,702     756,965     435,069     154,100  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     957,826     173,114     486,773     747,869     25,106,378     2,361,616     508,938  
Shares redeemed     (56,752 )   (152,340 )   (197,038 )   (151,428 )   (12,963,025 )   (782,555 )   (147,801 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in shares owned     901,074     20,774     289,735     596,441     12,143,353     1,579,061     361,137  
Shares owned, beginning of period     451,535     681,231     1,886,298     3,725,552     14,893,616     6,411,158     824,325  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     1,352,609     702,005     2,176,033     4,321,993     27,036,969     7,990,219     1,185,462  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 11,078   $ 10,448   $ 24,117   $ 19,312   $ 29,734   $ 12,527   $ 14,371  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (1,374 ) $ (11,430 ) $ (12,812 ) $ (7,960 ) $ (17,600 ) $ (5,265 ) $ (5,544 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-39



 


 

Oppenheimer
High
Income


 

Van Eck
Hard
Asset


 

Van Eck
Real
Estate


 

Van Kampen
Emerging
Growth


 

Van Kampen
Enterprise


 

Van Kampen
Comstock


 

Van Kampen
Growth and
Income


 
Shares purchased     597,060     15,752     77,687     693,758     1,089,926     4,700,555     3,261,026  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     47,736     275     1,144     768     76,792     6,898     11,693  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     644,796     16,027     78,831     694,526     1,166,718     4,707,453     3,272,719  
Shares redeemed     (162,608 )   (4,525 )   (16,724 )   (20,918 )   (22,588 )   (44,886 )   (11,246 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in shares owned     482,188     11,502     62,107     673,608     1,144,130     4,662,567     3,261,473  
Shares owned, beginning of period     342,797     24,454     31,284     530,195     622,963     1,043,379     854,864  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     824,985     35,956     93,391     1,203,803     1,767,093     5,705,946     4,116,337  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 6,318   $ 186   $ 917   $ 24,479   $ 19,508   $ 56,364   $ 53,119  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (2,046 ) $ (59 ) $ (254 ) $ (2,420 ) $ (1,273 ) $ (1,663 ) $ (1,134 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

Van Kampen
Strategic
Stock


 

Van Kampen
Asset
Allocation


 

Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth


 

Goldman Sachs
Internet
Tollkeeper


 

Total


 
Shares purchased     200,346     593,379     354,887     99,122     44,193,955  
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends     3,716     9,443     1,834     0     9,428,640  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total shares acquired     204,062     602,822     356,721     99,122     53,622,595  
Shares redeemed     (47,599 )   (9,366 )   (26,237 )   (31,642 )   (30,277,325 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in shares owned     156,463     593,456     330,484     67,480     23,345,270  
Shares owned, beginning of period     125,330     142,986     45,572     10,675     125,674,030  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Shares owned, end of period     281,793     736,442     376,056     78,155     149,019,300  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares acquired   $ 2,596   $ 6,159   $ 1,911   $ 588   $ 506,097  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of shares redeemed   $ (769 ) $ (263 ) $ (219 ) $ (222 ) $ (360,660 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-40


4.    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 
  As of December 31, 2002

  For the Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

 


 

Units
(000's)


 

Unit
Fair
Value
Lowest


 

Unit
Fair
Value
Highest


 

Net
Assets
(000's)


 

Investment
Income
Ratio*


 

Expense
Ratio
Lowest**


 

Expense
Ratio
Highest**


 

Total
Return
Lowest***


 

Total
Return
Highest***


 
PIC Growth and Income   10,226   $ 7.54   $ 14.79   $ 147,067   0.78 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -12.89 % -11.92 %
PIC International Equity   6,518   $ 6.45   $ 11.02   $ 70,867   1.23 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -19.88 % -18.98 %
PIC Global Income   3,330   $ 11.86   $ 16.43   $ 53,744   6.50 % 0.70 % 1.80 % 4.45 % 5.62 %
PIC Small Cap Value   4,654   $ 13.75   $ 17.26   $ 79,424   1.07 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -8.33 % -7.30 %
PIC CORE U.S. Equity   8,549   $ 6.75   $ 18.16   $ 149,357   0.66 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -23.99 % -23.14 %
PIC Capital Growth   7,288   $ 6.93   $ 16.00   $ 111,630   0.39 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -25.79 % -24.96 %
Calvert Social Small Cap Growth   175   $ 10.37   $ 10.71   $ 1,835   1.33 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -23.94 % -23.09 %
Calvert Social Balanced   859   $ 8.42   $ 10.77   $ 9,121   2.59 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -13.73 % -12.76 %
MFS Emerging Growth   2,288   $ 5.43   $ 8.93   $ 19,979   0.00 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -34.95 % -34.22 %
MFS Research   3,960   $ 6.51   $ 8.82   $ 34,332   0.28 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -25.90 % -25.07 %
MFS Investors Trust   5,748   $ 6.81   $ 9.24   $ 51,351   0.57 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -22.39 % -21.52 %
MFS Total Return   7,232   $ 10.77   $ 13.27   $ 92,390   1.59 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -6.87 % -5.83 %
MFS New Discovery   792   $ 9.41   $ 12.54   $ 9,723   0.00 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -32.86 % -32.11 %
MFS Utilities   1,001   $ 7.43   $ 8.29   $ 8,187   2.79 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -24.15 % -23.30 %
MFS Investors Growth Stock   2,349   $ 4.60   $ 4.73   $ 10,916   0.00 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -28.84 % -28.04 %
Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth   1,685   $ 6.24   $ 9.33   $ 15,474   0.74 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -29.09 % -28.30 %
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation   4,522   $ 7.86   $ 11.77   $ 50,723   0.63 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -28.18 % -27.37 %
Oppenheimer Main Street Growth and Income   6,760   $ 7.01   $ 9.39   $ 61,479   0.76 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -20.26 % -19.37 %
Oppenheimer Money Fund   18,065   $ 1.10   $ 1.30   $ 23,299   1.46 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -0.35 % 0.76 %
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond   3,816   $ 11.56   $ 11.83   $ 44,876   7.51 % 0.70 % 1.80 % 5.51 % 6.69 %
Oppenheimer Global Securities   1,774   $ 9.49   $ 12.19   $ 20,830   0.55 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -23.54 % -22.68 %
Oppenheimer High Income   987   $ 9.37   $ 9.97   $ 9,687   8.97 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -4.15 % -3.08 %
Van Eck Hard Asset   59   $ 9.70   $ 10.58   $ 618   0.52 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -4.58 % -3.51 %
Van Eck Real Estate   93   $ 10.91   $ 11.54   $ 1,063   2.69 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -6.19 % -5.14 %
Van Kampen Emerging Growth   7,981   $ 3.25   $ 3.34   $ 26,264   0.34 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -33.70 % -32.96 %
Van Kampen Enterprise   6,674   $ 4.20   $ 4.32   $ 28,404   0.39 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -30.60 % -29.82 %
Van Kampen Comstock   8,927   $ 9.87   $ 10.16   $ 89,281   0.67 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -20.70 % -19.81 %
Van Kampen Growth and Income   11,160   $ 8.62   $ 8.87   $ 97,452   0.86 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -16.04 % -15.10 %
Van Kampen Strategic Stock   0   $ 11.78   $ 12.11   $ 0   7.71 % 0.70 % 1.80 % 2.53 % 3.68 %
Van Kampen Asset Allocation   0   $ 8.96   $ 9.22   $ 0   11.99 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -3.90 % -2.83 %
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth   495   $ 3.06   $ 3.13   $ 1,528   0.00 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -33.74 % -33.00 %
Goldman Sachs Internet Tollkeeper   0   $ 3.59   $ 3.67   $ 0   0.00 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -20.52 % -19.64 %
Lord Abbett Growth & Income   3,757   $ 8.08   $ 8.15   $ 30,478   2.92 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -18.39 % -17.78 %(a)
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture   1,864   $ 10.28   $ 10.37   $ 19,245   3.48 % 0.70 % 1.80 % 1.85 % 2.61 %(a)
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value   2,208   $ 8.38   $ 8.45   $ 18,585   1.55 % 0.70 % 1.80 % -14.95 % -14.31 %(a)
*   These amounts represent the dividends, excluding distributions of capital gains, received by the sub-account from the underlying mutual fund, net of management fees assessed by the fund manager, divided by the average net assets. These ratios exclude those expenses, such as mortality and expense charges, that result in direct reductions in the unit values. The recognition of investment income by the sub-account is affected by the timing of the declaration of dividends by the underlying fund in which the sub-account invests.
**   These ratios represent the annualized contract expenses of the Separate Account, consisting primarily of mortality and expense risk charges, for each period indicated. The ratios include only those expenses that result in a direct reduction to unit values. Charges made directly to contract owner accounts through the redemption of units and expenses of the underlying funds are excluded.
***   These amounts represent the total return for the periods indicated, including changes in the value of the underlying fund. The total return does not include any expenses assessed through the redemption of units; inclusion of these expenses in the calculation would result in a reduction in the total return presented.
(a)   Start date May 1, 2002

F-41


5.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Contract owners' net payments represent premiums received from policyholders less certain deductions made by Protective Life in accordance with the contract terms. These deductions include, where appropriate, tax, surrender, mortality risk and expense and administrative charges. These deductions are made to the individual contracts in accordance with the terms governing each contract as set forth in the contract.

        Protective Life offers a loan privilege to contract owners. Contract owners may obtain loans using the Contract as the only security for the loan. Loans are subject to provisions of The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to applicable retirement program rules. Loans outstanding approximated $0.4 million at both December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

F-42


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Report of Independent Accountants

 

F-44
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000   F-45
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001   F-46
Consolidated Statements of Share-Owner's Equity for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000   F-47
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000   F-48
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-49
Financial Statement Schedules:    
Schedule III — Supplementary Insurance Information   S-1
Schedule IV — Reinsurance   S-2
Schedule V — Valuation Accounts   S-3

        All other schedules to the consolidated financial statements required by Article 7 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

F-43



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Directors and Share Owner
Protective Life Insurance Company
Birmingham, Alabama

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index on page F-1 of this Form N-4 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Protective Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the index on page F-1 present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        As discussed in Note A of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" and effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities".

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
March 19, 2003

F-44


PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31

 

 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 

REVENUES
                   
Premiums and policy fees   $ 1,529,834   $ 1,389,819   $ 1,175,943  
Reinsurance ceded     (746,980 )   (771,151 )   (686,108 )
   
 
 
 
Net of reinsurance ceded     782,854     618,668     489,835  
Net investment income     980,059     839,103     692,081  
Realized investment gains (losses):                    
Derivative financial instruments     (12,959 )   (1,718 )   2,157  
All other investments     12,314     (6,123 )   (16,756 )
Other income     41,483     38,578     35,194  
   
 
 
 
      1,803,751     1,488,508     1,202,511  
   
 
 
 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
                   
Benefits and settlement expenses (net of reinsurance ceded: 2002 — $699,808; 2001 — $609,996; 2000 — $538,291)     1,162,231     972,624     760,778  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs     239,490     147,058     143,180  
Amortization of goodwill     0     2,827     2,514  
Other operating expenses (net of reinsurance ceded: 2002 — $177,509; 2001 — $167,243; 2000 — $223,498)     160,407     152,041     121,417  
   
 
 
 
      1,562,128     1,274,550     1,027,889  
   
 
 
 
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX     241,623     213,958     174,622  

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Current     75,335     118,421     12,180  
Deferred     8,894     (47,964 )   49,298  
   
 
 
 
      84,229     70,457     61,478  
   
 
 
 
Net income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     157,394     143,501     113,144  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax     0     (9,856 )   16,299  
Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of income tax     0     (17,754 )   0  
   
 
 
 
Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     157,394     115,891     129,443  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax     0     (8,341 )   0  
   
 
 
 
NET INCOME   $ 157,394   $ 107,550   $ 129,443  
   
 
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-45


PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31

 
 
  2002

  2001

 
ASSETS              
Investments:              
Fixed maturities, at market (amortized cost: 2002 — $11,212,765; 2001 — $9,719,057)   $ 11,655,465   $ 9,812,091  
Equity securities, at market (cost: 2002 — $51,095; 2001 — $62,051)     48,799     60,493  
Mortgage loans on real estate     2,518,151     2,512,844  
Investment real estate, net of accumulated depreciation (2002 — $1,099; 2001 — $1,452)     15,499     24,173  
Policy loans     543,161     521,840  
Other long-term investments     210,381     100,686  
Short-term investments     447,155     228,396  
   
 
 
Total investments     15,438,611     13,260,523  
Cash     85,850     107,166  
Accrued investment income     180,950     158,841  
Accounts and premiums receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts (2002 — $2,825; 2001 — $3,025)     50,544     55,809  
Reinsurance receivables     2,382,223     2,173,987  
Deferred policy acquisition costs     1,683,224     1,532,683  
Goodwill, net     35,143     35,992  
Property and equipment, net     38,878     46,337  
Other assets     259,627     219,355  
Assets related to separate accounts:              
Variable Annuity     1,513,824     1,910,651  
Variable Universal Life     114,364     77,162  
Other     4,330     3,997  
   
 
 
    $ 21,787,568   $ 19,582,503  
   
 
 

LIABILITIES
             
Policy liabilities and accruals:              
Future policy benefits and claims   $ 8,316,171   $ 6,974,685  
Unearned premiums     781,008     901,653  
   
 
 
Total policy liabilities and accruals     9,097,179     7,876,338  
Stable value contract deposits     4,018,552     3,716,530  
Annuity deposits     3,744,000     3,248,218  
Other policyholders' funds     141,336     132,124  
Other liabilities     620,731     410,621  
Accrued income taxes     36,859     125,835  
Deferred income taxes     206,845     72,403  
Note payable     2,264     2,291  
Indebtedness to related parties     2,000     6,000  
Securities sold under repurchase agreements     0     117,000  
Liabilities related to separate accounts:              
Variable Annuity     1,513,824     1,910,651  
Variable Universal Life     114,364     77,162  
Other     4,330     3,997  
   
 
 
Total liabilities     19,502,284     17,699,170  
   
 
 


COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES — NOTE G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


SHARE-OWNER'S EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value, shares authorized and issued: 2,000, liquidation preference $2,000     2     2  
Common Stock, $1.00 par value, shares authorized and issued: 5,000,000     5,000     5,000  
Additional paid-in capital     846,619     785,419  
Note receivable from PLC Employee Stock Ownership Plan     (3,838 )   (4,499 )
Retained earnings     1,201,587     1,044,243  
Accumulated other comprehensive income              
Net unrealized gains (losses) on investments (net of income tax: 2002 — $128,145; 2001 — $28,629)     237,983     53,168  
Accumulated gain (loss) — hedging (net of income tax: 2002 — $(1,114))     (2,069 )      
   
 
 
Total share-owner's equity     2,285,284     1,883,333  
   
 
 
    $ 21,787,568   $ 19,582,503  
   
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-46


PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHARE-OWNER'S EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)


 

 

Preferred
Stock


 

Common Stock


 

Additional
Paid-In
Capital


 

Note
Receivable
From
PLC
ESOP


 

Retained
Earnings


 

Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
on
Investments


 

Accumu-
lated
Gain (Loss)
Hedging


 

Total
Share-
Owner's
Equity


 
Balance, December 31, 1999   $ 2   $ 5,000   $ 570,419   $ (5,148 ) $ 812,302   $ (146,080 ) $ 0   $ 1,236,495  
                                             
 
Net income for 2000                             129,443                 129,443  
Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments (net of income tax — $45,887)                                   85,221           85,221  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income (net of income tax — $5,110)                                   9,489           9,489  
                                             
 
Comprehensive income for 2000                                               224,153  
                                             
 
Capital contribution                 81,000                             81,000  
Common dividend ($0.40 per share)                             (2,000 )               (2,000 )
Decrease in note receivable from PLC ESOP                       307                       307  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2000     2     5,000     651,419     (4,841 )   939,745     (51,370 )   0     1,539,955  
                                             
 
Net income for 2001                             107,550                 107,550  
Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments (net of income tax — $52,019)                                   96,607           96,607  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income (net of income tax — $2,143)                                   3,980           3,980  
Transition adjustment on derivative financial instruments (net of income tax — $2,127)                                   3,951           3,951  
                                             
 
Comprehensive income for 2001                                               212,088  
                                             
 
Capital contribution                 134,000                             134,000  
Common dividend — transfer of subsidiary to PLC (See Note A                             (2,052 )               (2,052 )
Preferred dividend ($500.00 per share)                             (1,000 )               (1,000 )
Decrease in note receivable from PLC ESOP                       342                       342  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2001     2     5,000     785,419     (4,499 )   1,044,243     53,168     0     1,883,333  
                                             
 
Net income for 2002                             157,394                 157,394  
Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments (net of income tax — $103,826)                                   192,819           192,819  
Reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net income (net of income tax — $(4,310))                                   (8,004 )         (8,004 )
Change in accumulated gain (loss) — hedging (net of income tax — $(1,114))                                         (2,069 )   (2,069 )
                                             
 
Comprehensive income for 2002                                               340,140  
                                             
 
Capital contribution                 61,200                             61,200  
Preferred dividend ($25.00 per share)                             (50 )               (50 )
Decrease in note receivable from PLC ESOP                       661                       661  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 2   $ 5,000   $ 846,619   $ (3,838 ) $ 1,201,587   $ 237,983   $ (2,069 ) $ 2,285,284  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-47


PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  December 31

 

 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                   
Net income   $ 157,394   $ 107,550   $ 129,443  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
Realized investment (gains) losses     645     7,841     14,599  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs     239,490     154,383     149,574  
Amortization of goodwill     0     8,328     7,797  
Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs     (437,325 )   (317,626 )   (338,685 )
Loss from sale of discontinued operations     0     17,754     0  
Depreciation expense     10,409     11,651     9,581  
Deferred income taxes     8,894     (40,970 )   55,161  
Accrued income taxes     (88,976 )   139,016     13,715  
Interest credited to universal life and investment products     900,930     944,098     766,004  
Policy fees assessed on universal life and investment products     (268,191 )   (222,415 )   (197,581 )
Change in accrued investment income and other receivables     (303,497 )   (238,097 )   (158,107 )
Change in policy liabilities and other policyholder funds of traditional life and health products     493,714     444,119     499,674  
Change in other liabilities     93,368     132,497     (21,592 )
Other (net)     76,597     9,306     (35,103 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities     883,452     1,157,435     894,480  
   
 
 
 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                   
Maturities and principal reduction of investments:                    
Investments available for sale     12,780,736     3,062,262     12,828,276  
Other     485,639     283,181     133,814  
Sale of investments:                    
Investments available for sale     22,862,420     8,943,123     810,716  
Other     15,798     0     5,222  
Cost of investments acquired:                    
Investments available for sale     (37,145,100 )   (13,652,930 )   (14,369,630 )
Corporate owned life insurance     0     (100,000 )   0  
Other     (475,733 )   (378,520 )   (463,909 )
Acquisitions and bulk reinsurance assumptions     130,515     (118,557 )   (162,409 )
Purchase of property and equipment     (8,982 )   (10,099 )   (5,084 )
Sale of discontinued operations, net of cash transferred     0     216,031     0  
Sale of property and equipment     48     70     0  
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,354,659 )   (1,755,439 )   (1,223,004 )
   
 
 
 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                   
Borrowings under line of credit arrangements and long-term debt     2,050,772     2,574,954     2,197,800  
Capital contribution from PLC     60,785     134,000     81,000  
Principal payments on line of credit arrangements and long-term debt     (2,167,799 )   (2,457,979 )   (2,197,823 )
Principal payment on surplus note to PLC     (4,000 )   (4,000 )   (4,000 )
Dividends to share owner     (50 )   (1,000 )   (2,000 )
Investment product deposits and change in universal life deposits     1,687,213     1,735,653     1,811,484  
Investment product withdrawals     (1,177,030 )   (1,315,179 )   (1,553,282 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities     449,891     666,449     333,179  
   
 
 
 
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH     (21,316 )   68,445     4,655  
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR     107,166     38,721     34,066  
   
 
 
 
CASH AT END OF YEAR   $ 85,850   $ 107,166   $ 38,721  
   
 
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-48


PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(All dollar amounts in tables are in thousands)

NOTE A — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Protective Life Insurance Company and subsidiaries (Protective) are prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Such accounting principles differ from statutory reporting practices used by insurance companies in reporting to state regulatory authorities. (See also Note B.)

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make various estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

    Entities Included

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts, after intercompany eliminations, of Protective Life Insurance Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Protective is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Protective Life Corporation (PLC), an insurance holding company. The consolidated financial statements also include the accounts of special trusts or entities that do not have substantive residual equity holders which bear risks and rewards of ownership, formed to purchase funding agreements issued by Protective.

        On October 1, 2000, PLC transferred its ownership of twenty companies (that marketed prepaid dental products) to Protective. On May 1, 2001, PLC transferred its ownership of another five companies (that marketed prepaid dental products) to Protective. Protective has recorded these transactions on a pooling of interests basis whereby Protective's financial statements reflect the consolidation of the contributed entities as if they had been wholly owned by Protective for all periods in which common control existed.

        On December 31, 2001, Protective sold substantially all of the companies transferred from PLC as part of the sale of the Dental Benefits Division. For more information see the discussion under the heading "Discontinued Operations" included in Note A herein.

    Nature of Operations

        Protective provides financial services through the production, distribution, and administration of insurance and investment products. Protective markets individual life insurance, credit life and disability insurance, guaranteed investment contracts, guaranteed funding agreements, fixed and variable annuities, and extended service contracts throughout the United States. Protective also maintains a separate division devoted to the acquisition of insurance policies from other companies.

        The operating results of companies in the insurance industry have historically been subject to significant fluctuations due to changing competition, economic conditions, interest rates, investment performance, insurance ratings, claims, persistency, and other factors.

    Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        On January 1, 2001, Protective adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS Nos. 137 and 138, requires Protective to record all derivative financial instruments, at fair value on the balance sheet. Changes in fair value of a derivative instrument are reported in net income or other comprehensive income, depending on the designated use of the derivative instrument. The adoption of

F-49


SFAS No. 133 resulted in a cumulative charge to net income, net of income tax, of $8.3 million and a cumulative after-tax increase to other comprehensive income of $4.0 million on January 1, 2001. The charge to net income and increase to other comprehensive income primarily resulted from the recognition of derivative instruments embedded in Protective's corporate bond portfolio. In addition, the charge to net income includes the recognition of the ineffectiveness on existing hedging relationships including the difference in spot and forward exchange rates related to foreign currency swaps used as an economic hedge of foreign-currency-denominated stable value contracts. Prospectively, the adoption of SFAS No. 133 may introduce volatility into Protective's reported net income and other comprehensive income depending on future market conditions and Protective's hedging activities.

        In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS Nos. 141, "Business Combinations", and 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets". SFAS No. 141 requires that business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, be accounted for using the purchase method. SFAS No. 142 revises the standards for accounting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. Protective adopted SFAS No. 142 in the first quarter of 2002. Protective has performed an impairment test and determined that its goodwill was not impaired at January 1, or October 31, 2002.

        The following table illustrates adjusted income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle as if these pronouncements were adopted as of January 1, 2000:

 
  Year Ended December 31


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000

Adjusted net income:                  
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   $ 157,394   $ 143,501   $ 113,144
Add back amortization of goodwill, net of income tax     0     1,838     1,634
   
 
 
Adjusted income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   $ 157,394   $ 145,339   $ 114,778
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax     0     (9,856 )   16,299
Loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of income tax     0     (17,754 )   0
   
 
 
Adjusted net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     157,394     117,729     131,077
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax     0     (8,341 )   0
   
 
 
Adjusted net income   $ 157,394   $ 109,388   $ 131,077
   
 
 

        In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations". SFAS No. 143 requires that companies record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which the liability is incurred. The Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. Protective does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 143 go have a material effect on Protective's financial position or results of operations.

        In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." SFAS No. 144 requires that the same accounting model be used for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired, expands the use of discontinued operations accounting to include more types of transactions and changes the timing of when discontinued operations accounting is applied. Protective adopted SFAS No. 144 on January 1, 2002, and the adoption did not have a material effect on Protective's financial position or results of operations.

F-50


        In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections as of April 2002." SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4, which required companies to treat the extinguishment of debt as an extraordinary item. SFAS No. 145 requires companies to apply APB Opinion 30 when determining the accounting for the extinguishment of debt. The statement also rescinds and amends other statements to make various technical corrections and clarifications. SFAS No. 145 is effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. Protective does not accept the adoption of SFAS No. 145 to have a material effect on Protective's financial position or results of operations.

        In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." SFAS No. 146 requires companies to record a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity when the liability is incurred. The statement is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Protective does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 146 to have a material effect on Protective's financial position or results of operations.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of SFAS No. 123." SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to offer alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. Protective adopted the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123 in 1995, therefore SFAS No. 148 will have no effect on Protective's financial position or results of operations.

        In November, 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. (FIN) 45 "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Others." FIN 45 clarifies the requirements of SFAS No. 5 "Accounting for Contingencies" relating to the guarantor's accounting for, and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Protective does not expect FIN 45 to have a material effect on Protective's financial position or results of operations.

        In January, 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46 "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities." FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, "Consolidated Financial Statements," to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated support from the other parties. Protective is currently assessing the impact that FIN 46 will have on its financial condition and results of operations. FIN 46 potentially will affect the accounting related to a lease arrangement currently accounted for as an operating lease that involves a special purpose vehicle (SPV). Although Protective does not expect the provisions of FIN 46 to have a material impact on its results of operations, had the provision been effective at December 31, 2002, Protective's reported assets and liabilities would have increased by approximately $75 million.

        In May 2002, the Derivatives Implementation group of the FASB exposed for comment Issue No. B36, "Bifurcation of Embedded Credit Derivatives" (DIG B36). DIG B36 would require the bifurcation of potential embedded derivatives within modified coinsurance and funds withheld coinsurance arrangements in which the terms require the future payment of a principal amount plus a return based on a specified proportion of the ceding company's return on either its general account assets or a specified block of those assets. The proposed effective date of the implementation guidance in DIG B36 is for the first fiscal quarter beginning after June 15, 2003 and would be applied on a

F-51


prospective basis. Protective is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on its financial statements but does not anticipate a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

    Investments

        Protective has classified all of its investments in fixed maturities, equity securities, and short-term investments as "available for sale."

        Investments are reported on the following bases less allowances for uncollectible amounts on investments, if applicable:

        

    Fixed maturities (bonds and redeemable preferred stocks) — at current market value. Where market values are unavailable, Protective obtains estimates from independent pricing services or estimates market value based upon a comparison to quoted issues of the same issuer or issues of other issuers with similar terms and risk characteristics.         

    Equity securities (common and nonredeemable preferred stocks) — at current market value.         

    Mortgage loans — at unpaid balances, adjusted for loan origination costs, net of fees, and amortization of premium or discount.         

    Investment real estate — at cost, less allowances for depreciation computed on the straight-line method. With respect to real estate acquired through foreclosure, cost is the lesser of the loan balance plus foreclosure costs or appraised value.         

    Policy loans — at unpaid balances.         

    Other long-term investments — at a variety of methods similar to those listed above, as deemed appropriate for the specific investment.         

    Short-term investments — at cost, which approximates current market value.

        Estimated market values were derived from the durations of Protective's fixed maturities and mortgage loans. Duration measures the relationship between changes in market value to changes in interest rates. While these estimated market values generally provide an indication of how sensitive the market values of Protective's fixed maturities and mortgage loans are to changes in interest rates, they do not represent management's view of future market changes, and actual market results may differ from these estimates.

        Substantially all short-term investments have maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition and include approximately $0.6 million in bank deposits voluntarily restricted as to withdrawal.

        Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized in net income using the specific identification basis.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        Protective utilizes a risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily to reduce its exposure to interest rate risk as well as currency exchange risk.

        Combinations of interest rate swap contracts, options and futures contracts are sometimes used as hedges against changes in interest rates for certain investments, primarily outstanding mortgage loan commitments and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rate swap contracts generally involve the exchange

F-52


of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. Interest rate futures generally involved exchange traded contracts to buy or sell treasury bonds and notes in the future at specified prices. Interest rate options represent contracts that allow the holder of the option to receive cash or purchase, sell or enter into a financial instrument at a specified price within a specified period of time. Protective uses interest rate swap contracts, caps, and floors to modify the interest characteristics of certain investments and liabilities. Swap contracts are also used to alter the effective durations of assets and liabilities. Protective uses foreign currency swaps to reduce its exposure to currency exchange risk on certain stable value contracts denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the European euro and the British pound.

        Derivative instruments expose Protective to credit and market risk. Protective minimizes its credit risk by entering into transactions with highly rated counterparties. Protective manages the market risk associated with interest rate and foreign exchange contracts by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degrees of risk that may be undertaken.

        Protective monitors its use of derivatives in connection with its overall asset/liability management programs and procedures. Protective's asset/liability committee is responsible for implementing various hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of data from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources. The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into Protective's overall interest rate and currency exchange risk management strategies.

        All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet (in "other long-term investments" or "other liabilities") at their fair value (primarily estimates from independent pricing services). On the date the derivative contract is entered into, Protective designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment ("fair value" hedge), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability ("cash flow" hedge), or (3) as a derivative either held for investment purposes or held as a natural hedging instrument designed to act as an economic hedge against the changes in value or cash flows of a hedged item ("other" derivative). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as — and that is designated and qualifies as — a fair-value hedge, along with the loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk (including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in current-period earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as — and that is designated and qualified as — a cash-flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows. Changes in the fair value of other derivatives are recognized in current earnings and reported in "Realized Investment Gains (Losses) — Derivative Financial Instruments" in Protective's consolidated statements of income.

        Protective formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair-value or cash-flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. Protective also formally assesses, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, Protective discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed below.

F-53


        Protective discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is designated as a hedge instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; (4) because a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (5) management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate.

        When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair-value hedge, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and the hedged asset or liability will no longer be adjusted for changes in fair value. When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and any asset or liability that was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment will be removed from the balance sheet and recognized as a gain or loss in current-period earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will remain therein until such time as they are reclassified to earnings as originally forecasted to occur. In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at its fair value on the balance sheet, with changes in its fair value recognized in current-period earnings.

        Fair-Value Hedges.   Protective has designated, as a fair value hedge, callable interest rate swaps used to modify the interest characteristics of certain stable value contracts. In assessing hedge effectiveness, Protective excludes the embedded call option's time value component from each derivative's total gain or loss. In 2002 and 2001, total measured ineffectiveness for the fair value hedging relationships was insignificant while the excluded time value component resulted in a pre-tax gain of $0 and $1.3 million, respectively. Both the measured ineffectiveness and the excluded time value component are reported in "Realized Investment Gains (Losses) — Derivative Financial Instruments" in Protective's consolidated statements of income.

        Cash-Flow Hedges.   Protective has entered into a foreign currency swap to hedge the risk of changes in the value of interest and principal payments to be made on certain of its foreign-currency-based stable value contracts. Under the terms of the swap, Protective pays a fixed U.S.-dollar-denominated rate and receives a fixed foreign-currency-denominated rate. Effective July 1, 2002, Protective designated this swap as a cash flow hedge and therefore recorded the change in the fair value of the swap during the period in accumulated other comprehensive income. During 2002, a pretax loss of $19.8 million representing the change in fair value of the hedged contracts and a gain of like amount representing the application of hedge accounting to this transaction, were recorded in "Realized Investment Gains (Losses) — Derivative Financial Instruments" in Protective's consolidated statements of income. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the amount of the hedge's ineffectiveness reported as a loss was insignificant. Additionally, as of December 31, 2002, Protective reported a reduction to accumulated other comprehensive income of $2.1 million (net of income tax of $1.1 million) related to its derivative designated as a cash flow hedge. During 2003, Protective expects to reclassify out of accumulated other comprehensive income and into earnings, as a reduction of interest expenses, approximately $0.9 million.

        Other Derivatives.   Protective uses certain interest rate swaps, caps, floors, options and futures contracts as economic hedges against the changes in value or cash flows of outstanding mortgage loan commitments and certain owned investments. In 2002 and 2001, Protective recognized total pre-tax losses

F-54


of $3.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, representing the change in fair value of these derivative instruments as well as realized gain or loss on contracts closed during the period.

        On its foreign currency swaps, Protective recognized a $70.8 million pre-tax gain in 2002 while recognizing a $74.9 million foreign exchange pre-tax loss on the related foreign-currency-denominated stable value contracts. In 2001, Protective recognized an $8.2 million pre-tax loss on its foreign currency swaps while recognizing an $11.2 million foreign exchange pre-tax gain on the related foreign-currency-denominated stable value contracts. The net loss and net gain in 2002 and 2001, respectively, primarily results from the difference in the forward and spot exchange rates used to revalue the currency swaps and the stable value contracts, respectively. This net loss and net gain is reflected in "Realized Investment Gains (Losses) — Derivative Financial Instruments" in Protective's consolidated statements of income.

        Protective has entered into asset swap arrangements to, in effect, sell the equity options embedded in owned convertible bonds in exchange for an interest rate swap that converts the remaining host bond to a variable rate instrument. In 2002 and 2001, Protective recognized a $2.0 million and $12.2 million pre-tax gain, respectively, for the change in the asset swaps' fair value and recognized a $7.8 million and $16.9 million pre-tax loss, respectively, to separately record the embedded equity options at fair value.

        At December 31, 2002 and 2001, contracts with a notional amount of $6.0 billion were in an $83.9 million net gain position. At December 31, 2001, contracts with a notional amount of $4.5 billion were in a $3.5 million net loss position.

        Protective's derivative financial instruments are with highly rated counterparties.

    Cash

        Cash includes all demand deposits reduced by the amount of outstanding checks and drafts. Protective has deposits with certain financial institutions which exceed federally insured limits. Protective has reviewed the credit worthiness of these financial institutions and believes there is minimal risk of a material loss.

    Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

        Commissions and other costs of acquiring traditional life and health insurance, credit insurance, universal life insurance, and investment products that vary with and are primarily related to the production of new business, have been deferred. Traditional life and health insurance acquisition costs are amortized over the premium-payment period of the related policies in proportion to the ratio of annual premium income to the present value of the total anticipated premium income. Credit insurance acquisition costs are being amortized in proportion to earned premium. Acquisition costs for universal life and investment products are amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the present value of estimated gross profits before amortization. Under SFAS No. 97, "Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments," Protective makes certain assumptions regarding the mortality, persistency, expenses, and interest rates (equal to the rate used to compute liabilities for future policy benefits; currently 3.0% to 9.4%) it expects to experience in future periods. These assumptions are to be best estimates and are to be periodically updated whenever actual experience and/or expectations for the future change from that assumed. Additionally, relating to SFAS No. 115, these costs have been adjusted by an amount equal to the amortization that would have been recorded if unrealized gains or losses on investments associated with Protective's universal life and investment products had been realized.

F-55


        The cost to acquire blocks of insurance representing the present value of future profits from such blocks of insurance is also included in deferred policy acquisition costs. Protective amortizes the present value of future profits over the premium payment period, including accrued interest of up to approximately 8%. The unamortized present value of future profits for all acquisitions was approximately $542.5 million and $523.4 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. During 2002, $62.5 million of present value of future profits was capitalized (relating to acquisitions and adjustments made during the year), a $2.1 million reduction came from the sale of a small subsidiary, and $41.3 was amortized. During 2001, $221.9 million of present value of future profits was capitalized and $42.1 million was amortized.

        The expected amortization of the present value of future profits for the next five years is as follows:


Year


 

Expected
Amortization

2003   $ 33,600
2004     32,400
2005     30,500
2006     29,100
2007     28,100

    Goodwill

        The goodwill balance at December 31, 2002 and 2001, was $35.1 million and $36.0 million, respectively. The decrease of $0.9 million in 2002 relates to the sale of a small subsidiary in the first quarter. At October 31, 2002, Protective evaluated its goodwill and determined that fair value had not decreased below carrying value and no adjustment to impair goodwill was necessary in accordance with SFAS No. 142.

    Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are reported at cost. Protective primarily uses the straight-line method of depreciation based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets. Protective's Home Office building is depreciated over a thirty-nine year useful life, furniture is depreciated over a ten year useful life, office equipment and machines are depreciated over a five year useful life, and software and computers are depreciated over a three year useful life. Major repairs or improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Other repairs are expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of property and equipment sold or retired are removed from the accounts, and resulting gains or losses are included in income.

        Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:


 


 

2002


 

2001

Home office building   $ 45,297   $ 42,980
Other, principally furniture and equipment     67,059     67,128
   
 
      112,356     110,108
Accumulated depreciation     73,478     63,771
   
 
    $ 38,878   $ 46,337
   
 

F-56


    Separate Accounts

        The assets and liabilities related to separate accounts in which Protective does not bear the investment risk are valued at market and reported separately as assets and liabilities related to separate accounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

    Stable Value Contracts Account Balances

        Protective markets guaranteed investment contracts (GICs) to 401(k) and other qualified retirement savings plans, and fixed and floating rate funding agreements to the trustees of municipal bond proceeds, institutional investors, bank trust departments, and money market funds. GICs and funding agreements are generally contracts that specify a return on deposits for a specified period and often provide flexibility for withdrawals at book value in keeping with the benefits provided by the plan. Stable value contract account balances include GICs and funding agreements issued by Protective as well as the obligations of consolidated special purpose trusts or entities formed to purchase funding agreements issued by Protective. At December 31, 2002 and 2001 Protective had $2.2 billion and $1.7 billion of stable value contract account balances marketed through structured programs. Most GICs and funding agreements written by Protective have maturities of three to five years. At December 31, 2002, maturities of stable value contracts were $1.1 billion in 2003, $1.6 billion in 2004-2005, $1.3 billion in 2006-2007, and $59.2 million after 2007.

    Revenues and Benefits Expense

        

    Traditional Life, Health, and Credit Insurance Products — Traditional life insurance products consist principally of those products with fixed and guaranteed premiums and benefits, and include whole life insurance policies, term and term-like life insurance policies, limited-payment life insurance policies, and certain annuities with life contingencies. Life insurance and immediate annuity premiums are recognized as revenue when due. Health and credit insurance premiums are recognized as revenue over the terms of the policies. Benefits and expenses are associated with earned premiums so that profits are recognized over the life of the contracts. This is accomplished by means of the provision for liabilities for future policy benefits and the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs. Gross premiums in excess of net premiums related to immediate annuities are deferred and recognized over the life of the policy.

    Liabilities for future policy benefits on traditional life insurance products have been computed using a net level method including assumptions as to investment yields, mortality, persistency, and other assumptions based on Protective's experience, modified as necessary to reflect anticipated trends and to include provisions for possible adverse deviation. Reserve investment yield assumptions are graded and range from 2.5% to 7.0%. The liability for future policy benefits and claims on traditional life, health, and credit insurance products includes estimated unpaid claims that have been reported to Protective and claims incurred but not yet reported. Policy claims are charged to expense in the period that the claims are incurred.

F-57


        Activity in the liability for unpaid claims is summarized as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Balance beginning of year   $ 100,023   $ 109,973   $ 120,575  
Less reinsurance     33,723     25,830     47,661  
   
 
 
 
Net balance beginning of year     66,300     84,143     72,914  
   
 
 
 
Incurred related to:                    
Current year     258,612     383,371     311,633  
Prior year     (338 )   (1,080 )   (4,489 )
   
 
 
 
Total incurred     258,274     382,291     307,144  
   
 
 
 
Paid related to:                    
Current year     243,206     312,748     241,566  
Prior year     22,528     81,220     60,972  
   
 
 
 
Total paid     265,734     393,968     302,538  
   
 
 
 
Other changes:                    
Acquisitions and reserve transfers     2,609     (6,166 )   6,623  
   
 
 
 
Net balance end of year     61,449     66,300     84,143  
Plus reinsurance     54,765     33,723     25,830  
   
 
 
 
Balance end of year   $ 116,214   $ 100,023   $ 109,973  
   
 
 
 

        

    Universal Life and Investment Products — Universal life and investment products include universal life insurance, guaranteed investment contracts, deferred annuities, and annuities without life contingencies. Premiums and policy fees for universal life and investment products consist of fees that have been assessed against policy account balances for the costs of insurance, policy administration, and surrenders. Such fees are recognized when assessed and earned. Benefit reserves for universal life and investment products represent policy account balances before applicable surrender charges plus certain deferred policy initiation fees that are recognized in income over the term of the policies. Policy benefits and claims that are charged to expense include benefit claims incurred in the period in excess of related policy account balances and interest credited to policy account balances. Interest credit rates for universal life and investment products ranged from 3.0% to 9.4% in 2002.

        Protective's accounting policies with respect to variable universal life and variable annuities are identical except that policy account balances (excluding account balances that earn a fixed rate) are valued at market and reported as components of assets and liabilities related to separate accounts.

    Income Taxes

        Protective uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Income tax provisions are generally based on income reported for financial statement purposes. Deferred federal income taxes arise from the recognition of temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities determined for financial reporting purposes and the basis of assets and liabilities determined for financial reporting purposes and the basis for income tax purposes. Such temporary differences are principally related to the deferral of policy acquisition costs and the provision for future policy benefits and expenses.

F-58


    Discontinued Operations

        On December 31, 2001, Protective completed the sale to Fortis, Inc. of substantially all of its Dental Benefits Division (Dental Division) and discontinued other remaining Dental Division related operations, primarily other health insurance lines.

        The operating results and charges related to the sale of the Dental Division and discontinuance of other related operations at December 31 are as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Total revenues   $ 15,809   $ 350,988   $ 368,319  
Income (loss) before                    
income taxes from discontinued operations   $ 0   $ (12,749 ) $ 26,988  
Income tax (expense)                    
Benefit     0     2,893     (10,689 )
   
 
 
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations   $ 0   $ (9,856 ) $ 16,299  
   
 
 
 
Gain from sale of discontinued operations before income tax         $ 27,221        
Income tax expense related to sale           (44,975 )      
         
       
Loss from sale of discontinued operations         $ (17,754 )      
         
       

        Assets and liabilities related to the discontinued lines of business of approximately $5.1 million and $6.7 million, respectively, remain at December 31, 2002.

    Supplemental Cash Flow Information

        The following table sets forth supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31:

 
  December 31

 

 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Cash paid during the year:                    
Interest on debt   $ 987   $ 1,390   $ 3,310  
Income taxes   $ 125,039   $ 27,395   $ 25,638  
   
 
 
 
Noncash investing and financing activities                    
Reduction of principal on note from ESOP   $ 661   $ 342   $ 307  
Acquisitions, related reinsurance transactions and subsidiary transfer                    
Assets acquired   $ 358,897   $ 2,549,484   $ 533,866  
Liabilities assumed   $ (489,412 ) $ (2,430,927 ) $ (371,457 )
   
 
 
 
Net   $ (130,515 ) $ 118,557   $ 162,409  
   
 
 
 

    Reclassifications

        Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported financial statements and accompanying notes to make the prior year amounts comparable to those of the current year. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income, total assets, or share-owners' equity.

F-59


NOTE B — RECONCILIATION WITH STATUTORY REPORTING PRACTICES

        Financial statements prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America differ in some respects from the statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by insurance regulatory authorities. The most significant differences are as follows: (a) acquisition costs of obtaining new business are deferred and amortized over the approximate life of the policies rather than charged to operations as incurred; (b) benefit liabilities are computed using a net level method and are based on realistic estimates of expected mortality, interest, and withdrawals as adjusted to provide for possible unfavorable deviation from such assumptions; (c) deferred income taxes are not subject to statutory limitations as to amounts recognized and are recognized through earnings as opposed to being charged to share-owners' equity; (d) the Asset Valuation Reserve and Interest Maintenance Reserve are restored to share-owners' equity; (e) furniture and equipment, agents' debit balances, and prepaid expenses are reported as assets rather than being charged directly to surplus (referred to as nonadmitted assets); (f) certain items of interest income, such as mortgage and bond discounts, are amortized differently; and (g) bonds are recorded at their market values instead of amortized cost. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) has adopted the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles (Codification). Codification changed statutory accounting rules in several areas and was effective January 1, 2001. The adoption of Codification did not have a material effect on Protective's statutory capital.

        The reconciliations of net income and share-owners' equity prepared in conformity with statutory reporting practices to that reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 
  Net Income

  Share-Owner's Equity

 

 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
In conformity with statutory reporting practices:(1)   $ 67,242   $ 163,181   $ 66,694   $ 852,645   $ 775,138   $ 628,274  
Additions (deductions) by adjustment:                                      
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of amortization     197,835     163,243     157,617     1,683,224     1,532,683     1,189,380  
Deferred income tax     (8,894 )   47,964     (52,580 )   (206,844 )   (74,083 )   (72,065 )
Asset Valuation Reserve                       189,828     108,062     103,853  
Interest Maintenance Reserve     (3,344 )   (10,444 )   (3,540 )   24,015     16,959     9,715  
Nonadmitted items                       272,137     139,500     97,447  
Other timing and valuation adjustments     (63,189 )   (32,564 )   (38,349 )   (357,244 )   (334,198 )   (195,445 )
Discontinued operations           (193,688 )                        
Noninsurance affiliates     15,920     19,022     21,276                    
Consolidation elimination     (48,176 )   (49,164 )   (21,675 )   (172,477 )   (280,728 )   (221,204 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
In conformity with generally accepted accounting principles   $ 157,394   $ 107,550   $ 129,443   $ 2,285,284   $ 1,883,333   $ 1,539,955  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)   Consolidated

        As of December 31, 2002, Protective had on deposit with regulatory authorities, fixed maturity and short-term investments with a market value of approximately $81.4 million.

F-60


NOTE C — INVESTMENT OPERATIONS

        Major categories of net investment income for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000

Fixed maturities   $ 673,393   $ 609,578   $ 529,990
Equity securities     3,500     2,247     2,532
Mortgage loans     218,165     208,830     177,917
Investment real estate     881     2,094     2,027
Policy loans     37,463     31,763     14,977
Other     103,826     36,695     12,532
   
 
 
      1,037,228     891,207     739,975
Investment expenses     57,169     52,104     47,894
   
 
 
    $ 980,059   $ 839,103   $ 692,081
   
 
 

        Realized investment gains (losses) for all other investments for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Fixed maturities   $ 12,606   $ (4,693 ) $ (14,787 )
Equity securities     65     2,462     1,685  
Mortgage loans and other investments     (357 )   (3,892 )   (3,654 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 12,314   $ (6,123 ) $ (16,756 )
   
 
 
 

        In 2002, gross gains on the sale of investments available for sale (fixed maturities, equity securities, and short-term investments) were $73.0 million, and gross losses were $60.3 million. In 2001, gross gains were $27.5 million, and gross losses were $29.7 million. In 2000, gross gains were $8.7 million, and gross losses were $28.4 million.

        Each quarter Protective reviews investments with material unrealized losses and tests for other-than-temporary impairments. Protective analyzes various factors to determine if any specific other than temporary asset impairments exist. Once a determination has been made that a specific other-than-temporary impairment exists, a realized loss is incurred and the cost basis of the impaired asset is adjusted to its fair value. During 2002 and 2001, respectively, Protective recorded other than temporary impairments in its investments of $17.8 million and $12.6 million. Protective did not record any other-than-temporary impairments in its investments in 2000.

        Realized investment gains (losses) for derivative financial instruments for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000

Derivative financial instruments   $ (12,959 ) $ (1,718 ) $ 2,157
   
 
 

F-61


        The amortized cost and estimated market values of Protective's investments classified as available for sale at December 31 are as follows:


2002


 

Amortized
Cost


 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains


 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses


 

Estimated
Market
Values

Fixed maturities:                        
Bonds:                        
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 4,168,026   $ 199,316   $ 28,311   $ 4,339,031
United States Government and authorities     90,647     5,752     0     96,399
States, municipalities, and political subdivision     27,005     2,349     0     29,354
Public utilities     1,153,710     61,831     42,139     1,173,402
Convertibles and bonds with warrants     115,728     2,656     5,872     112,512
All other corporate bonds     5,655,949     348,809     101,818     5,902,940
Redeemable preferred stocks     1,700     127     0     1,827
   
 
 
 
      11,212,765     620,840     178,140     11,655,465
Equity securities     51,095     2,409     4,705     48,799
Short-term investments     447,155     0     0     447,155
   
 
 
 
    $ 11,711,015   $ 623,249   $ 182,845   $ 12,151,419
   
 
 
 

2001


 

Amortized
Cost


 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains


 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses


 

Estimated
Market
Values

Fixed maturities:                        
Bonds:                        
Mortgage-backed securities   $ 3,709,118   $ 84,965   $ 33,759   $ 3,760,324
United States Government and authorities     98,967     4,088     0     103,055
States, municipalities, and political subdivision     94,022     4,009     0     98,031
Public utilities     807,773     19,763     4,860     822,676
Convertibles and bonds with warrants     96,951     7,423     6,184     98,190
All other corporate bonds     4,910,614     117,092     99,500     4,928,206
Redeemable preferred stocks     1,612     0     3     1,609
   
 
 
 
      9,719,057     237,340     144,306     9,812,091
Equity securities     62,051     3,565     5,123     60,493
Short-term investments     228,396     0     0     228,396
   
 
 
 
    $ 10,009,504   $ 240,905   $ 149,429   $ 10,100,980
   
 
 
 

        The amortized cost and estimated market values of fixed maturities at December 31, by expected maturity, are shown as follows. Expected maturities are derived from rates of prepayment that may differ from actual rates of prepayment.

F-62



2002


 

Estimated
Amortized
Cost


 

Estimated
Market
Values

Due in one year or less   $ 844,795   $ 845,577
Due after one year through five years     2,678,879     2,742,360
Due after five years through ten years     2,601,183     2,765,927
Due after ten years     5,087,908     5,301,601
   
 
    $ 11,212,765   $ 11,655,465
   
 

        At December 31, 2002 and 2001, Protective had bonds which were rated less than investment grade of $860.6 million and $421.3 million, respectively, having an amortized cost of $960.8 million and $499.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2002, approximately $70.9 million of the bonds rated less than investment grade were securities issued in company-sponsored commercial mortgage loan securitizations. Approximately $1,968.1 million of bonds are not publicly traded.

        The change in unrealized gains (losses), net of income tax, on fixed maturity and equity securities for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Fixed maturities   $ 227,283   $ 108,307   $ 109,625  
Equity securities     (480 )   715     (820 )

        At December 31, 2002, all of Protective's mortgage loans were commercial loans of which 76% were retail, 8% were apartments, 7% were office buildings, and 7% were warehouses, and 2% were other. Protective specializes in making mortgage loans on either credit-oriented or credit-anchored commercial properties, most of which are strip shopping centers in smaller towns and cities. No single tenant's leased space represents more than 3.1% of mortgage loans. Approximately 75% of the mortgage loans are on properties located in the following states listed in decreasing order of significance: Texas, Tennessee, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Alabama, Florida, Virginia, California, Mississippi, Pennsylvania, Washington, and Ohio.

        Many of the mortgage loans have call provisions after 3 to 10 years. Assuming the loans are called at their next call dates, approximately $86.7 million would become due in 2003, $399.6 million in 2004 to 2007, and $355.0 million in 2008 to 2012, and $27.2 million thereafter.

        At December 31, 2002, the average mortgage loan was approximately $2.1 million, and the weighted average interest rate was 7.5%. The largest single mortgage loan was $24.8 million.

        For several years Protective has offered a type of commercial mortgage loan under which Protective will permit a slightly higher loan-to-value ratio in exchange for a participating interest in the cash flows from the underlying real estate. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, approximately $475.5 million and $548.4 million respectively, of Protective's mortgage loans have this participation feature.

        At December 31, 2002 and 2001, Protective's problem mortgage loans (over ninety days past due) and foreclosed properties totaled $20.6 million and $29.6 million, respectively. Since Protective's mortgage loans are collateralized by real estate, any assessment of impairment is based upon the estimated fair value of the real estate. Based on Protective's evaluation of its mortgage loan portfolio, Protective does not expect any material losses on its mortgage loans.

        At December 31, 2002 and 2001, Protective had investments related to retained beneficial interests of mortgage loan securitizations of $295.7 million and $286.4 million, respectively.

F-63


        Certain investments with a carrying value of $87.6 million were non-income producing for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002.

        Policy loan interest rates generally range from 4.5% to 8.0%.

        On December 31, 2001, Protective Life Insurance Company had $117.0 million of securities sold under repurchase agreements with an interest rate of 2.0%. The agreement-to-repurchase liability is recorded as securities sold under repurchase agreements.

NOTE D — FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

        Protective's effective income tax rate related to continuing operations varied from the maximum federal income tax rate as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Statutory federal income tax rate applied to pretax income   35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
Dividends received deduction and tax-exempt interest   (2.3 ) (1.7 ) (0.6 )
Low-income housing credit   (0.5 ) (0.5 ) (0.4 )
Other   2.1   (0.1 ) 0.0  
State income taxes   0.6   0.2   1.2  
   
 
 
 
Effective income tax rate   34.9 % 32.9 % 35.2 %
   
 
 
 

        The provision for federal income tax differs from amounts currently payable due to certain items reported for financial statement purposes in periods which differ from those in which they are reported for income tax purposes.

        Details of the deferred income tax provision for the years ended December 31 are as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Deferred policy acquisition costs   $ 51,998   $ 81,015   $ 41,533  
Benefits and other policy liability changes     (22,359 )   (127,189 )   10,969  
Temporary differences of investment income     (28,637 )   7,145     (3,333 )
Other items     7,892     (8,935 )   129  
   
 
 
 
    $ 8,894   $ (47,964 ) $ 49,298  
   
 
 
 

F-64


        The components of Protective's net deferred income tax liability as of December 31 were as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001

Deferred income tax assets:            
Policy and policyholder liability reserves   $ 320,081   $ 334,876
Other     3,001     10,893
   
 
      323,082     345,769
   
 
Deferred income tax liabilities:            
Deferred policy acquisition costs     431,069     379,072
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments     98,857     39,100
   
 
      529,926     418,172
   
 
Net deferred income tax liability   $ 206,844   $ 72,403
   
 

        Under pre-1984 life insurance company income tax laws, a portion of Protective's gain from operations which was not subject to current income taxation was accumulated for income tax purposes in a memorandum account designated as Policyholders' Surplus. The aggregate accumulation in this account at December 31, 2002 was approximately $70.5 million. Should the accumulation in the Policyholders' Surplus account exceed certain stated maximums, or should distributions including cash dividends be made to PLC in excess of approximately $1.1 billion, such excess would be subject to federal income taxes at rates then effective. Deferred income taxes have not been provided on amounts designated as Policyholders' Surplus. Under current income tax laws, Protective does not anticipate paying income tax on amounts in the Policyholders' Surplus accounts.

        Protective's income tax returns are included in the consolidated income tax returns of PLC. The allocation of income tax liabilities among affiliates is based upon separate income tax return calculations.

NOTE E — DEBT

        Under revolving line of credit arrangements with several banks, PLC can borrow up to $200 million on an unsecured basis. No compensating balances are required to maintain the line of credit. These lines of credit arrangements contain, among other provisions, requirements for maintaining certain financial ratios, and restrictions on indebtedness incurred by PLC's subsidiaries including Protective. Additionally, PLC, on a consolidated basis, cannot incur debt in excess of 40% of its total capital. At December 31, 2002, PLC had $30.0 million of borrowings outstanding under these credit arrangements at an interest rate of 1.92%.

        Protective has a mortgage note on investment real estate amounting to approximately $2.3 million that matures in 2003.

        Included in indebtedness to related parties is a surplus debenture issued by Protective to PLC. At December 31, 2002, the balance of the surplus debenture was $2 million. The debenture matures in 2003 and has an interest rate of 8.5%.

        Protective routinely receives from or pays to affiliates under the control of PLC reimbursements for expenses incurred on one another's behalf. Receivables and payables among affiliates are generally settled monthly.

F-65


        Interest expense on debt totaled $1.4 million, $1.8 million, and $3.8 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

NOTE F — RECENT ACQUISITIONS

        In January 2001, Protective coinsured a block of individual life policies from Standard Insurance Company.

        In October 2001, Protective completed the acquisition of the stock of Inter-State Assurance Company (Inter-State) and First Variable Life Insurance Company (First Variable) from ILona Financial Group, Inc., a subsidiary of Irish Life & Permanent plc of Dublin, Ireland. The purchase price was approximately $250 million. The assets acquired included $166.1 million of present value of future profits.

        In June 2002, Protective coinsured a block of traditional life and interest-sensitive life insurance policies from Conseco Variable Insurance Company.

        These transactions have been accounted for as purchases, and the results of the transactions have been included in the accompanying financial statements since their respective effective dates.

        Summarized below are the consolidated results of operations for 2002 and 2001, on an unaudited pro forma basis, as if the Inter-State, First Variable, and Conseco transactions had occurred as of January 1, 2001. The pro forma information is based on Protective's consolidated results of operations for 2002 and 2001, and on data provided by the acquired companies, after giving effect to certain pro forma adjustments. The pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of results of operations that would have occurred had the transaction occurred on the basis assumed above nor are they indicative of results of the future operations of the combined enterprises.


(unaudited)


 

2002


 

2001

Total revenues   $ 1,844,221   $ 1,649,798
Net income     160,020     121,577

NOTE G — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

        Protective leases administrative and marketing office space in approximately 60 cities including Birmingham, with most leases being for periods of three to ten years. The aggregate annualized rent is approximately $10.8 million.

        In February 2000, Protective entered into an arrangement related to the construction of a building contiguous to its existing home office complex. In connection with the arrangement Protective established a special purpose vehicle (SPV) that owns the building and leases it to Protective. The lease is accounted for as an operating lease under SFAS No. 13 "Accounting For Leases". The SPV is funded and its equity is held by outside investors, and as a result, neither the debt nor the building owned by the SPV are included in Protective's consolidated financial statements. Lease payments commence upon completion, which occurred January 31, 2003, and is based on then current LIBOR interest rates and the cost of the building. At the end of the lease term, February 1, 2007, Protective may purchase the building for the original building cost of approximately $75 million. Based upon current interest rates, annual lease payments are estimated to be $1.6 million. Were Protective not to purchase the building, a payment of approximately $66.8 million would be due at the end of the lease term.

F-66


        Under insurance guaranty fund laws, in most states insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. Protective does not believe such assessments will be materially different from amounts already provided for in the financial statements. Most of these laws do provide, however, that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength.

        A number of civil jury verdicts have been returned against insurers and other providers of financial services involving sales practices, alleged agent misconduct, failure to properly supervise representatives' relationships with agents or persons with whom the insurer does business, and other matters. Increasingly these lawsuits have resulted in the award of substantial judgments that are disproportionate to the actual damages, including material amounts of punitive and non-economic compensatory damages. In some states, juries, judges and arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive and non-economic compensatory damages which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards are subject to very little appellate review. In addition, in some class action and other lawsuits, companies have made material settlement payments. Protective, like other financial service companies, in the ordinary course of business, is involved in such litigation or, alternatively, in arbitration. Although the outcome of any such litigation or arbitration cannot be predicted Protective believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of Protective.

NOTE H — SHARE-OWNER'S EQUITY AND RESTRICTIONS

        At December 31, 2002, approximately $1,384.0 million of consolidated share-owner's equity, excluding net unrealized gains on investments, represented net assets of Protective and its subsidiaries that cannot be transferred to PLC in the form of dividends, loans, or advances. In addition, Protective and its subsidiaries are subject to various state statutory and regulatory restrictions on their ability to pay dividends to PLC. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered ordinary and may be paid thirty days after written notice to the insurance commissioner of the state of domicile unless such commissioner objects to the dividend prior to the expiration of such period. Dividends in larger amounts are considered extraordinary and are subject to affirmative prior approval by such commissioner. The maximum amount that would qualify as ordinary dividends to PLC by Protective in 2003 is estimated to be $93.1 million.

NOTE I — PREFERRED STOCK

        PLC owns all of the 2,000 shares of preferred stock issued by Protective's subsidiary, Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (PL&A). The stock pays, when and if declared, noncumulative participating dividends to the extent PL&A's statutory earnings for the immediately preceding fiscal year exceeded $1.0 million. In 2002, PL&A paid a $50.0 thousand preferred dividend to PLC. PL&A paid a $1.0 million preferred dividend to PLC in 2001, and paid no preferred dividend during 2000.

NOTE J — RELATED PARTY MATTERS

        On August 6, 1990, PLC announced that its Board of Directors approved the formation of an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). On December 1, 1990, Protective transferred to the ESOP 520,000 shares of PLC's common stock held by it in exchange for a note. The outstanding balance of the note, $3.8 million at December 31, 2002, is accounted for as a reduction to share-owner's equity. The

F-67


stock will be used to match employee contributions to PLC's existing 401(k) Plan. The ESOP shares are dividend paying. Dividends on the shares are used to pay the ESOP's note to Protective.

        Protective leases furnished office space and computers to affiliates. Lease revenues were $3.5 million in 2002, $4.0 million in 2001, and $4.0 million in 2000. Protective purchases data processing, legal, investment and management services from affiliates. The costs of such services were $88.0 million, $82.6 million, and $76.7 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Commissions paid to affiliated marketing organizations of $8.2, $10.0 million, and $12.0 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively, were included in deferred policy acquisition costs.

        Certain corporations with which PLC's directors were affiliated paid Protective premiums and policy fees or other amounts for various types of insurance and investment products. Such premiums, policy fees, and other amounts totaled $16.0 million, $19.6 million and $50.9 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Protective and/or PLC paid commissions, interest on debt and investment products, and fees to these same corporations totaling $1.6 million, $5.9 million and $28.2 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

        For a discussion of indebtedness to related parties, see Note E.

NOTE K — OPERATING SEGMENTS

        Protective operates business segments, each having a strategic focus which can be grouped into three general categories: life insurance, retirement savings and investment products, and specialty insurance products. An operating segment is generally distinguished by products and/or channels of distribution. A brief description of each division follows.

Life Insurance

        The Life Marketing segment markets level premium term and term-like insurance, universal life, and variable universal life products on a national basis primarily through networks of independent insurance agents and brokers, and in the "bank owned life insurance" market.

        The Acquisitions segment focuses on acquiring, converting, and servicing policies acquired from other companies. The segment's primary focus is on life insurance policies sold to individuals.

Retirement Savings and Investment Products

        The Stable Value Contracts segment markets guaranteed investment contracts to 401(k) and other qualified retirement savings plans. The segment also markets fixed and floating rate funding agreements to the trustees of municipal bond proceeds, institutional investors, bank trust departments, and money market funds. Additionally, the segment sells funding agreements to special purpose entities that in turn issue notes or certificates in smaller, transferable denominations.

        The Annuities segment manufactures, sells, and supports fixed and variable annuity products. These products are primarily sold through stockbrokers, but are also sold through financial institutions and the Life Marketing segment's sales force.

F-68


Specialty Insurance Products

        The Asset Protection segment markets credit life and disability insurance products through banks, consumer finance companies, and automobile dealers, and markets vehicle and recreational marine extended service contracts.

Corporate and Other

        Protective has an additional business segment herein referred to as the Corporate and Other segment. The Corporate and Other segment primarily consists of net investment income and expenses not attributable to the segments above (including net investment income on unallocated capital and interest on substantially all debt). This segment also includes earning from several lines of business which Protective is not actively marketing (mostly cancer insurance and group annuities), various investment-related transactions, and the operations of several subsidiaries.

        Protective uses the same accounting policies and procedures to measure operating segment income and assets as it uses to measure its consolidated net income and assets. Operating segment income is generally income before income tax, adjusted to exclude any pretax minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries. Premiums and policy fees, other income, benefits and settlement expenses, and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs are attributed directly to each operating segment. Net investment income is allocated based on directly related assets required for transacting the business of that segment. Realized investment gains (losses) and other operating expenses are allocated to the segments in a manner which most appropriately reflects the operations of that segment. Unallocated realized investment gains (losses) are deemed not to be associated with any specific segment.

        Assets are allocated based on policy liabilities and deferred policy acquisition costs directly attributable to each segment.

        There are no significant intersegment transactions.

        The following table sets forth total operating segment income and assets for the periods shown. Adjustments represent the inclusion of unallocated realized investment gains (losses), the recognition of income tax expense, income from discontinued operations, and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. Asset adjustments represent the inclusion of assets related to discontinued operations.

        In December 2001, Protective sold substantially all of its Dental Division and discontinued other Dental related operations. Additionally, other adjustments were made to combine its life insurance marketing operations into a single segment, and to reclassify certain smaller businesses. Prior period segment results have been restated to reflect these changes.

F-69


        

 
 
Life Insurance

 
Operating Segment Income


  Life
Marketing

 
Acquisitions

 

2002
             
Gross premiums and policy fees   $ 642,852   $ 315,347  
Reinsurance ceded     (422,668 )   (76,333 )
   
 
 
Net premium and policy fees     220,184     239,014  
Net investment income     208,451     252,147  
Realized investment gains (losses)          
Other income     1,344     1,826  
   
 
 
Total revenues     429,979     492,987  
   
 
 
Benefits and settlement expenses     228,225     315,929  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs     117,836     35,245  
Other operating expenses     (41,501 )   45,395  
   
 
 
Total benefits and expenses     304,560     396,569  
   
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income tax     125,419     96,418  
Income tax expense              
Discontinued operations, net of income tax              
Change in accounting principle, net of income tax              
   
 
 
Net income              
   
 
 

2001
             
Gross premiums and policy fees   $ 542,407   $ 243,914  
Reinsurance ceded     (421,411 )   (61,482 )
   
 
 
Net premium and policy fees     120,996     182,432  
Net investment income     178,866     187,535  
Realized investment gains (losses)          
Other income     1,134     345  
   
 
 
Total revenues     300,996     370,312  
   
 
 
Benefits and settlement expenses     190,538     238,877  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and goodwill     41,399     20,500  
Other operating expenses     (22,957 )   41,684  
   
 
 
Total benefits and expenses     208,980     301,061  
   
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income tax     92,016     69,251  
Income tax expense              
Discontinued operations, net of income tax              
Change in accounting principle, net of income tax              
   
 
 
Net income              
   
 
 

2000
             
Gross premiums and policy fees   $ 487,720   $ 134,099  
Reinsurance ceded     (387,907 )   (31,102 )
   
 
 
Net premium and policy fees     99,813     102,997  
Net investment income     152,317     116,940  
Realized investment gains (losses)          
Other income     (1,379 )   (4 )
   
 
 
Total revenues     250,751     219,933  
   
 
 
Benefits and settlement expenses     149,430     125,151  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and goodwill     48,770     17,081  
Other operating expenses     (23,255 )   24,077  
   
 
 
Total benefits and expenses     174,945     166,309  
   
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income tax     75,806     53,624  
Income tax expense              
Discontinued operations, net of income tax              
Change in accounting principle, net of income tax              
   
 
 
Net income              
   
 
 

Operating Segment Assets
             

2002
             
Investments and other assets   $ 4,193,732   $ 4,574,470  
Deferred policy acquisition costs     973,631     438,092  
Goodwill          
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 5,167,363   $ 5,012,562  
   
 
 

2001
             
Investments and other assets     3,431,441   $ 4,091,672  
Deferred policy acquisition costs     829,021     418,268  
Goodwill          
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 4,260,462   $ 4,509,940  
   
 
 

(1)   Adjustments to net income represent the inclusion of unallocated realized investment gains (losses), the recognition of income tax expense, income from discontinued operations, and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. Asset adjustments represent the inclusion of assets related to discontinued operations.

F-70


 
Retirement Savings and
Investment Products

  Specialty
Insurance Products

   
   
   
 
Operating Segment Income


Stable Value
Contracts

  Annuities

  Asset
Protection

  Corporate
And Other

  Adjustments(1)

  Total
Consolidated

 

2002
                                   
Gross premiums and policy fees     $ 25,826   $ 490,452   $ 55,357       $ 1,529,834  
Reinsurance ceded           (228,719 )   (19,260 )       (746,980 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premium and policy fees       25,826     261,733     36,097         782,854  
Net investment income $ 246,098     220,433     43,789     9,141         980,059  
Realized investment gains (losses)   (7,061 )   2,277           $ 4,139     (645 )
Other income       3,229     33,670     1,414         41,483  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues   239,037     251,765     339,192     46,652         1,803,751  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefits and settlement expenses   196,576     186,107     200,958     34,436         1,162,231  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs   2,304     24,669     57,957     1,479         239,490  
Other operating expenses   4,946     26,037     95,469     30,061         160,407  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total benefits and expenses   203,826     236,813     354,384     65,976         1,562,128  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income tax   35,211     14,952     (15,192 )   (19,324 )   4,139     241,623  
Income tax expense                           84,229     84,229  
Discontinued operations, net of income tax                                
Change in accounting principle, net of income tax                                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income                               $ 157,394  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2001
                                   
Gross premiums and policy fees     $ 28,145   $ 524,281   $ 51,072       $ 1,389,819  
Reinsurance ceded           (274,220 )   (14,038 )       (771,151 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premium and policy fees       28,145     250,061     37,034         618,668  
Net investment income $ 261,079     167,809     48,617     (4,803 )       839,103  
Realized investment gains (losses)   7,218     1,139           $ (16,198 )   (7,841 )
Other income       3,441     31,907     1,751         38,578  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues   268,297     200,534     330,585     33,982     (16,198 )   1,488,508  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefits and settlement expenses   222,306     137,204     154,893     28,806         972,624  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and goodwill   1,662     24,021     60,508     1,795         149,885  
Other operating expenses   3,961     24,073     79,453     25,827         152,041  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total benefits and expenses   227,929     185,298     294,854     56,428         1,274,550  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income tax   40,368     15,236     35,731     (22,446 )   (16,198 )   213,958  
Income tax expense                           70,457     70,457  
Discontinued operations, net of income tax                           (27,610 )   (27,610 )
Change in accounting principle, net of income tax                           (8,341 )   (8,341 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income                               $ 107,550  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2000
                                   
Gross premiums and policy fees     $ 30,127   $ 479,397   $ 44,600       $ 1,175,943  
Reinsurance ceded           (258,931 )   (8,168 )       (686,108 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net premium and policy fees       30,127     220,466     36,432         489,835  
Net investment income $ 243,133     132,204     46,464     1,023         692,081  
Realized investment gains (losses)   (6,556 )   410           $ (8,453 )   (14,599 )
Other income       2,809     28,352     5,416         35,194  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues   236,577     165,550     295,282     42,871     (8,453 )   1,202,511  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefits and settlement expenses   207,143     109,607     135,494     33,953         760,778  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and goodwill   900     24,156     52,646     2,141         145,694  
Other operating expenses   3,882     18,203     72,316     26,194         121,417  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total benefits and expenses   211,925     151,966     260,456     62,288         1,027,889  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income tax   24,652     13,584     34,826     (19,417 )   (8,453 )   174,622  
Income tax expense                           61,478     61,478  
Discontinued operations, net of income tax                           16,299     16,299  
Change in accounting principle, net of income tax                                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income                               $ 129,443  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Operating Segment Assets
                                   

2002
                                   
Investments and other assets $ 3,930,669   $ 4,821,398   $ 1,069,341   $ 1,355,762   $ 123,829   $ 20,069,201  
Deferred policy acquisition costs   4,908     93,140     165,751     7,702         1,683,224  
Goodwill           34,795     348         35,143  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets $ 3,935,577   $ 4,914,538   $ 1,269,887   $ 1,363,812   $ 123,829   $ 21,787,568  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2001
                                   
Investments and other assets $ 3,872,637   $ 4,501,667   $ 1,050,546   $ 955,984   $ 109,881   $ 18,013,828  
Deferred policy acquisition costs   6,374     128,488     142,230     8,302         1,532,683  
Goodwill           35,644     348         35,992  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets $ 3,879,011   $ 4,630,155   $ 1,228,420   $ 964,634   $ 109,881   $ 19,582,503  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)   Adjustments to net income represent the inclusion of unallocated realized investment gains (losses), the recognition of income tax expense, income from discontinued operations, and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. Asset adjustments represent the inclusion of assets related to discontinued operations.

F-71


NOTE L — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

        PLC has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of its employees. The plan is not separable by affiliates participating in the plan. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee's highest thirty-six consecutive months of compensation. PLC's funding policy is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA plus such additional amounts as PLC may determine to be appropriate from time to time. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

        The actuarial present value of benefit obligations and the funded status of the plan taken as a whole at December 31 are as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of the year   $ 50,869   $ 45,538  
Service cost — benefits earned during the year     3,724     3,739  
Interest cost — on projected benefit obligation     4,111     3,531  
Actuarial gain (loss)     6,353     (357 )
Plan amendment           1,162  
Divestiture           (2,165 )
Benefits paid     (2,878 )   (579 )
   
 
 
Projected benefit obligation, end of the year     62,179     50,869  
   
 
 
Fair value of plan assets beginning of the year     44,024     40,822  
Actual return on plan assets     (7,845 )   (1,440 )
Employer contribution     16,149     5,221  
Benefits paid     (2,878 )   (579 )
   
 
 
Fair value of plan assets end of the year     49,450     44,024  
   
 
 
Plan assets less than the projected benefit obligation     (12,729 )   (6,845 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss from past experience different from that assumed.     28,252     10,213  
Unrecognized prior service cost     1,886     2,026  
   
 
 
Net pension asset recognized in balance sheet   $ 17,409   $ 5,394  
   
 
 

        Net pension cost of the defined benefit pension plan includes the following components for the years ended December 31:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Service cost   $ 3,723   $ 3,739   $ 3,338  
Interest cost     4,111     3,531     3,195  
Expected return on plan assets     (4,265 )   (3,669 )   (3,049 )
Amortization of prior service cost     263     176     176  
Amortization of transition asset                 (17 )
Amortization of losses     302     141        
Recognized net actuarial loss                    
Cost of divestiture           186        
   
 
 
 
Net pension cost   $ 4,134   $ 4,104   $ 3,643  
   
 
 
 

F-72


        Assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31 were as follows:


 


 

2002


 

2001


 

2000


 
Weighted average discount rate   6.75 % 7.25 % 7.50 %
Rates of increase in compensation level   4.50   5.00   5.25  
Expected long-term rate of return on assets   8.50   8.50   8.50  

        At December 31, 2002 approximately $7.7 million of the assets of the pension plan were in a group annuity contract with Protective and therefore are included in the general assets of Protective. Approximately $41.7 million of the assets of the pension plan are invested in a collective trust managed by Northern Trust Corporation.

        Prior to July 1999, upon retirement, the amount of pension plan assets vested in the retiree were used to purchase a single premium annuity from Protective in the retiree's name. Therefore, amounts presented above as plan assets exclude assets relating to such retirees. Beginning July 1999, retiree obligations are being fulfilled from pension plan assets.

        PLC also sponsors an unfunded excess benefits plan, which is a nonqualified plan that provides defined pension benefits in excess of limits imposed on qualified plans by federal tax law. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the projected benefit obligation of this plan totaled $17.1 million and $15.9 million, respectively, of which $14.5 million and $13.8 million, respectively, have been recognized in PLC's financial statements.

        Net pension costs of the excess benefits plan includes the following components for the years ended December 31:

 
  2002

  2001

  2000

Service cost   $ 455   $ 686   $ 736
Interest cost     1,178     1,121     1,067
Amortization of prior service cost     16     19     19
Amortization of transition asset           37     37
Recognized net actuarial loss     71     233     194
Cost of divestiture and special termination benefits           1,807      
   
 
 
Net pension cost   $ 1,720   $ 3,903   $ 2,053
   
 
 

        In addition to pension benefits, PLC provides limited healthcare benefits to eligible retired employees until age 65. The postretirement benefit is provided by an unfunded plan. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the liability for such benefits was approximately $1.2 million. The expense recorded by PLC was $0.1 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000. PLC's obligation is not materially affected by a 1% change in the healthcare cost trend assumptions used in the calculation of the obligation.

        Life insurance benefits for retirees are provided through the purchase of life insurance policies upon retirement from $10,000 up to a maximum of $75,000. This plan is partially funded at a maximum of $50,000 face amount of insurance.

        PLC sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan which covers substantially all employees. Employee contributions are made on a before-tax basis as provided by Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. PLC established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) to match voluntary employee contributions to PLC's 401(k) Plan. In 1994, a stock bonus was added to the 401(k) Plan for employees who are not otherwise under a bonus or sales incentive plan. Expense related to the ESOP

F-73


consists of the cost of the shares allocated to participating employees plus the interest expense on the ESOP's note payable to Protective less dividends on shares held by the ESOP. At December 31, 2002, PLC had committed approximately 134,293 shares to be released to fund employee benefits. The expense recorded by PLC for these employee benefits was less than $0.1 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000.

        PLC sponsors a deferred compensation plan for certain directors, officers, agents, and others. Compensation deferred is credited to the participants in cash, PLC Common Stock, or as a combination thereof.

        Protective's share of net costs related to employee benefit plans was approximately $3.4 million, $5.4 million, and $4.1 million, in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

NOTE M — STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

        Certain Protective employees participate in PLC's stock-based incentive plans and receive stock appreciation rights (SARs) from PLC.

        Since 1973, Protective has had stock-based incentive plans to motivate management to focus on PLC's long-range performance through the awarding of stock-based compensation. Under plans approved by share owners in 1997 and 1998, up to 5,000,000 shares may be issued in payment of awards.

        The criteria for payment of performance awards is based primarily upon a comparison of PLC's average return on average equity and total rate of return over a four-year award period (earlier upon the death, disability, or retirement of the executive, or in certain circumstances, of a change in control of PLC) to that of a comparison group of publicly held life and multiline insurance companies. If PLC's results are below the median of the comparison group, no portion of the award is earned. If PLC's results are at or above the 90th percentile, the award maximum is earned. Awards are paid in shares of PLC Common Stock.

        Performance shares and performance-based stock appreciation rights (P-SARs) awarded in 2000, 2001, and 2002, and the estimated fair value of the awards at grant date are as follows:


Year
Awarded


 

Performance
Shares


 

P-SARs


 

Estimated
Fair Value

2002   192,360       $ 5,700
2001   153,490   40,000     4,900
2000   3,330   513,618     3,700

        A performance share is equivalent in value to one share of PLC Common Stock. Each P-SAR will convert to the equivalent of one stock appreciation right (SAR) if earned. Of the 2000 P-SARs awarded, 68,392 have been canceled and 100,072 have been converted to SARs. The remaining 345,154 P-SARs will convert to SARs in 2004 if earned. The 40,000 P-SARs awarded in 2001 were not earned and have been canceled. The P-SARs, if earned and converted to SARs, expire 10 years after the grant date. At December 31, 2002, the total outstanding performance shares and P-SARs related to these performance-based plans measured at maximum payouts were 589,029 and 540,689, respectively.

        Between 1996 and 2002 SARs were granted (in addition to the P-SARs discussed above) to certain officers of PLC to provide long-term incentive compensation based solely on the performance of Protective's Common Stock. The SARs are exercisable after five years (earlier upon the death, disability, or retirement of the officer, or in certain circumstances, of a change in control of PLC) and expire after

F-74


ten years or upon termination of employment. The SARs activity as well as weighted average base price for 2000, 2001, and 2002 is as follows:


 


 

Wtd. Avg.
Base Price


 

No. of
SARs


 
Balance at December 31, 1999   $ 17.44   675,000  
SARs Granted     22.31   217,500  
SARs Cancelled     18.14   (17,500 )
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2000   $ 18.64   875,000  
SARs Granted     26.34   138,751  
P-SARs Converted     22.31   100,072  
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001   $ 19.92   1,113,823  
SARs Granted     32.00   480,000  
SARs Exercised     32.60   (80,000 )
SARs Cancelled     22.31   (15,000 )
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   $ 23.90   1,498,823  

        The outstanding SARs at December 31, 2002, were at the following base prices:


Base Price


 

SARs
Outstanding


 

Remaining
Life in Years


 

Currently
Exercisable

$ 17.44   580,000   3   580,000
  22.31   376,323   7   183,823
  31.26   50,000   8   0
  31.29   12,500   8   2,500
  32.00   480,000   9   0

        The SARs issued in 2000, 2001, and 2002 had estimated fair values at grant date of $1.5 million, $0.6 million, and $3.7 million, respectively. The fair value of the 2002 SARs was estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Assumptions used in the model were as follows: expected volatility of 24.6% (approximately equal to that of the S&P Life and Health Insurance Index), a risk-free interest rate of 3.4%, a dividend rate of 2.0%, and an expected exercise date of 2008.

        PLC will pay an amount equal to the difference between the specified base price of PLC's Common Stock and the market value at the exercise date for each SAR.

        The expense recorded by PLC for its stock-based compensation plans was $5.2 million, $5.6 million, and $4.1 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. PLC's obligations of its stock-based compensation plans that are expected to be settled in shares of PLC's Common Stock are reported as a component of share-owners' equity.

NOTE N — REINSURANCE

        Protective reinsures certain of its risks with, and assumes risks from other insurers under yearly renewable term, coinsurance, and modified coinsurance agreements. Under yearly renewable term agreements, Protective generally pays specific premiums to the reinsurer and receives specific amounts from the reinsurer as reimbursement for certain expenses. Coinsurance agreements are accounted for by passing a portion of the risk to the reinsurer. Generally, the reinsurer receives a proportionate part of

F-75


the premiums less commissions and is liable for a corresponding part of all benefit payments. Modified coinsurance is accounted for similarly to coinsurance except that the liability for future policy benefits is held by the original company, and settlements are made on a net basis between the companies. A substantial portion of Protective's new life insurance and credit insurance sales is being reinsured. Protective reviews the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors the amount of reinsurance it has with its reinsurers.

        Protective has reinsured approximately $216.1 billion, $169.5 billion and $126.0 billion in face amount of life insurance risks with other insurers representing $546.0 million, $565.1 million and $496.4 million of premium income for 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Protective has also reinsured accident and health risks representing $61.5 million, $122.7 million and $125.8 million of premium income for 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. In 2002 and 2001, policy and claim reserves relating to insurance ceded of $2,304.9 million and $2,059.0 million, respectively, are included in reinsurance receivables. Should any of the reinsurers be unable to meet its obligation at the time of the claim, obligation to pay such claim would remain with Protective. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, Protective had paid $45.5 million and $46.4 million, respectively, of ceded benefits which are recoverable from reinsurers. In addition, at December 31, 2002, Protective had receivables of $66.1 million related to insurance assumed.

        In 2002, Protective discovered that it had overpaid reinsurance premiums to several reinsurance companies of approximately $94.6 million. At December 31, 2002, Protective had recorded cash and receivables totaling $69.7 million, which reflects the amounts received and Protective's current estimate of amounts to be recovered in the future, based upon the information available. The corresponding increase in premiums and policy fees resulted in $62.5 million of additional amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs in 2002. The amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs takes into account the amortization relating to the increase in premiums and policy fees as well as the additional amortization required should the remainder of the overpayment not be collected. As a result of the foregoing, Protective's 2002 pretax income increased $7.2 million.

NOTE O — ESTIMATED FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The carrying amount and estimated fair values of Protective's financial instruments at December 31 are as follows:

 
  2002

  2001

 
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair
Values

  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair
Values

 

Assets (see Notes A and C):
                         
Investments:                          
Fixed maturities   $ 11,655,465   $ 11,655,465   $ 9,812,091   $ 9,812,091  
Equity securities     48,799     48,799     60,493     60,493  
Mortgage loans on real estate     2,518,151     2,826,133     2,512,844     2,671,074  
Short-term investments     447,155     447,155     228,396     228,396  


Liabilities (see Notes A and E):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Stable value account balances     4,018,552     4,124,192     3,716,530     3,821,955  
Annuity account balances     3,744,000     3,795,794     3,248,218     3,166,052  
Notes payable     2,264     2,264     2,291     2,291  

Other (see Note A):
                         
Derivative Financial Instruments     86,766     86,766     (1,634 )   (1,634 )

F-76


        Except as noted below, fair values were estimated using quoted market prices.

        Protective estimates the fair value of its mortgage loans using discounted cash flows from the next call date.

        Protective believes the fair value of its short-term investments and notes payable to banks approximates book value due to either being short-term or having a variable rate of interest.

        Protective estimates the fair value of its guaranteed investment contracts and annuities using discounted cash flows and surrender values, respectively.

        Protective believes it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its policy loans since there is no stated maturity, and policy loans are often repaid by reductions to policy benefits.

        Protective estimates the fair value of its derivative financial instruments using market quotes or derivative pricing models. The fair value represents the net amount of cash Protective would have received (or paid) had the contracts been terminated on December 31.

F-77


SCHEDULE III — SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

(in thousands)



 
COL. A

  COL. B

  COL. C

  COL. D

  COL. E

  COL. F

  COL. G

  COL. H

  COL. I

  COL. J

 

Segment


 

Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs


 

Future
Policy
Benefits
and
Claims


 

Unearned
Premiums


 

GIC, Annuity
Deposits
and Other
Policyholders'
Funds


 

Net Premiums
and
Policy
Fees


 

Net
Investment
Income(1)


 

Benefits
and
Settlement
Expenses


 

Amortization
of Deferred
Policy
Acquisitions
Costs


 

Other
Operating
Expenses(1)


 
Year Ended December 31, 2002:                                                        
Life Marketing   $ 973,631   $ 4,031,021   $ 318   $ 48,558   $ 220,184   $ 208,451   $ 228,225   $ 117,836   $ (41,501 )
Acquisitions     438,092     3,240,407     395     1,054,031     239,014     252,147     315,929     35,245     45,395  
Stable Value Contracts     4,908     0     0     3,930,668     0     246,098     196,576     2,304     4,945  
Annuities     93,140     571,109     0     2,742,642     25,826     220,433     186,107     24,669     26,038  
Asset Protection     165,751     328,849     777,797     8,714     261,733     43,789     200,958     57,957     95,469  
Corporate and Other     7,702     55,863     2,212     96,118     36,097     9,141     34,436     1,479     30,061  
Adjustments(2)     0     88,922     286     23,157     0     0     0     0     0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL   $ 1,683,224   $ 8,316,171   $ 781,008   $ 7,903,888   $ 782,854   $ 980,059   $ 1,162,231   $ 239,490   $ 160,407  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2001:                                                        
Life Marketing   $ 829,021   $ 3,326,841   $ 303   $ 86,937   $ 120,996   $ 178,866   $ 190,538   $ 41,399   $ (22,957 )
Acquisitions     418,268     3,046,401     434     876,221     182,432     187,535     238,877     20,500     41,684  
Stable Value Contracts     6,374     0     0     3,872,637     0     261,079     222,306     1,662     3,961  
Annuities     128,488     281,074     0     2,232,779     28,145     167,809     137,204     24,021     24,073  
Asset Protection     142,230     211,713     898,340     3,856     250,061     48,617     154,893     57,681     82,280  
Corporate and Other     8,302     16,572     2,242     247     37,034     (4,803 )   28,806     1,795     25,827  
Adjustments(2)     0     92,084     334     24,195     0     0     0     0     0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL   $ 1,532,683   $ 6,974,685   $ 901,653   $ 7,096,872   $ 618,668   $ 839,103   $ 972,624   $ 147,058   $ 154,868  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2000:                                                        
Life Marketing                           $ 99,813   $ 152,317   $ 149,430   $ 48,771   $ (23,255 )
Acquisitions                             102,997     116,940     125,151     17,081     24,077  
Stable Value Contracts                                 243,133     207,143     900     3,882  
Annuities                             30,127     132,204     109,607     24,156     18,203  
Asset Protection                             220,466     46,464     135,494     50,132     74,830  
Corporate and Other                             36,432     1,024     33,953     2,140     26,196  
Adjustments(2)                             0     0     0     0     0  
                           
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL                           $ 489,835   $ 692,082   $ 760,778   $ 143,180   $ 123,933  
                           
 
 
 
 
 

(1)   Allocations of Net Investment Income and Other Operating Expenses are based on a number of assumptions and estimates and results would change if different methods were applied.
(2)   Asset adjustments represent the inclusion of assets related to discontinued operations.

S-1


SCHEDULE IV — REINSURANCE

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

(Dollars in thousands)

COL. A

  COL. B

  COL. C

  COL. D

  COL. E

  COL. F

 

 


 

Gross
Amount


 

Ceded to
Other
Companies


 

Assumed
from Other
Companies


 

Net
Amount


 

Percentage
of Amount
Assumed
to Net


 
Year Ended December 31, 2002:                              
Life insurance in force   $ 248,994,479   $ 219,025,215   $ 21,523,110   $ 51,492,374   41.8 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums and policy fees:                              
Life insurance   $ 854,813   $ 545,976   $ 235,198   $ 544,035   43.2 %
Accident and health insurance     103,858     61,512     44,337     86,683   51.1 %
Property and liability insurance     194,601     152,730     110,543     152,414   72.5 %
   
 
 
 
     
TOTAL   $ 1,153,272   $ 760,218   $ 390,078   $ 783,132      
   
 
 
 
     
Year Ended December 31, 2001:                              
Life insurance in force   $ 191,105,511   $ 171,449,182   $ 23,152,614   $ 42,808,943   54.1 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums and policy fees:                              
Life insurance   $ 774,294   $ 565,130   $ 198,832   $ 407,996   48.7 %
Accident and health insurance     181,508     122,747           58,761   0.0 %
Property and liability insurance     158,890     83,274     76,295     151,911   50.2 %
   
 
 
 
     
TOTAL   $ 1,114,692   $ 771,151   $ 275,127   $ 618,668      
   
 
 
 
     
Year Ended December 31, 2000:                              
Life insurance in force   $ 153,371,754   $ 128,374,583   $ 17,050,342   $ 42,047,513   40.6 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums and policy fees:                              
Life insurance   $ 670,113   $ 493,793   $ 112,668   $ 288,988   39.0 %
Accident and health insurance     203,475     128,520     17,164     92,119   18.6 %
Property and liability insurance     159,354     63,795     13,169     108,728   12.1 %
   
 
 
 
     
TOTAL   $ 1,032,942   $ 686,108   $ 143,001   $ 489,835      
   
 
 
 
     

S-2


SCHEDULE V — VALUATION ACCOUNTS

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

(Dollars in thousands)

COL. A

  COL. B

  COL. C

  COL. D

  COL. E

Additions


Description


 

Balance at
beginning of
period


 

(1)
Charged to
costs and
expenses


 

(2)
Charges to
other accounts


 

Deductions


 

Balance at end
of period

Allowance for Uncollected Reinsurance Receivable   $ 0   $ 0   $ 24,833   $ 0   $ 24,833

S-3



PART C


OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.     Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a)  Financial Statements:

        All required financial statements are included in Part A and Part B of this Registration Statement.

(b)  Exhibits:


1.

 

Resolution of the Board of Directors of Protective Life Insurance Company authorizing establishment of the Protective Life Variable Annuity Separate Account**
2.   Not applicable
3.   (a)  Form of Underwriting Agreement among Protective Life Insurance Company, Investment Distributors, Inc. and the Protective Life Variable Annuity Separate Account**
    (b)  Form of Distribution Agreement between Investment Distributors, Inc. and broker-dealers**
4.   (a)  Form of Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract†††
    (b)  Form of Group Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract†††
    (c)  Participant Certificate for use with Group Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract†††
    (d)  Death Benefit Endorsement†††††
    (e)  Annual Reset Death Benefit Rider†††
    (f)  Annual Reset Death Benefit Rider (revised)†††††
    (g)  Compound Death Benefit Rider†††
    (h)  Compound Death Benefit Rider (revised)†††††
    (i)  Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit (EEDB) Endorsements††††
    (j)  Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit (EEDB) Endorsements (revised)†††††
    (k)  Spousal Continuation Endorsement for Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit (EEDB)††††
    (l)  Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit Endorsement††††
5.   (a)  Form of Contract Application for Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract†††
    (b)  Form of Contract Application for Group Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract†††
6.   (a)  Charter of Protective Life Insurance Company.*
    (b)  By-Laws of Protective Life Insurance Company.*
7.   Form of Reinsurance Agreement between Protective Life Insurance Company and Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
8.   (a)  Participation/Distribution Agreement (Protective Investment Company)**
    (b)  Participation Agreement (Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds)***
    (c)  Participation Agreement (MFS Variable Insurance Trust)***
    (d)  ParticipationAgreement (Calvert Group, formerly Acacia Capital Corporation)***
    (e)  Participation Agreement (Van Eck Worldwide Insurance Trust)†
    (f)  Participation Agreement (Van Kampen Life Investment Trust)††
    (g)  Participation Agreement (Lord Abbett Series Fund)††††††
    (h)  Participation Agreement for Class II Shares (Van Kampen)

C-1


    (i)  Form of Participation Agreement for Service Class Shares (Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds)
    (j)  Form of Participation Agreement for Service Class Shares (Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.)
    (k)  Form of Amended and Restated Participation Agreement (MFS Variable Insurance Trust)
9.   Opinion and Consent of Steve M. Callaway, Esq.
10.   (a)  Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan, LLP
    (b)  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
11.   No financial statements will be omitted from Item 23
12.   Not applicable
13.   Not applicable
14.   Powers of attorney†††††

*   Incorporated herein by reference to the initial filing of the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 33-70984) filed with the Commission on October 28, 1993.
**   Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 33-70984) filed with the Commission on February 23, 1994.
***   Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 33-70984) filed with the Commission on April 30, 1997.
****   Incorporated herein by reference to the initial filing of the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-68551) filed with the Commission on December 8, 1998.
  Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment Number 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 333-60149) filed with the Commission on October 26, 1998.
††   Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 33-70984) filed with the Commission on April 20, 2000.
†††   Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-94047), filed with the Commission on April 24, 2000.
††††   Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-94047), filed with the Commission on February 26, 2001.
†††††   Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-94047), filed with the Commission on February 28, 2003.
††††††   Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-94047), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2002.

Item 25.     Directors and Officers of Depositor.


Name and Principal Business Address


 

Position and Offices with Depositor

John D. Johns   Chairman of the Board, President, and Director
R. Stephen Briggs   Executive Vice President, Life and Annuity Division, and Director
Allen W. Ritchie   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Director
Carolyn King   Senior Vice President, Life and Annuity Division, and Director
Deborah J. Long   Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary, and Director
Jim E. Massengale   Executive Vice President, Acquisitions, and Director
Brent E. Griggs   Senior Vice President, Asset Protection Division
Wayne E. Stuenkel   Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary, and Director
Judy Wilson   Senior Vice President, Stable Value Products

C-2


T. Davis Keyes   Director
Joseph William Hamer, Jr.   Director
Richard J. Bielen   Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer, and Director
Carl S. Thigpen   Senior Vice President, Chief Mortgage and Real Estate Officer and Assistant Secretary
Alan E. Watson   Senior Vice President, Life and Annuity Division
Jerry W. DeFoor   Vice President and Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
John B. Deremo   Senior Vice President, Life and Annuity Division

*   Unless otherwise indicated, principal business address is 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.

Item 26.     Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With the Depositor and Registrant.

        The registrant is a segregated asset account of the Company and is therefore owned and controlled by the Company. All of the Company's outstanding voting common stock is owned by Protective Life Corporation. Protective Life Corporation is described more fully in the prospectus included in this registration statement. Various companies and other entities controlled by Protective Life Corporation may therefore be considered to be under common control with the registrant or the Company. Such other companies and entities, together with the identity of their controlling persons (where applicable), are set forth in Exhibit 21 to Form 10-K of Protective Life Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-12332) filed with the Commission on March 25, 2003.

Item 27.     Number of Contractowners.

        As of the date of this filing, there were 7,713 contract owners of Protective Variable Annuity II individual and group flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contracts offered by Registrant.

Item 28.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Article XI of the By-laws of Protective Life provides, in substance, that any of Protective Life's directors and officers, who is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of Protective Life, by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer or director, shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such claim, action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Protective Life and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. If the claim, action or suit is or was by or in the right of Protective Life to procure a judgment in its favor, such person shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Protective Life, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to Protective Life unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper. To the extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, not withstanding that

C-3


he has not been successful on any other claim issue or matter in any such action, suit or proceeding. Unless ordered by a court, indemnification shall be made by Protective Life only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the officer or director is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct Such determination shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to, or who have been successful on the merits or otherwise with respect to, such claim action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (c) by the shareholders.

        In addition, the executive officers and directors are insured by PLC's Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance Policy including Company Reimbursement and are indemnified by a written contract with PLC which supplements such coverage.

        Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 29.     Principal Underwriter.

    (a)
    Investment Distributors, Inc. ("IDI") is the principal underwriter of the Contracts as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. IDI is also principal underwriter for the PIC Fund, the Protective Variable Life Separate Account, and Variable Annuity Separate Account A of Protective Life.         

    (b)
    The following information is furnished with respect to the officers and directors of Investment Distributors, Inc.

Name and Principal
Business Address*


 

Position and Offices


 

Position and Offices with Registrant

King, Carolyn   President and Director   Senior Vice President, Life and Annuity Division, and Director
Briggs, Robert Stephen   Vice President and Director   Executive Vice President, Life and Annuity Division and Director
A.S. Williams, III   Director   None
Borie, Kevin B.   Chief Compliance Officer and Director   Vice President and Actuary, Life and Annuity Division
Janet Summey   Secretary   Second Vice President, Life and Annuity Division
Bonnie Miller   Assistant Secretary   Assistant Vice President, Life and Annuity Division
Beth Zaiontz   Assistant Compliance Officer   None
Gary Carroll   Assistant Compliance Officer and Director   Second Vice President, Compliance, Life and Annuity Division
Thomas R. Barrett   Chief Financial Officer   Director, Operational Accounting, Life and Annuity Division
Julena G. Johnson   Assistant Compliance Officer   Compliance Auditor II, Life and Annuity Division

C-4


Edwin V. Caldwell   Assistant Secretary   Vice President, Brokerage Life Operations, Institutional Distribution Group
Cindy Yukich-McGill   Assistant Secretary   Director, Brokerage Life Services, Institutional Distribution Group
Barry K. Brown   Assistant Secretary   Director, Brokerage Contracting and Compensation, Life and Annuity Division

*   Unless otherwise indicated, principal business address is 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama, 35223.
    (c)
    The following commissions were received by each principal underwriter, directly or indirectly, from the Registrant during the Registrant's last fiscal year:

(1) Name of Principal
Underwriter


 

(2) Net Underwriting
Discounts and Commissions


 

(3) Compensation on
Redemption


 

(4) Brokerage
Commissions


 

(5) Other
Compensation

Investment Distributors, Inc.   N/A   None   N/A   N/A

Item 30.     Location of Accounts and Records.

        All accounts and records required to be maintained by Section 31(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder are maintained by Protective Life Insurance Company at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.

Item 31.     Management Services.

        All management contracts are discussed in Part A or Part B.

Item 32.     Undertakings.

    (a)
    Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in the registration statement are never more than sixteen (16) months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts may be accepted.         

    (b)
    Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part of any application to purchase a contract offered by the Prospectus, a space that an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a postcard or similar written communication affixed to or included in the Prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information; and         

    (c)
    Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any financial statement required to be made available under this Form promptly upon written or oral request.         

    (d)
    The Company represents that in connection with its offering of the Contracts as funding vehicles for retirement plans meeting the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, it is relying on a no-action letter dated November 28, 1988, to the American Council of Life Insurance (Ref. No. IP-6-88) regarding Sections 22(e), 27(c)(1), and 27(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and that paragraphs numbered (1) through (4) of that letter will be complied with.         

    (e)
    Protective Life hereby represents that the fees and charges deducted under the Contract, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by Protective Life.

C-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets the requirements of Securities Act Rule 485(b) for effectiveness of this registration statement and has duly caused the amendment to this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Birmingham, State of Alabama, on April 30, 2003.


 

 

PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY
SEPARATE ACCOUNT

 

 

 

 

 
    By:   /s/   JOHN D. JOHNS       
John D. Johns, President
Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 
    PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 
    By:   /s/   JOHN D. JOHNS       
John D. Johns, President
Protective Life Insurance Company

        As required by the Securities Act of 1933, the amendment to this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


Signature


 

Title


 

Date


 

 

 

 

 

/s/  
JOHN D. JOHNS       
John D. Johns

 

Chairman of the Board and President
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

April 30, 2003

/s/  
ALLEN W. RITCHIE       
Allen W. Ritchie

 

Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

April 30, 2003

/s/  
JERRY DEFOOR       
Jerry DeFoor

 

Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

April 30, 2003

/s/  
JOHN D. JOHNS       
John D. Johns

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

/s/  
ALLEN W. RITCHIE       
Allen W. Ritchie

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003


 

 

 

 

C-6



*

R. Stephen Briggs

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

*

Jim E. Massengale

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

*

Wayne E. Stuenkel

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

*

Deborah J. Long

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

*

Carolyn King

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

*

Richard J. Bielen

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

*

J. William Hamer, Jr.

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

*

T. Davis Keyes

 

Director

 

April 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


*By:


 


/s/  
STEVE M. CALLAWAY       
Steve M. Callaway
Attorney-in-fact


 


 


 


April 30, 2003

C-7




QuickLinks

PART A
INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE IN THE PROSPECTUS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEFINITIONS
FEES AND EXPENSES
SUMMARY
THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT
THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT
DEATH BENEFIT
SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS
SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTS
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
ANNUITIZATION
YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
GENERAL MATTERS
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
IMSA
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
VOTING RIGHTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX A
EXAMPLE OF DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATIONS (for Contracts purchased after December 31, 2002)
APPENDIX B
EXAMPLE OF SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION
APPENDIX C
EXPLANATION OF THE VARIABLE ANNUITIZATION CALCULATION
EXPLANATION OF THE COMMUTED VALUE CALCULATION
APPENDIX D
EXAMPLE OF EARNINGS ENHANCEMENT DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATION: (for Contracts purchased after May 31, 2003)
APPENDIX E
SUB-ACCOUNTS for Contracts Purchased before June 1, 2003
FEES AND EXPENSES
Example of Charges
APPENDIX F
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
PART B
INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE IN THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CALCULATION OF YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS
STATE REGULATION
RECORDS AND REPORTS
LEGAL MATTERS
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
OTHER INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHARE-OWNER'S EQUITY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
SIGNATURES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 7


REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

Effective Date of March 31, 1997

Between

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Birmingham, Alabama)

and

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Hartford, Connecticut)


Protective Life Insurance Company
Variable Deferred Annuity
Treaty No. 102930
  [CIGNA REINSURANCE LOGO]

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

between

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Birmingham, Alabama)

and

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Hartford, Connecticut)

INDEX

 
  ARTICLE
  PAGE
Access to Records   XII   5
Amounts at Risk   II   1
Arbitration   XVII   7
Automatic Excess Reinsurance   III   2
Claims   VII   3
Currency   XIV   6
DAC Tax Regulation Election   XVIII   7
Delays, Errors, or Omissions   XIII   5
Effective Date; Term and Termination   XIX   8
Extra Contractual Obligations   IX   4
Hold Harmless   XV   6
Insolvency   XVI   6
Liability of Connecticut General   IV   2
Litigation   X   4
Notices   XX   10
Offset   XI   5
Parties to the Agreement   I   1
Premium Accounting   VI   3
Reinsurance Premiums   V   2
Reserves   VIII   4

SCHEDULES

A
Maximum Limits of Reinsurance in Connecticut General

B
Policy Forms and Funds Subject to this Reinsurance Agreement

C
Limits and Rules of Protective

D
Reinsurance Premium Rates and Calculation Criteria

E
Quarterly Reporting Format

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT
(hereinafter called Agreement)

between

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(hereinafter called Protective)

and

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(hereinafter called Connecticut General or CIGNA Reinsurance)

It is agreed by the two companies as follows:

ARTICLE 1—PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure solely to the benefit of Protective and Connecticut General. This Agreement shall not and is not intended to create any right or interest in any third party and shall not and is not intended to create any legal relationship between either party and any third party, including, without limitation, annuitants, insureds, certificate holders, employees, dependents, beneficiaries, policy owners, applicants or assignees under any policy or contract issued by Protective.

ARTICLE II—AMOUNTS AT RISK

A.
The reinsurance death benefit is the excess of the guaranteed minimum death benefit over the Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period next following the date due proof of death is provided to Protective for in force contracts as of the effective date hereof. At each Contract Anniversary, the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit, as more fully defined in Schedule C, is equal to the fixed account value; plus the greater of:

1)
The Variable Account Value; or

2)
The Variable Account Value plus five (5%) percent interest credited on each Contract Anniversary up to attained age eighty (80) thereafter the death benefit shall remain level with no further interest credited for the duration of the contract, less withdrawals, as more fully defined in Schedule C.
B.
The Account Value represents the owner's invested assets in the funds in Schedule B as it appears in the records of Protective before application of any surrender charges, less withdrawals and other fees on any given date.

ARTICLE III—AUTOMATIC EXCESS REINSURANCE

A.
On and after the Effective Date of this Agreement, subject to the limit of Connecticut General's liability set forth in Schedule A and all other terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement and the Schedules attached to and made a part hereof, Protective shall cede and Connecticut General shall accept Protective's guaranteed death benefit liability under the Variable Annuity Contracts, as described in Article II A.

B.
This Agreement covers only Protective's liability for claims paid under Variable Annuity Contracts written on forms and investment in funds which were reviewed by Connecticut General prior to their issuance. Forms, as supplemented by additional materials, and funds available as of the date of this Agreement are listed on Schedule B. If Protective intends to cede to Connecticut General liability with respect to a new form or fund, or a revised version of an approved form or fund, it

1


C.
Protective shall provide written notice to Connecticut General of any changes in its published limits and rules identified on Schedule C, and Connecticut General shall have no liability pursuant to revised limits and rules unless and until Connecticut General provides written notice to Protective that such revised limits and rules are acceptable.

ARTICLE IV—LIABILITY OF CONNECTICUT GENERAL

Connecticut General's liability for reinsurance under this Agreement shall follow that of Protective in every case, and be subject in all respects to the general stipulations, terms, clauses, conditions, waivers and modifications of the Variable Annuity Contracts.

In no event shall Connecticut General have any reinsurance liability unless the Variable Annuity Contract issued by Protective is in force and the underwriting and issuance of coverage by Protective constitutes the doing of business in a state of the United States of America in which Protective is properly licenses and authorized to do business.

ARTICLE V—REINSURANCE PREMIUMS

Premiums for reinsurance subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be paid on a quarterly basis. Such premiums shall be determined by the application of the rates set forth in Schedule D to the amount of reinsurance coverage provided for each annuity insured by Protective as calculated based on the criteria defined in Schedule D.

ARTICLE VI—PREMIUM ACCOUNTING

Protective shall forward to Connecticut General within thirty (30) days of the end of the reporting period a quarterly statement as set forth in Schedule E. Protective shall also remit any premium due for the prior quarter along with an advance premium for the current quarter, in accordance with Article V.

ARTICLE VII—CLAIMS

Protective is solely responsible for payment of its claims under the Policies identified on Schedule B. Protective shall provide written notice to Connecticut General of any Claim which may impact the reinsurance coverage under this Agreement within thirty (30) days of the calendar quarter during which Protective received Proof of Claim. Protective shall also provide prompt notice to Connecticut General of all subsequent significant developments relating to such Claim. Inadvertent oversight or omission in the provision of such notice shall not relieve Connecticut General of liability provided Protective informs Connecticut General of such oversight or omission promptly upon its discovery.

Protective shall provide Connecticut General with proof of claim, and documentation showing calculations of the GMDB and any other claim documentation requested by Connecticut General in accordance with Schedule E. Payment of reinsurance shall be made by Connecticut General in one sum regardless of the method of payment by Protective and within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of required claim documentation.

Protective shall notify Connecticut General of its intention to contest or deny a claim which may involve the reinsurance coverage under this Agreement before any notice of contest or denial is provided to the claimant. Connecticut General shall then have thirty (30) calendar days within which to advise Protective whether it agrees that the claim should be contested or denies. If Connecticut General does not agree that the claim should be contested or denied, then it shall pay to Protective the full amount of the reinsurance on the risk reinsured, as set forth in this Agreement, and Connecticut

2



General shall have no further obligation in respect to such claim. If Connecticut General agrees that the claim should be contested or denied, then Connecticut General shall pay its share of the following in accordance with its share of liability as set forth in this Agreement:

If the denial of a Claim results in an award verdict or judgment against Protective, where Connecticut General has agreed with the claim denial and Protective intends to appeal the verdict or judgment, written notice of the intention to appeal shall be provided to Connecticut General. Connecticut General shall be entitled at that time to pay its share of the judgment, together with any expenses and interest as set forth above, and to have no further obligation in connection with such Claim. If Connecticut General does not pay its share of the judgment and any expenses and interest due at that time, Connecticut General shall pay its share of the expenses associated with the appeal of the judgment or verdict, together with its share of any additional interest charges that may accrue during the appeal.

ARTICLE VIII—RESERVES

The reserve held by Connecticut General for reinsurance of the variable annuity death benefit will be determined in accordance with the Guideline MMM, but in no event less than the recognized statutory required reserve.

ARTICLE IX—EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

A.
In no event shall Connecticut General be liable for extra contractual damages (whether they constitute Compensatory damages, Statutory penalties, Exemplary or Punitive damages) which are awarded against Protective as a result of an act, omission or course of conduct by Protective in connection with policies subject to this Agreement, unless Connecticut General shall have received notice of and concurred with the actions taken or not taken by Protective which led to its liability, in which case Connecticut General shall pay its share of such liability. For this purpose, Connecticut General's share shall be proportionate with its risk under the business reinsured hereunder.

B.
The following definitions shall apply:

(1)
Punitive damages and Exemplary damages are those damages awarded as a penalty, the amount of which is not governed nor fixed by statute.

(2)
Statutory penalties are those amounts which are awarded as a penalty but fixed in amount by statute.

(3)
Compensatory damages are those amounts awarded to compensate for the actual damages sustained and are not awarded as a penalty nor fixed in amount by statute.

ARTICLE X—LITIGATION

In the event of any action brought against Protective under any Underlying Annuity Contract that is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Protective shall provide a copy of such action and written notice of such action within two (2) business days to Connecticut General. If Connecticut General is a party to action brought against Protective, Protective shall seek agreement by Connecticut General on the selection and appointment of local counsel to represent Protective in such action.

3


ARTICLE XI—OFFSET

Either party shall have, and may exercise at any time and from time to time, the right to offset any balance or amounts whether on account of premiums or on account of losses or otherwise, due from one party to the other under the terms of this Agreement. However, in the event of insolvency of Protective subject to the provisions of Article XVI, offset shall only be allowed in accordance with the statutes and/or regulations of the state having jurisdiction over the insolvency.

ARTICLE XII—ACCESS TO RECORDS

Connecticut General, or its duly authorized representative, shall have access at any reasonable time during regular business hours, to all records of Protective, including the right to photocopy and retain copies of such documents, which pertain in any way to this reinsurance. The right of access shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Protective and Connecticut General may come into the possession or knowledge of Confidential Information of the other in fulfilling obligations under this Agreement. Each party agrees to hold such confidential information in the strictest confidence and to take all reasonable steps to ensure that such Confidential Information is not disclosed in any form by any means by each of them or by any of its employees to third parties of any kind, other than attorneys, accountants, other consultants or retrocessionairs having an interest in such information, except by advance written authorization by an officer of the authorizing party; provided, however, that either party will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations as to the Confidential Information by protecting its confidentiality in the same manner that such party protects its own proprietary or confidential information of like kind which shall be at least a reasonable manner. "Confidential information" means any information which (1) is not generally available to or known by the public, or (2) has not been lawfully obtained or developed by either party independently and not in violation of this Agreement or from any source other than the other party, provided that such source is not bound by a duty of confidentiality to such other party, and which consists of:

ARTICLE XIII—DELAYS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS

No accidental delay, errors or omissions on the part of Protective shall relieve Connecticut General of liability provided immediate notice of such delay, errors or omissions is provided to Connecticut General and are rectified as soon as possible after discovery. However, Connecticut General shall not be liable with respect to any reinsurance which may have been inadvertently included in the premium computation but which ought not to have been included by reason of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such inadvertent premium payments shall be returned. Adjustment(s) of premiums payable and claims incurred as a result of delay, errors or omissions shall be limited to the year in which they are discovered and the calendar year prior to such discovery.

ARTICLE XIV—CURRENCY

All retentions and limits hereunder are expressed in United States dollars and all premium and loss payments shall be made in United States currency. For the purposes of this Agreement, amounts paid or received by Connecticut General in any other currency shall be converted into United States dollars

4


at the rates of exchange on the date such transactions are entered on the books of Connecticut General.

ARTICLE XV—HOLD HARMLESS

A.
Connecticut General shall indemnify and hold Protective harmless from any and all liability, loss, damage, fines, punitive damages, penalties and costs, including expenses and attorney's fees, which results from any negligence or willful misconduct of Connecticut General in fulfilling its duties and obligations under this Agreement or which results from any action which exceeds its authority under this Agreement.

B.
Protective shall indemnify and hold Connecticut General harmless from any and all liability, loss, damage, fines, punitive damages, penalties and costs, including expenses and attorney's fees, which results from any negligence or willful misconduct of Protective in fulfilling its duties and obligations under this Agreement or which results from any action which exceeds its authority under this Agreement.

ARTICLE XVI—INSOLVENCY

In the event of insolvency of Protective, the reinsurance under this Agreement shall be payable directly by Connecticut General to Protective or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of Connecticut General's liability to Protective without diminution because of the insolvency of Protective or because of liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of Protective has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of Protective shall give prompt written notice to Connecticut General of the pendency of a claim against Protective within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the receivership, conservation, insolvency or liquidation proceeding and that during the pendency of such claim, Connecticut General may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to Protective or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by Connecticut General shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the Court, against Protective as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro-rata share of the benefit which may accrue to Protective solely as a result of the defense undertaken by Connecticut General.

Where two or more reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as though such expense had been incurred by Protective.

ARTICLE XVII—ARBITRATION

A.
As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, any dispute between the parties with respect to the interpretation of this Agreement or any right, obligation or liability of either party, whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be submitted to arbitration upon the written request of either party. Each party shall select an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the written request for arbitration. If either party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the written request for arbitration, the other party may appoint the second arbitrator. The two arbitrators shall select an umpire within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator. if the two arbitrators fail to agree on the selection of the umpire within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, each arbitrator shall submit to the other a list of three umpire candidates, each arbitrator shall select one name from the list submitted by the other and the umpire shall be selected from the two names chosen by a lot drawing procedure to be agreed upon by the arbitrators.

5


B.
The arbitrators and the umpire all shall be active or retired, disinterested executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies.

C.
The arbitration panel shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement rather than merely as a legal obligation and shall make its decision considering the custom and practice of the applicable insurance and reinsurance business. The arbitration panel is released from judicial formalities and shall not be bound by strict rules of procedures and evidence.

D.
The decision of the arbitration panel shall be final and binding on both parties. The arbitration panel may, at its discretion, award costs and expenses as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees, interest and punitive damages. Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitration panel in any court of competent jurisdiction.

E.
All meetings and hearings before the arbitration panel shall take place in Hartford, Connecticut unless some other place is mutually agreed upon by both parties or ordered by the panel.

F.
In the absence of a decision to the contrary by the arbitration panel, each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the umpire and of the arbitration.

ARTICLE XVIII—DAC TAX REGULATION ELECTION

Connecticut General and Protective hereby agree to make an election pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Regulation Section 1.848-2(g)(8). This election shall be effective for all taxable years for which the Reinsurance Agreement remains in effect.

The terms used in this article are defined by reference to Regulation Section 1.848-2 promulgated on December 28, 1992.

Connecticut General and Protective agree that the entity with net positive consideration for the reinsurance agreement for each taxable year will capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to the reinsurance agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Connecticut General and Protective agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under the reinsurance agreement each year to ensure consistency. To achieve this, Protective shall provide Connecticut General with a schedule of its calculation of the net consideration for all reinsurance agreements in force between them for a taxable year by no later than April 30 of the succeeding year. Connecticut General shall advise Protective if its disagrees with the amounts provided by no later than May 31, otherwise the amounts will be presumed correct and shall be reported by both parties in their respective tax returns for such tax year. If Connecticut General contests Protective's calculation of the net consideration, the Parties agree to act in good faith to resolve any differences within thirty (30) days of the date Connecticut General submits its alternative calculation and report the amounts agreed upon in their respective tax returns for such tax year.

Connecticut General represents and warrants that it is subject to U.S. taxation under either Subchapter L or Subpart F of Part III of Subchapter N of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

6



ARTICLE XIX—EFFECTIVE DATE, TERM AND TERMINATION

A.
The effective date of this Agreement is March 31, 1997. This Agreement remains effective for all in force annuity contracts issued and subject to this Agreement, unless terminated pursuant to the paragraphs listed below:

B.
Once each calendar year, Protective shall have the option to recapture existing contracts beginning with the twentieth (20 th ) anniversary of their reinsurance hereunder. Recapture must be made on an issue year basis, and no contracts can be recaptured unless all contracts with earlier issue years are recaptured.

C.
Connecticut General shall have the option of terminating this Agreement upon delivery of thirty (30) calendar days written notice to Protective, within thirty (30) days of the happening of any of the following events:

(1)
Protective's A. M. Best rating is reduced to a "C" or lower.

(2)
Protective's domiciliary state's insurance regulators take any regulatory action potentially adversely affecting its license to conduct business, including without limitation placement on a "watch list;"

(3)
An order appointing a receiver, conservator or trustee for management of Protective is entered or a proceeding is commenced for rehabilitation, liquidation, supervision or conservation of Protective;

(4)
The Securities and Exchange Commission takes any regulatory action with respect to Protective that potentially adversely affects its conduct of variable annuity business.

(5)
Failure by Protective to pay premium in accordance with Article V. If, during the thirty (30) days notice period, Connecticut General receives all premiums in arrears and all premiums which may become due within the thirty (30) days notice period, the notice of termination shall be deemed withdrawn. In the event of termination under this paragraph, this Agreement may be reinstated upon the written consent of Connecticut General if, at any time within sixty (60) days of termination, Protective pays and Connecticut General receives all premiums due and payable up to the date of reinstatement.
D.
Protective shall have the option of terminating this Agreement upon delivery of thirty (30) calendar days written notice to Connecticut General, within thirty (30) days of the happening of any of the following events:

(1)
Connecticut General's A. M. Best rating is reduced to a "C" or lower;

(2)
Connecticut General is placed upon a "watch list" by its domiciliary state's insurance regulators;

(3)
An order appointing a receiver, conservator or trustee for management of Connecticut General is entered or a proceeding is commenced for rehabilitation, liquidation, supervision or conservation of Connecticut General;

(4)
The Securities and Exchange Commission takes any regulatory action with respect to Connecticut General that potentially adversely affects its conduct of reinsurance business;

(5)
Failure of Connecticut General to pay claims in accordance with Article VII.
E.
If this Agreement is terminated, Connecticut General shall be relieved of all liability to Protective for claims incurred following the termination date of this Agreement under such Underlying Annuity Contracts issued by Protective; and,

7


F.
Both parties shall continue to be entitled to all offset credits provided by Article XI up to the effective date of termination.

G.
Neither party shall have the right to assign to transfer any portion of their rights, duties and obligations under the terms and conditions of this Agreement without the written approval of the other party.

ARTICLE XX—NOTICES

All notices required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered if personally delivered, sent via facsimile, or dispatched by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties as follows:

Notice shall be deemed given on the date it is received in the mail or sent via facsimile in accordance with the foregoing. Any party may change the address to which to send notices by notifying the other party of such change of address in writing in accordance with the foregoing.

The text of this Agreement and all Exhibits, Schedules and Amendments are considered to be the entire contract between the parties. There are no other understandings or agreements between the parties regarding the policies reinsured other than as expressed in this Agreement. Either party may make changes or additions to this Agreement, but they will not be considered to be in effect unless they are made by means of a written amendment which has been signed by both parties.

8


In witness whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed in duplicate on the dates indicated to be effective as of the date specified above.

    PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOHN M. O'SULLIVAN       
    Date:   September 12, 1997
       

 

 

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOHN L. GRUYA       
       
    Date:   August 29, 1997
       

9


SCHEDULE A

Maximum Limits of Reinsurance in Connecticut General

The maximum purchase amount issued on the life of each insured:

$5,000,000

The maximum purchase amount is the sum of all premium contributions less withdrawals in the contract. For purchase amounts in excess of the maximum, Connecticut General's death benefit liability will be reduced by the ratio of purchase amounts in excess of the maximum to the total purchase amounts, adjusted for withdrawals.

SCHEDULE A-1



SCHEDULE B

Contracts and Funds Subject to this Reinsurance Agreement

Form Number*
  Policy Description

  Date
IPV-2002   Individual Flexible Premium
Deferred Fixed and Variable
Annuity Contract
  March 31, 1997
*
Includes all state variations

Fund Date
  Fund Description

   
    Growth and Income Fund
International Equity Fund
Global Income Fund
CORE U.S. Equity
Small Cap Equity Fund
Money Market Fund
Capital Growth Fund
Fixed Account
   

SCHEDULE B-1


SCHEDULE C

Limits and Rules of Protective

1)
Protective will determine the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit for each deceased within seven (7) working days of receiving written proof of death.

2)
The maximum purchase payment without company approval is $1,000,000.00

3)
The minimum initial purchase payment is $2,000.00

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit

The Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit, at the end of the Valuation Period next following the date due proof of death is provided to Protective, reinsured hereunder is defined as equal to the sum of:

SCHEDULE C-1


SCHEDULE D

1.
The reinsurance premiums shall be based on the owner's age at the end of each quarter. Protective shall determine the owner's age at the time it prepares the quarterly exposure data submission for the variable annuity guaranteed death benefit, as set forth in Schedule E, attached hereto.

2.
The Adjusted Aggregate Account value is the sum of the account values in all of Protective's variable annuities subject to this Agreement, minus account values attributable to amounts in excess of the maximum purchase amounts listed in Schedule A.

3.
The amount at risk each quarter will be calculated as the reinsurance death benefit for each variable annuity contract covered under this Agreement. For determining the amount at risk, the guaranteed minimum death benefit and the account value are calculated at the end of the current quarter. The amount at risk cannot fall below zero.

4.
The premium over each calendar quarter will be at least equivalent to the Age Adjusted Aggregate Account values times the basis points shown below and subject to the funds set forth in Schedule B.

 
   
  Annual Basis Points
 
  Attained Age
  Minimum
  Maximum
Year 1   0-69        
    70+        

Year 2

 

0-69

 

 

 

 
    70+        

Year 3
and after

 

0-69

 

 

 

 
    70+        

SCHEDULE D-1


Quarterly Reinsurance Premium Rates
Exposure Based—Per $1,000 Exposed

Ages
  Male
  Female
<35        
35-39        
40-44        
45-49        
50-54        

55-59

 

 

 

 
60-64        
65-69        
70-74        
75-79        

80-84

 

 

 

 
85+        

SCHEDULE D-2


SCHEDULE E

Quarterly Reporting Format

1.
Following the end of each calendar quarter, the Quarterly Input Page, Fund/Exposure-Based exhibit (Schedule E-2) and the Quarterly Transaction Summary (Schedule E-3) or an exhibit of similar form must be prepared for each Qualified plan and Non-Qualified plan separately.

2.
The tabulation should be on an Adjusted Basis, which requires omission of excess account values due to an issue amount in excess of $5 million.

3.
The tabulation is on a seriatim basis, with each contract contributing toward the totals for both exposure and aggregate account value.

4.
The tabulation is necessary to assess the correct amount at risk for accurate calculation of reinsurance premium. Protective can choose to report values a) as weighted averages during the quarter, or b) as of the end of the quarter. This election must be denoted on the submission.

5.
At year end reporting, a tabulation of exposures by age and sex based on a percentage decrease in account value by fund type as specified by Guideline MMM must be submitted for reserve purposes.

SCHEDULE E-1


VARIABLE ANNUITY DEATH BENEFIT
Quarterly Input Page
Year One

Calendar Year   3/1/97-2/28/98    
   
   
Reporting Quarter        
   
   

Age Band

 

Male Exposure*


 

Female Exposure*


 

Male Annuity Value


 

Female Annuity Value


 

Male Claims


 

Female Claims


 

Male MGDB


 

Female MGDB

0 - 34                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35 - 39                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 - 44                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45 - 49                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50 - 54                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55 - 59                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 - 64                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
65 - 69                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 - 74                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75 - 79                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 - 84                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85 - 89                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total 0-70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70+                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total Male/Female

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    0-70                            
       
     
     
     
    70+                            
       
     
     
     
    All Ages                            
       
     
     
     

Please use end of the period values.

       

SCHEDULE E-2


VARIABLE ANNUITY DEATH BENEFIT
Quarterly Transaction Summary

Year 1 of Agreement

Calendar Year   3/31/97-2/28/98    
   
   
Reporting Quarter        
   
   

Quarterly Reinsurance Premium Calculation

A. Ages Subject to Exposure Calculation (to 70)      

 

 

1

 

Age Adjusted Aggregate Annuity Value

 

                

*
    2   Minimum Fund-Based Premium      
    3   Maximum Fund-Based Premium      
    4   Average Quarterly Exposure                    *
    5   Exposure-Based Premium     *

B. Ages Subject to Exposure Calculation (70+)

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Age Adjusted Aggregate Annuity Value

 

                

*
    7   Minimum Fund-Based Premium      
    8   Maximum Fund-Based Premium      
    9   Average Quarterly Exposure                    *
    10   Exposure-Based Premium     *

C. Combined Premium Calculation

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Quarterly Premium Earned

 

 

 
    12   Calendar Year Premium Adjustment                     
    13   Advance Premium Current Quarter      
    14   Advance Premium Prior Quarter                     
    15   Net Premium Due      

ACTUAL CLAIMS

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Quarterly Reinsurance Amount

 

                

*

NET TRANSACTION

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Premium Due Reinsurer [15]

 

 

 
    18   Quarterly Reinsurance Claims [16]      
    19   Amount Due Ceding Company [18-17]      
*
These items from Quarterly Detail pages. Quarter averages.

SCHEDULE E-3


VARIABLE ANNUITY DEATH BENEFIT
Quarterly Input Page
Year Two

Calendar Year   3/1/98-2/28/99    
   
   
Reporting Quarter        
   
   

Age Band

 

Male Exposure*


 

Female Exposure*


 

Male Annuity Value


 

Female Annuity Value


 

Male Claims


 

Female Claims


 

Male MGDB


 

Female MGDB

0 - 34                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35 - 39                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 - 44                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45 - 49                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50 - 54                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55 - 59                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 - 64                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
65 - 69                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 - 74                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75 - 79                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 - 84                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85 - 89                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total 0-70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70+                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total Male/Female

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    0-70                            
       
     
     
     
    70+                            
       
     
     
     
    All Ages                            
       
     
     
     

Please use end of the period values.

       

SCHEDULE E-4


VARIABLE ANNUITY DEATH BENEFIT
Quarterly Transaction Summary

Year 2 of Agreement

Calendar Year   3/31/98-2/28/99    
   
   
Reporting Quarter        
   
   

Quarterly Reinsurance Premium Calculation

A. Ages Subject to Exposure Calculation (to 70)      

 

 

1

 

Age Adjusted Aggregate Annuity Value

 

                

*
    2   Minimum Fund-Based Premium      
    3   Maximum Fund-Based Premium      
    4   Average Quarterly Exposure                    *
    5   Exposure-Based Premium     *

B. Ages Subject to Exposure Calculation (70+)

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Age Adjusted Aggregate Annuity Value

 

                

*
    7   Minimum Fund-Based Premium      
    8   Maximum Fund-Based Premium      
    9   Average Quarterly Exposure                    *
    10   Exposure-Based Premium     *

C. Combined Premium Calculation

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Quarterly Premium Earned

 

 

 
    12   Calendar Year Premium Adjustment                     
    13   Advance Premium Current Quarter      
    14   Advance Premium Prior Quarter                     
    15   Net Premium Due      

ACTUAL CLAIMS

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Quarterly Reinsurance Amount

 

                

*

NET TRANSACTION

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Premium Due Reinsurer [15]

 

 

 
    18   Quarterly Reinsurance Claims [16]      
    19   Amount Due Ceding Company [18-17]      
*
These items from Quarterly Detail pages. Quarter averages.

SCHEDULE E-5


VARIABLE ANNUITY DEATH BENEFIT
Quarterly Input Page
Year Three

Calendar Year   3/1/99-2/28/00    
   
   
Reporting Quarter        
   
   

Age Band

 

Male Exposure*


 

Female Exposure*


 

Male Annuity Value


 

Female Annuity Value


 

Male Claims


 

Female Claims


 

Male MGDB


 

Female MGDB

0 - 34                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35 - 39                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 - 44                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45 - 49                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50 - 54                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55 - 59                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 - 64                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
65 - 69                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 - 74                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75 - 79                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 - 84                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85 - 89                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total 0-70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70+                                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total Male/Female

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    0-70                            
       
     
     
     
    70+                            
       
     
     
     
    All Ages                            
       
     
     
     

Please use end of the period values.

       

    *
    Exposure is defined as MGDB less Annuity Account Value, calculated on a seriatum basis and aggregated.

SCHEDULE E-6


VARIABLE ANNUITY DEATH BENEFIT
Quarterly Transaction Summary

Year 3 of Agreement

Calendar Year   3/31/99-2/28/00    
   
   
Reporting Quarter        
   
   

Quarterly Reinsurance Premium Calculation

A. Ages Subject to Exposure Calculation (to 70)      

 

 

1

 

Age Adjusted Aggregate Annuity Value

 

                

*
    2   Minimum Fund-Based Premium      
    3   Maximum Fund-Based Premium      
    4   Average Quarterly Exposure                    *
    5   Exposure-Based Premium     *

B. Ages Subject to Exposure Calculation (70+)

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Age Adjusted Aggregate Annuity Value

 

                

*
    7   Minimum Fund-Based Premium      
    8   Maximum Fund-Based Premium      
    9   Average Quarterly Exposure                    *
    10   Exposure-Based Premium     *

C. Combined Premium Calculation

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Quarterly Premium Earned

 

 

 
    12   Calendar Year Premium Adjustment                     
    13   Advance Premium Current Quarter      
    14   Advance Premium Prior Quarter                     
    15   Net Premium Due      

ACTUAL CLAIMS

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Quarterly Reinsurance Amount

 

                

*

NET TRANSACTION

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Premium Due Reinsurer [15]

 

 

 
    18   Quarterly Reinsurance Claims [16]      
    19   Amount Due Ceding Company [18-17]      
*
These items from Quarterly Detail pages. Quarter averages.

SCHEDULE E-7


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

Effective Date of March 31, 1997

Between

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Birmingham, Alabama)

and

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Hartford, Connecticut)

It is agreed by the two companies to amend Schedule B of the Agreement. The attached Schedule B will be substituted for the corresponding Schedule attached to this Agreement.

This Amendment will be effective July 1, 1997.

In witness whereof, this Amendment is signed in duplicate on the dates indicated at the home offices of each company.

    PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOHN M. O'SULLIVAN       
       
    Date:   September 12, 1997
       

 

 

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOHN L. GRUYA       
       
    Date:   August 29, 1997
       

Protective Life Insurance Company
Variable Deferred Annuity
Treaty No. 102930
Amendment No. 1

 

[CIGNA REINSURANCE LOGO]

SCHEDULE B

Contracts and Funds Subject to this Reinsurance Agreement

Form Number*
  Policy Description

  Date
IPV-2002   Individual Flexible Premium
Deferred Fixed and Variable
Annuity Contract
  March 31, 1997
*
Includes all state variations

Fund Date
  Fund Description

   
    Growth and Income Fund
International Equity Fund
Global Income Fund
CORE U.S. Equity
Small Cap Equity Fund
Money Market Fund
Capital Growth Fund
Fixed Account
   

7/1/97

 

Oppenheimer

 

 
        Capital Appreciation
    Growth
    Growth and Income
    Strategic Bond
   

7/1/97

 

MFS

 

 
        Emerging Growth
    Research
    Growth and Income
    Total Return
   

7/1/97

 

Calvert Responsibility Invested

 

 
        Strategic Growth
    Balanced
   

7/1/97

 

Other General Account

 

 
        DCA Fixed Account    



QuickLinks

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 8(h)

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Among

VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST,

VAN KAMPEN FUNDS INC.,

VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.,

and

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

DATED AS OF

OCTOBER 1, 2000


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I      Fund Shares                                                        3

ARTICLE II     Representations and Warranties                                     5

ARTICLE III    Prospectuses, Reports to Shareholders and
               Proxy Statements; Voting                                           7

ARTICLE IV     Sales Material and Information                                     9

ARTICLE V      Distribution and Service Plans                                    10

ARTICLE VI     Diversification                                                   11

ARTICLE VII    Potential Conflicts                                               11

ARTICLE VIII   Indemnification                                                   13

ARTICLE IX     Applicable Law                                                    19

ARTICLE X      Termination                                                       19

ARTICLE XI     Notices                                                           22

ARTICLE XII    Foreign Tax Credits                                               23

ARTICLE XIII   Miscellaneous                                                     23

SCHEDULE A     Separate Accounts and Contracts                                   26

SCHEDULE B     Participating Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Portfolios         27

SCHEDULE C     Proxy Voting Procedures                                           28

i

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Among

VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST,

VAN KAMPEN FUNDS INC.,

VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.,

and

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 1st day of October, 2000 by and among PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (hereinafter the "Company"), a Tennessee corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be amended from time to time (each such account hereinafter referred to as the "Account"), and VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST (hereinafter the "Fund"), a Delaware business trust, VAN KAMPEN FUNDS INC. (hereinafter the "Underwriter"), a Delaware corporation, and VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC. (hereinafter the "Adviser"), a Delaware corporation.

WHEREAS, the Fund engages in business as an open-end management investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for separate accounts established by insurance companies for individual and group life insurance policies and annuity contracts with variable accumulation and/or payout provisions (hereinafter referred to individually and/or collectively as "Variable Insurance Products"); and

WHEREAS, insurance companies desiring to utilize the Fund as an investment vehicle under their Variable Insurance Products are required to enter into participation agreements with the Fund and the Underwriter (the "Participating Insurance Companies"); and

WHEREAS, shares of the Fund are divided into several series of shares, each representing the interest in a particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets, any one or more of which may be made available for Variable Insurance Products of Participating Insurance Companies; and

WHEREAS, the Fund intends to offer shares of the series set forth on Schedule B (each such series hereinafter referred to as a "Portfolio") as may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto, under this Agreement to the Accounts of the Company; and


WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated September 19, 1990 (File No. 812-7552), granting Participating Insurance Companies and Variable Insurance Product separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (hereinafter the "1940 Act") and Rules 6e2(b)(15) and 6e3j)(b)(15) thereunder to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by Variable Annuity Product separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies (hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemptive Order"); and

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and its shares are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

WHEREAS, the Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable state securities laws; and

WHEREAS, the Adviser is the investment adviser of the Portfolios of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker/dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (hereinafter the "1934 Act"), is a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter "NASD") and serves as principal underwriter of the shares of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain Variable Insurance Products under the 1933 Act; and

WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated asset account, established by resolution or under authority of the Board of Directors of the Company, on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid Variable Insurance Products; and

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register each Account as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios on behalf of each Account to fund certain of the aforesaid Variable Insurance Products and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to each such Account at net asset value.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser agree as follows:

2

ARTICLE 1

FUND SHARES

1.1 The Fund and the Underwriter agree to make available for purchase by the Company shares of the Portfolios and shall execute orders placed for each Account on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of such order. For purposes of this
Section 1.1, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund and the Underwriter for receipt of such orders from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such order by 10:00 a.m. Houston time on the next following Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall use its best efforts to provide the Fund with notice of such orders by 9:15 a.m. Houston time on the next following Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as set forth in the Fund's prospectus and statement of additional information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the "Board") may refuse to permit the Fund to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

1.2 The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies for their Variable Insurance Products. No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

1.3 The Fund will not make its shares available for purchase by any insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing provisions which afford the Company substantially the same protections currently provided by Sections 2.1, 2.4, 2.9, 3.4 and Article VII of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.

1.4 The Fund and the Underwriter agree to redeem for cash, on the Company's request, any full or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption. For purposes of this Section 1.4, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of requests for redemption from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Underwriter receives notice of such request for redemption on the next following Business Day in accordance with the timing rules described in Section 1.1.

1.5 The Company agrees that purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares offered by the then current prospectus of the Fund shall be made in accordance with the

3

provisions of such prospectus. The Accounts of the Company, under which amounts may be invested in the Fund are listed on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, as such Schedule A may be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of all of the parties hereto. The Company will give the Fund and the Underwriter sixty (60) days written notice of its intention to make available in the future, as a funding vehicle under the Contracts, any other investment company.

1.6 The Company will place separate orders to purchase or redeem shares of each Portfolio. Each order shall describe the net amount of shares and dollar amount of each Portfolio to be purchased or redeemed. In the event of net purchases, the Company shall pay for Portfolio shares on the next Business Day after an order to purchase Portfolio shares is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.1 hereof. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire. In the event of net redemptions, the Portfolio shall pay the redemption proceeds in federal funds transmitted by wire on the next Business Day after an order to redeem Portfolio shares is made in accordance with the provisions of
Section 1.4 hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the payment of redemption proceeds on the next Business Day would require the Portfolio to dispose of Portfolio securities or otherwise incur substantial additional costs, and if the Portfolio has determined to settle redemption transactions for all shareholders on a delayed basis, proceeds shall be wired to the Company within seven (7) days and the Portfolio shall notify in writing the person designated by the Company as the recipient for such notice of such delay by 3:00 p.m. Houston time on the same Business Day that the Company transmits the redemption order to the Portfolio. Any such delay in settlement of redemption transactions shall be applied uniformly to all holders of shares of that Portfolio.

1.7 Issuance and transfer of the Fund's shares will be by book entry only. Share certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account. Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

1.8 The Underwriter shall use its best efforts to furnish same day notice by 5:30 p.m. Houston time (by wire or telephone, followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the Fund's shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such dividends and capital gain distributions as are payable on the Portfolio shares in additional shares of that Portfolio. The Company reserves the right to revoke this election and to receive all such dividends and capital gain distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

1.9 The Underwriter shall make the net asset value per share of each Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably practical after the net asset value per share is calculated and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 5:30 p.m. Houston time. In the event that Underwriter is unable to meet the 5:30 p.m. time

4

stated immediately above, then Underwriter shall provide the Company with additional time to notify Underwriter of purchase or redemption orders pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.4, respectively above. Such additional time shall be equal to the additional time that Underwriter takes to make the net asset values available to the Company provided, however, that notification must be made by 10:00 a.m. Houston time on the Business Day such order is to be executed, regardless of when net asset value is made available.

1.10 If Underwriter provides materially incorrect share net asset value information through no fault of the Company, the Fund shall make an adjustment with respect to the Fund shares purchased or redeemed to reflect the correct net asset value per share. The determination of the materiality of any net asset value pricing error shall be based on the SEC's recommended guidelines regarding such errors. The correction of any such errors shall be made at the Company level pursuant to the SEC's recommended guidelines. Any material error in the calculation or reporting of net asset value per share, dividend or capital gain information shall be reported promptly upon discovery to the Company.

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1 The Company represents and warrants that the interests of Accounts (the "Contracts") are or will be registered and will maintain the registration under the 1933 Act and the regulations thereunder to the extent required by the 1933 Act; that the Contracts will be issued and sold in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations. The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law and that it has legally and validly established each Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated asset account under the Tennessee Insurance Code and the regulations thereunder and has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register and will maintain the registration of each Account as a unit investment trust in accordance with and to the extent required by the provisions of the 1940 Act and the regulations thereunder to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts. The Company shall amend its registration statement for its contracts under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its Contracts.

2.2 The Fund and the Underwriter represent and warrant that Fund shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act and the regulations thereunder to the extent required by the 1933 Act, duly authorized for issuance in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and sold in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations and that the Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act and the regulations thereunder to the extent required by the 1940 Act. The Fund shall amend the registration statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares. The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent

5

deemed advisable by the Fund.

2.3 The Fund and the Adviser represent that the Fund is currently qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and that each will make every effort to maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision, and that each will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Fund has ceased to so qualify or that the Fund might not so qualify in the future.

2.4 The Company represents that each Account is and will continue to be a "segregated account" under applicable provisions of the Code and that each Contract is and will be treated as a "variable contract" under applicable provisions of the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Account or Contract has ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

2.5 The Fund represents that to the extent that it decides to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, the Fund undertakes to have a board of directors, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund, formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses.

2.6 The Fund makes no representation as to whether any aspect of its operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and investment policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states.

2.7 The Fund and the Adviser represent that the Fund is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the Fund does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

2.8 The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly registered under all applicable federal and state laws and regulations and that it will perform its obligations for the Fund and the Company in compliance with the laws and regulations of its state of domicile and any applicable state and federal laws and regulations.

2.9 The Company represents and warrants that all of its trustees, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage, in an amount equal to the greater of $5 million or any amount required by applicable federal or state law or regulation. The aforesaid includes coverage for larceny and embezzlement and is issued by a reputable bonding company. The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund and the Underwriter in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

6

ARTICLE 3

PROSPECTUSES, REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

3.1 The Fund shall provide the Company with as many printed copies of the Fund's current prospectus and statement of additional information as the Company may reasonably request. If requested by the Company in lieu of providing printed copies the Fund shall provide camera-ready film or computer diskettes containing the Fund's prospectus and statement of additional information, and such other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus and/or statement of additional information for the Fund is amended during the year) to have the prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund's prospectus printed together in one document or separately. The Company may elect to print the Fund's prospectus and/or its statement of additional information in combination with other fund companies' prospectuses and statements of additional information.

3.2(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2., all expenses of preparing, setting in type and printing and distributing Fund prospectuses and statements of additional information shall be the expense of the Company. For prospectuses and statements of additional information provided by the Company to its existing owners of Contracts in order to update disclosure as required by the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act, the cost of setting in type, printing and distributing shall be borne by the Fund. If the Company chooses to receive camera-ready film or computer diskettes in lieu of receiving printed copies of the Fund's prospectus and/or statement of additional information, the Fund shall bear the cost of typesetting to provide the Fund's prospectus and/or statement of additional information to the Company in the format in which the Fund is accustomed to formatting prospectuses and statements of additional information, respectively, and the Company shall bear the expense of adjusting or changing the format to conform with any of its prospectuses and/or statements of additional information. In such event, the Fund will reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the product of x and y where x is the number of such prospectuses distributed to owners of the Contracts, and y is the Fund's per unit cost of printing the Fund's prospectuses. The same procedures shall be followed with respect to the Fund's statement of additional information. The Fund shall not pay any costs of typesetting, printing and distributing the Fund's prospectus and/or statement of additional information to prospective Contract owners.

3.2(b) The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of its proxy statements, reports to shareholders, and other communications (except for prospectuses and statements of additional information, which are covered in Section 3.2(a) above) to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to Contract owners. The Fund shall not pay any costs of distributing such proxy related material, reports to shareholders, and other communications to prospective Contract owners.

3.2(c) The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such

7

information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the Fund's expenses do not include the cost of typesetting, printing or distributing any of the foregoing documents other than those actually distributed to existing Contract owners.

3.2(d) The Fund shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, except that if the Fund or any Portfolio adopts and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses, then the Underwriter may make payments to the Company or to the underwriter for the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in writing.

3.2(e) All expenses, including expenses to be borne by the Fund pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement shall be paid by the Fund. The Fund shall see to it that all its shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable federal law and, if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund's shares.

3.3 The Fund's statement of additional information shall be obtainable from the Fund, the Underwriter, the Company or such other person as the Fund may designate.

3.4 If and to the extent required by law the Company shall distribute all proxy material furnished by the Fund to Contract Owners to whom voting privileges are required to be extended and shall:

(1) solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;

(2) vote the Fund shares in accordance with instructions received from Contract owners; and

(3) vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been received in the same proportion as Fund shares of such Portfolio for which instructions have been received,

so long as and to the extent that the Securities and Exchange Commission continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require passthrough voting privileges for variable contract owners. The Company reserves the right to vote Fund shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent permitted by law. The Fund and the Company shall follow the procedures, and shall have the corresponding responsibilities, for the handling of proxy and voting instruction solicitations, as set forth in Schedule C attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for ensuring that each of their separate accounts participating in the Fund calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with the standards set forth on Schedule C, which standards will also be provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.

3.5 The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring voting

8

by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide for annual meetings (except insofar as the Securities and Exchange Commission may interpret
Section 16 not to require such meetings) or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Fund will act in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission's interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of directors and with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect thereto.

ARTICLE 4

SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

4.1 The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund, the Underwriter or their designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material prepared by the Company or any person contracting with the Company in which the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter is named, at least ten Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Fund, the Adviser, the Underwriter or their designee reasonably objects to such use within ten Business Days after receipt of such material.

4.2 Neither the Company nor any person contracting with the Company shall give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement or Fund prospectus, as such registration statement or Fund prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports to shareholders or proxy statements for the Fund, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee, except with the permission of the Fund or its designee.

4.3 The Fund shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material prepared by the Fund in which the Company or its Accounts, are named at least ten Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee reasonably objects to such use within ten Business Days after receipt of such material.

4.4 Neither the Fund nor the Underwriter shall give any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, each Account, or the Contracts, other than the information or representations contained in a registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts, as such registration statement or prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in published reports or solicitations for voting instruction for each Account which are in the public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the Company.

9

4.5 The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares, contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

4.6 The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the investment in an Account or Contract, contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

4.7 For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase "sales literature or other promotional material" includes, but is not limited to, any of the following: advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales literature (i.e., any written communication distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, and registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, shareholder reports, and proxy materials.

ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLANS

5.1 The Fund is subject to a plan adopted under Rule l8f-3 under the 1940 Act pursuant to which, as described in the current prospectus of each Portfolio, the Fund may sell multiple classes of its shares of each Portfolio with a varying combination of distribution fees, service fees, exchange features, conversion rights, voting rights, expense allocations and investment requirements.

5.2 Should the Company wish to participate in the Fund's distribution plan with respect to a class of shares of a Portfolio of the Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-l (the "Rule 12b-l Plan") under the 1940 Act, or the Fund's service plan (the "Service Plan"), each as described in the current prospectus of each Portfolio, with respect to a class of shares of a Portfolio of the Fund, it is understood that the Company must be approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund. Pursuant to the Rule 12b-l Plan and the Service Plan, the Underwriter is authorized to remit payments at rates specified in the respective plans with respect to the net asset value of shares

10

maintained by the Company for distribution-related services and/or personal services to Contract owners accounts provided. If the Company wishes to participate in these plans and receive the aforementioned remittance, the Company must enter into a separate agreement specifically regarding these plans.

5.3 The Company's acceptance of this Agreement constitutes a representation that it will adopt policies and procedures to comply with Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act, with respect to when the Company may appropriately make available the various classes of shares of the Portfolios of the Fund and that it will make available such shares only in accordance therewith.

ARTICLE 6

DIVERSIFICATION

6.1 The Fund will use its best efforts to at all times comply with
Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or Regulations. In the event the Fund ceases to so qualify, it will take all reasonable steps (a) to notify Company of such event and (b) to adequately diversify the Fund so as to achieve compliance within the grace period afforded by Regulation 817-5.

ARTICLE 7

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

7.1 The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract owners and variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by a Participating Insurance Company to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners. The Board shall promptly inform the Company if it determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

7.2 The Company will report any potential or existing material irreconcilable conflict of which it is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing the Board with all

11

information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever contract owner voting instructions are disregarded.

7.3 If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its disinterested trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company and other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (1) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group (i.e., annuity contract owners, life insurance policy owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2) establishing a new registered management investment company or managed separate account. No charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal. The Company agrees that it bears the responsibility to take remedial action in the event of a Board determination of an irreconcilable material conflict and the cost of such remedial action, and these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

7.4 If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the affected Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account (at the Company's expense); provided, however that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. No charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal. The Company agrees that it bears the responsibility to take remedial action in the event of a Board determination of an irreconcilable material conflict and the cost of such remedial action, and these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

7.5 For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.4 of this Agreement, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 through 7.4 to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict.

7.6 If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule

12

6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, then the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable.

7.7 Each of the Company and the Adviser shall at least annually submit to the Board such reports, materials or data as the Board may reasonably request so that the Board may fully carry out the obligations imposed upon them by the provisions hereof and in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, and said reports, materials and data shall be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Board. All reports received by the Board of potential or existing conflicts, and all Board action with regard to determining the existence of a conflict, notifying Participating Insurance Companies of a conflict, and determining whether any proposed action adequately remedies a conflict, shall be properly recorded in the minutes of the Board or other appropriate records, and such minutes or other records shall be made available to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

ARTICLE 8

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY

8.1(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, the Underwriter and each member of their respective Board and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this
Section 8.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Contracts and:

(1) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or

13

omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund for use in the registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

(2) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not supplied by the Company, or persons under its control and other than statements or representations authorized by the Fund or the Underwriter) or unlawful conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

(3) arise out of or as a result of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or

(4) arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

(5) arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

8.1(b) The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement.

8.1(c) The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified

14

Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to the indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Company to such party of the Company's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

8.1(d) The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Fund shares or the Contracts, or the operation of the Fund.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION BY UNDERWRITER

8.2(a) The Underwriter agrees, with respect to each Portfolio that it distributes, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation (including legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's shares that it distributes or the Contracts and:

(1) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus or sales literature of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund or the Underwriter by or on behalf of the Company for use in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund or in sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

15

(2) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Fund, the Underwriter or persons under their respective control and other than statements or representations authorized by the Company) or unlawful conduct of the Fund or Underwriter or persons under their control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

(3) arise out of or as a result of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or sales literature covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund or the Underwriter; or

(4) arise as a result of any failure by the Fund or the Underwriter to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

(5) arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter; as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.

8.2(b) The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement.

8.2(c) The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such

16

action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

8.2(d) The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its officers or directors in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the operation of each Account.

8.3 INDEMNIFICATION BY THE ADVISER

8.3(a) The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (hereinafter collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" and individually, "Indemnified Party," for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Adviser) or litigation (including legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the operations of the Adviser or the Fund and:

(1) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus or sales literature of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Adviser, the Fund or the Underwriter by or on behalf of the Company for use in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund or in sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

(2) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement,

17

prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Fund, the Adviser or persons under its control and other than statements or representations authorized by the Company) or unlawful conduct of the Fund, the Adviser or persons under their control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

(3) arise out of or as a result of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or sales literature covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact requited to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser; or

(4) arise as a result of any failure by the Adviser to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

(5) arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Fund or the Adviser in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Fund or the Adviser, including without limitation any failure by the Fund to comply with the conditions of Article VI hereof.

8.3(b) The Adviser shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement.

8.3(c) The Adviser shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Adviser in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Adviser of any such claim shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Adviser will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Adviser also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory

18

to the party named in the action. After notice from the Adviser to such party of the Adviser's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Adviser will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

8.3(d) The Company agrees to promptly notify the Adviser of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its officers or directors in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts, with respect to the operation of each Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Adviser.

ARTICLE 9

APPLICABLE LAW

9.1 This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

9.2 This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

ARTICLE 10

TERMINATION

10.1 This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first to occur of:

(a) termination by any party for any reason upon six months advance written notice delivered to the other parties; or

(b) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio based upon the Company's determination that shares of such Portfolio are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Contracts. Reasonable advance notice of election to terminate shall be furnished by the Company, said termination to be effective ten (10) days after receipt of notice unless the fund makes available a sufficient number of shares to reasonably meet the requirements of the Account within said ten (10) day period; or

19

(c) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event any of the Portfolio's shares are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with applicable state and/or federal law or such law precludes the use of such shares as the underlying investment medium of the Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company. The terminating party shall give prompt notice to the other parties of its decision to terminate; or

(d) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code or under any successor or similar provision; or

(e) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio fails to meet the diversification requirements specified in Article VI hereof, or

(f) termination by either the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter by written notice to the Company, if either one or more of the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter, shall determine, in its or their sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Company and/or their affiliated companies has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity, which is likely to have a material impact upon the business or operation of the Company, provided that the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter will give the Company sixty
(60) days' advance written notice of such determination of its intent to terminate this Agreement, and provided further that after consideration of the actions taken by the Company and any other changes in circumstances since the giving of such notice, the determination of the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter shall continue to apply on the 60th day since giving of such notice, then such 60th day shall be the effective date of termination, or

(g) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that either the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity, which is likely to have a material impact upon the business or operation of the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter, provided that the Company will give the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter sixty (60) days' advance written notice of such

20

determination of its intent to terminate this Agreement, and provided further that after consideration of the actions taken by the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter and any other changes in circumstances since the giving of such notice, the determination of the Company shall continue to apply on the 60th day since giving of such notice, then such 60th day shall be the effective date of termination; or

(h) termination by any party upon the other party's breach of any representation in Section 2 or any material provision of this Agreement which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction of the terminating party within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is delivered to the Fund or the Company, as the case may be; or

(i) termination by the Fund, Adviser or Underwriter by written notice to the Company in the event an Account or Contract is not registered or sold in accordance with applicable federal or state law or regulation, or the Company fails to provide passthrough voting privileges as specified in
Section 3.4.

10.2 EFFECT OF TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Fund shall at the option of the Company, continue to make available additional shares of the Fund pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Existing Contracts") unless such further sale of Fund shares is proscribed by law, regulation or applicable regulatory body, or unless the Fund determines that liquidation of the Fund following termination of this Agreement is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing Contracts shall be permitted to direct reallocation of investments in the Fund, redemption of investments in the Fund and/or investment in the Fund upon the making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any terminations under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.

10.3 The Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to the Contracts (as distinct from Fund shares attributable to the Company's assets held in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract Owner initiated or approved transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general application (hereinafter referred to as a "Legally Required Redemption") or (iii) as permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(b) of the 1940 Act. Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund and the Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Fund and the Underwriter) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption. Furthermore, except in cases where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company shall not prevent Contract Owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that was otherwise available under the Contracts without first

21

giving the Fund or the Adviser 90 days notice of its intention to do so.

ARTICLE 11

NOTICES

11.1 Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

If to the Fund:

Van Kampen Life Investment Trust

1 Parkview Plaza
PO Box 5555
Oak brook Terrace, Illinois 60181-5555 Attention: A. Thomas Smith III

If to Underwriter:

Van Kampen Funds Inc.
1 Parkview Plaza
PO Box 5555
Oakbrook Terrace, Illinois 60181-5555 Attention: A. Thomas Smith III

If to Adviser:

Van Kampen Asset Management Inc.

1 Parkview Plaza
PO Box 5555
Oakbrook Terrace, Illinois 60181-5555 Attention: A. Thomas Smith III

If to the Company:

Protective Life Insurance Company
2801 Highway 280 South
Birmingham, AL 35223

Attention: Steve M. Callaway (Legal)

22

ARTICLE 12

FOREIGN TAX CREDITS

12.1 The Fund and Adviser agree to consult in advance with the Company concerning whether any series of the Fund qualifies to provide a foreign tax credit pursuant to Section 853 of the Code.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund as neither the Board, officers, agents or shareholders assume any personal liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund. Each of the Company, Adviser and Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, as provided by Article 8, Section 8.1, of the Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the shareholders, trustees, officers, employees and other agents of the Fund and its Portfolios shall not personally be bound by or liable for matters set forth hereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim hereunder. A Certificate of Trust referring to the Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust is on file with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

13.2 Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses of the owners of the Contracts and all information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by this Agreement, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and addresses and other confidential information until such time as it may come into the public domain without the express written consent of the affected party.

13.3 The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

13.4 This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.5 If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

13.6 Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the Securities and Exchange Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or

23

inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby

13.7 The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

13.8 This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties hereto; provided, however, that the Adviser may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any affiliate of or company under common control with the Adviser if such assignee is duly licensed and registered to perform the obligations of the Adviser under this Agreement.

13.9 The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee copies of the following reports:

(a) the Company's annual statement (prepared under statutory accounting principles) and annual report (prepared under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), if any), as soon practical and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year;

(b) the Company's June 30th quarterly statements (statutory), as soon as practical and in any event within 45 days following such period;

(c) any financial statement, proxy statement, notice or report of the Company sent to stockholders and/or policyholders, as soon as practical after the delivery thereof to stockholders;

(d) any registration statement (without exhibits) and financial reports of the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state insurance regulator, as soon as practical after the filing thereof,

(e) any other public report submitted to the Company by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Company, as soon as practical after the receipt thereof.

24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative as of the date specified above.

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
on behalf of itself and each of its Accounts named in Schedule A hereto, as amended from time to time

By: /s/ Carolyn King
    ---------------------------

VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST

By: /s/ Stephen Boyd
    ---------------------------

VAN KAMPEN FUNDS INC.

By: /s/ Louis G. Kafkes
    ---------------------------

VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.


By: /s/ Stephen Boyd
    ---------------------------

25

SCHEDULE A

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND CONTRACTS

NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND                      FORM NUMBERS AND NAMES OF CONTRACTS
DATE ESTABLISHED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS            FUNDED BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
--------------------------------------            -----------------------------------
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account      Protective Variable Annuity
(12/23/1993)                                      FORM IPV-2002 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Elements(R) Plus Variable Annuity (formerly marketed as
                                                  "Elements(SM) Variable Annuity")
                                                  FORM IPV-2021P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2021V (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Elements(R) Access Variable Annuity
                                                  FORM IPV-2025P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2025V (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Advantage(SM) Variable Annuity
                                                  FORM IPV-2037P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2037V (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Variable Annuity II
                                                  FORM IPV-2048P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV2048V (and state-specific variations thereof)

26

SCHEDULE B

PARTICIPATING VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST PORTFOLIOS

Aggressive Growth Portfolio - Class II Shares

27

SCHEDULE C

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the handling of proxies and voting instructions relating to the Fund. The defined terms herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Participation Agreement except that the term "Company" shall also include the department or third party assigned by the Company to perform the steps delineated below.

1. The proxy proposals are given to the Company by the Fund as early as possible before the date set by the Fund for the shareholder meeting to enable the Company to consider and prepare for the solicitation of voting instructions from owners of the Contracts and to facilitate the establishment of tabulation procedures. At this time the Fund will inform the Company of the Record, Mailing and Meeting dates. This will be done verbally approximately two months before meeting.

2. Promptly after the Record Date, the Company will perform a "tape run," or other activity, which will generate the names, address and number of units which are attributed to each contract owner/policyholder (the "Customer") as of the Record Date. Allowance should be made for account adjustments made after this date that could affect the status of the Customers' accounts as of the Record Date.

Note: The number of proxy statements is determined by the activities described in Step #2. The Company will use its best efforts to call in the number of Customers to the Fund, as soon as possible, but no later than two weeks after the Record Date.

3. The Fund's Annual Report must be sent to each Customer by the Company either before or together with the Customers' receipt of voting instruction solicitation material. The Fund will provide the last Annual Report to the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3 of the Agreement to which this Schedule relates.

4. The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards ("Cards" or "Card") is provided to the Company by the Fund. The Company, at its expense, shall produce and personalize the Voting Instruction Cards. The Fund or its affiliate must approve the Card before it is printed. Allow approximately 2-4 business days for printing information on the Cards. Information commonly found on the Cards includes:

a) name (legal name as found on account registration)
b) address
c) fund or account number
d) coding to state number of units (or equivalent shares)

28

e) individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of votes (already on Cards as printed by the Fund).

This and related steps may occur later in the chronological process due to possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)

5. During this time, the Fund will develop, produce, and the Fund will pay for the Notice of Proxy and the Proxy Statement (one document). Printed and folded notices and statements will be sent to Company for insertion into envelopes (envelopes and return envelopes are provided and paid for by the Company). Contents of envelope sent to Customers by the Company will include:

a) Voting Instruction Card(s)
b) One proxy notice and statement (one document)
c) return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the Company or its tabulation agent
d) "urge buckslip" optional, but recommended. (This is a small, single sheet of paper that requests Customers to vote as quickly as possible and that their vote is important. One copy will be supplied by the Fund.)
e) cover letter optional, supplied by Company and reviewed and approved in advance by the Fund.

6. The above contents should be received by the Company approximately 3-5 business days before mail date. Individual in charge at Company reviews and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure correctness and completeness. Copy of this approval sent to the Fund.

7. Package mailed by the Company.
* The Fund must allow at least a 15 day solicitation time to the Company as the shareowner. (A 5 week period is recommended.) Solicitation time is calculated as calendar days from (but NOT including) the meeting, counting backwards.

8. Collection and tabulation of Cards begins. Tabulation usually takes place in another department or another vendor depending on process used. An often used procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal into vote categories of all yes, no, or mixed replies, and to begin data entry.

Note: Postmarks are not generally needed. A need for postmark information would be due to an insurance company's internal procedure and has not been required by the Fund in the past.

29

9. Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration which was printed on the Card.

Note: For example, if the account registration is under "John A. Smith, Trustee," then that is the exact legal name to be printed on the Card and is the signature needed on the Card.

10. If Cards are mutilated, or for any reason are illegible or are not signed properly, they are sent back to Customer with an explanatory letter and a new Card and return envelope. The mutilated or illegible Card is disregarded and considered to be not received for purposes of vote tabulation. Any Cards that have been "kicked out" (e.g., mutilated, illegible) of the procedure are "hand verified," (i.e., examined as to why they did not complete the system). Any questions on those Cards are usually remedied individually.

11. There are various control procedures used to ensure proper tabulation of votes and accuracy of that tabulation. The most prevalent is to sort the Cards as they first arrive, into categories depending upon their vote; an estimate of how the vote is progressing may then be calculated. If the initial estimates and the actual vote do not coincide, then an internal audit of that vote should occur. This may entail a recount.

12. The actual tabulation of votes is done in units (or equivalent shares) which is then converted to shares. (It is very important that the fund receives the tabulations stated in terms of a percentage and the number of shares.) The Fund must review and approve tabulation format.

13. Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to the Fund on the morning of the meeting not later than 10:00 A.M. Houston time. The Fund may request an earlier deadline if reasonable and if required to calculate the vote in time for the meeting.

14. A Certification of Mailing and Authorization to Vote. Shares will be required from the Company as well as an original copy of the final vote. The Fund will provide a standard form for each Certification.

15. The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from the Customers. In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes, the Fund will be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

16. All approvals and "signing off" may be done orally, but must always be followed up in writing.

30

AMENDMENT NO. 1
To The
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
Among
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST,
VAN KAMPEN FUNDS INC.,
VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.,
And
PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

WHEREAS, Protective Life Insurance Company ("Company"), Van Kampen Life Investment Trust ("Fund"), Van Kampen Funds Inc. ("Underwriter") and Van Kampen Asset Management Inc. ("Adviser") have previously entered into a Participation Agreement dated as of October 1, 2000 ("Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to add an additional contract funded by its variable annuity separate account, which invests in Class II Shares of the Portfolios listed in Schedule B of the Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Fund has agreed to provide Class II Shares to the separate accounts listed in Schedule A of the Agreement;

WHEREAS, each of the parties hereto desires to amend and restate SCHEDULE A to the Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, each of the parties hereby amends the Agreement as follows:

1. SCHEDULE A is hereby amended and restated, and replaced in its entirety by the SCHEDULE A attached hereto.

2. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment No. 1 shall have the meaning assigned in the Agreement. Except as set forth in this Amendment No. 1, no other modifications or changes are made to the Agreement.

3. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together will be deemed one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed in their names and on their behalf and through their duly authorized offices, as of this 1st day of October, 2001.

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                            VAN KAMPEN FUNDS INC.


/s/ Carolyn King                                          /s/ Louis Kafkes
---------------------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------------
By: Carolyn King  Title: Senior Vice President            By: Louis Kafkes     Title: Vice President


VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST                      VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.


/s/ Stephen Boyd                                         /s/ Stephen Boyd
---------------------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------------
By: Stephen Boyd  Title: Executive Vice President        By: Stephen Boyd     Title: President


SCHEDULE A
SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND CONTRACTS

NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND DATE                 FORM NUMBER AND NAMES OF CONTRACTS
ESTABLISHED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS             FUNDED BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
-------------------------------------             -----------------------------------
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account      Protective Variable Annuity
(12/23/1993)                                      FORM IPV-2002 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Elements(R) Plus Variable Annuity (formerly marketed as
                                                  "Elements(SM) Variable Annuity")
                                                  FORM IPV-2021P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2021V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2019 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2019C (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Elements(R) Access Variable Annuity
                                                  FORM IPV-2025P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2025V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2045 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2045C (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Advantage(SM) Variable Annuity
                                                  FORM IPV-2037P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2037V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2039 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2039C (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Variable Annuity II
                                                  FORM IPV-2048P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2048V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2050 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2050C (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Elements(R) Classic Variable Annuity
                                                  FORM IPV-2074P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2074V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2075 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2075C (and state-specific variations thereof)

October 1, 2001


AMENDMENT NO. 2
To The
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
Among
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST,
VAN KAMPEN FUNDS INC.,
VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.,
And
PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

WHEREAS, Protective Life Insurance Company ("Company"), Van Kampen Life Investment Trust ("Fund"), Van Kampen Funds Inc. ("Underwriter") and Van Kampen Asset Management Inc. ("Adviser") have previously entered into a Participation Agreement dated as of October 1, 2000 ("Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to add additional contracts funded by its variable life separate account, which invest in Class II Shares of the Portfolios listed in Schedule B of the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Fund has agreed to provide Class II Shares to the accounts listed in Schedule A of the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, each of the parties hereto desires to amend and restate Schedule A to the Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, each of the parties hereby amends the Agreement as follows:

1. Schedule A is hereby amended and restated and replaced in its entirety by the Schedule A attached hereto.

2. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment No. 2 shall have the meaning assigned in the Agreement. Except as set forth in this Amendment No. 2, no other modifications or changes are made to the Agreement.

3. This Amendment No. 2 may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together will be deemed one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to be executed in their names and on their behalf and through their duly authorized offices, as of the 1st day of May, 2002.

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                            VAN KAMPEN FUNDS INC.


/s/ Carolyn King                                         /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
---------------------------------------------------      ------------------------------------------------
By: Carolyn King       Title: Senior Vice President      By: [ILLEGIBLE]        Title: Executive Director


VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST                      VAN KAMPEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.


/s/ John L. Sullivan                                     /s/ John L. Sullivan
---------------------------------------------------      ------------------------------------------------
By: John L. Sullivan  Title: Treasurer                   By: John L. Sullivan   Title: Vice President


SCHEDULE A

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND CONTRACTS

NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND                      FORM NUMBERS AND NAMES OF CONTRACTS
DATE ESTABLISHED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS            FUNDED BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
--------------------------------------            -----------------------------------
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account      Protective Variable Annuity
(12/23/1993)                                      FORM IPV-2002 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Elements(R) Plus Variable Annuity (formerly marketed as
                                                  "Elements(SM) Variable Annuity")
                                                  FORM IPV-2021P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2021V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2019 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2019C (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Elements(R) Access Variable Annuity
                                                  FORM IPV-2025P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2025V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2045 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2045C (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Advantage(SM) Variable Annuity
                                                  FORM IPV-2037P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2037V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2039 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2039C (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Variable Annuity II
                                                  FORM IPV-2048P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2048V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2050 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2050C (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Elements(R) Classic Variable Annuity
                                                  FORM IPV-2074P (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2074V (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2075 (and state-specific variations thereof)
                                                  FORM IPV-2075C (and state-specific variations thereof)

CONTINUED
Effective May 1, 2002


NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND                      FORM NUMBERS AND NAMES OF CONTRACTS
DATE ESTABLISHED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS            FUNDED BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
--------------------------------------            -----------------------------------
Protective Variable Life Separate Account         Protective Premiere I variable life insurance policy
(2/15/1995)                                       FORM VUL-04 2-96 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Premiere II variable life insurance policy
                                                  FORM VUL-06 3-98 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Single Premium Plus variable life insurance policy
                                                  FORM VUL-05 2-98 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Transitions variable life insurance policy
                                                  FORM VUL-06 3-98 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Survivor variable life insurance policy
                                                  FORM VUL-07 1-00 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Premiere Provider variable life insurance policy
                                                  FORM VUL-08 12-00 (and state-specific variations thereof)

                                                  Protective Preserver variable life insurance policy
                                                  FORM VUL-09 9-01 (and state-specific variations thereof)

Effective May 1, 2002



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 8(i)


PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Among

OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS,

OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC.

and

                        LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

        THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), made and entered into as of the            day of                        , 200    by and among                        Life Insurance Company (hereinafter the "Company"), on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate account of the Company named in Schedule 1 to this Agreement, as may be amended from time to time by mutual consent (hereinafter collectively the "Accounts"), Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds (hereinafter the "Fund") and OppenheimerFunds, Inc. (hereinafter the "Adviser").

        WHEREAS, the Fund is an open-end management investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for separate accounts now in existence or to be established at any date hereafter for variable life insurance policies, variable annuity contracts and other tax-deferred products (collectively, the "Variable Insurance Products") offered by insurance companies (hereinafter "Participating Insurance Companies");

        WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund is divided into several series of shares, each designated a "Portfolio", and each representing the interests in a particular managed pool of securities and other assets;

        WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), dated July 16, 1986 (File No. 812-6324) granting Participating Insurance Companies and variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (hereinafter the "1940 Act") and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies (hereinafter the "Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order")

        WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and its shares are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act");

        WHEREAS, the Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

        WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable annuity and/or life insurance contracts under the 1933 Act (hereinafter "Contracts") (unless an exemption from registration is available);

        WHEREAS, the Accounts are or will be duly organized, validly existing segregated asset accounts, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid variable contracts (the Separate Account(s) covered by the Agreement are specified in Schedule 1 attached hereto, as may be modified by mutual consent from time to time);

        WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register the Accounts as unit investment trusts under the 1940 Act (unless an exemption from registration is available);

        WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios (the Portfolios covered by this Agreement are specified in



Schedule 2 attached hereto as may be modified by mutual consent from time to time), on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts, and the Fund is authorized to sell such shares to unit investment trusts such as the Accounts at net asset value; and

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Fund, the Adviser and the Company agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

        1.1.  The Fund agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the Fund which the Company orders on behalf of the Accounts, executing such orders on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the order for the shares of the Fund. For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of such orders from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives written (or facsimile) notice of such order by 9:30 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

        1.2.  The Company shall pay for Fund shares by 2:00 P.M. New York time on the next Business Day after it places an order to purchase Fund shares in accordance with Section 1.1 hereof. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire or by a credit for any shares redeemed.

        1.3.  The Fund agrees to make Fund shares available for purchase by the Company for their separate Accounts listed in Schedule 1 on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC; provided, however, that the Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the "Trustees") may refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Trustees, acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, in the best interests of the shareholders of any Portfolio (including without limitation purchase orders that individually or together with other contemporaneous orders represent large transactions in shares of any Portfolio held for a relatively brief period of time). Such shares shall be purchased at the applicable net asset value per share, increased by any initial sales charge, if the Fund's prospectus then in effect imposes such a charge on such purchases.

        1.4.  The Fund agrees to redeem, upon the Company's request, any full or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption, reduced by any redemption fee or deferred sales charge, if the Fund's prospectus in effect as of the date of such redemption imposes such a fee or charge on such redemptions. For purposes of this Section 1.4, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of requests for redemption and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives written (or facsimile) notice of such request for redemption by 9:30 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day; however the Company undertakes to use its best efforts to provide such notice to the Fund by no later than 9:00 A.M. New York time on the next following Business Day. Payment shall be made within the time period specified in the Fund's prospectus or statement of additional information, provided, however, that if the Fund does not pay for the Fund shares that are redeemed on the next Business Day after a request to redeem shares is made, then the Fund shall apply any such delay in redemptions uniformly to all holders of shares of that Portfolio. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire to the Company's bank accounts as designated by the Company in writing from time to time.

        1.5.  The Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares of the Portfolios named in Schedule 2 offered by the then current prospectus and statement of additional information of the Fund in accordance with the provisions of such prospectus and statement of additional information. The

2



Company shall not permit any person other than a Contract owner to give instructions to the Company which would require the Company to redeem or exchange shares of the Fund.

ARTICLE II. Representations and Warranties

        2.1.  The Company represents and warrants that the securities deemed to be issued by the Accounts under the Contracts are or will be registered under the 1933 Act (unless an exemption from registration is available) and, that the Contracts will be issued, offered and sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including without limitation state insurance suitability requirements and National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") conduct rules. The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable state law and that it has legally and validly established the Accounts prior to the issuance or sale of units thereof as a segregated asset account and has registered the Accounts as unit investment trusts in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act (unless an exemption from registration is available) to serve as segregated investment accounts for the Contracts, and that it will maintain such registration for so long as any Contracts are outstanding or until registration is no longer required under federal and state securities laws. The Company shall amend the registration statement under the 1933 Act for the Contracts and the registration statement under the 1940 Act for the Accounts from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of the Contracts or as may otherwise be required by applicable law. The Company shall register and qualify the Contracts for sale in accordance with the securities laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed necessary by the Company.

        2.2.  The Company represents and warrants, for purposes other than diversification under Section 817 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the "Code"), that the Contracts are currently and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance or annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder, and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund and the Adviser immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future. In addition, the Company represents and warrants that the Accounts are a "segregated asset accounts" and that interests in the Accounts are offered exclusively through the purchase of or transfer into a "variable contract" within the meaning of such terms under Section 817 of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder (and any amendments or other modifications to such section or such regulations (and any revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices and other published announcements of the Internal Revenue Service interpreting these provisions). The Company shall continue to meet such definitional requirements, and it will notify the Fund and the Adviser immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that such requirements have ceased to be met or that they might not be met in the future. The Company represents and warrants that it will not purchase Fund shares with assets derived from tax-qualified retirement plans except indirectly, through Contracts purchased in connection with such plans.

        2.3.  Subject to Section 2.5 hereof, the Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are currently and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance or annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund and the Adviser immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

        2.4.  The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act and duly authorized for issuance and sold in accordance with applicable state and federal law and that the Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act for as long as the Fund shares are sold. The Fund shall amend the registration statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of

3



its shares. The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund.

        2.5.  The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as variable contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Fund represents and warrants that each Portfolio of the Fund will comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or Regulations (and any revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices, and other published announcements of the Internal Revenue Service interpreting these provisions). In the event the Fund should fail to so qualify, it will take all reasonable steps (a) to notify the Company of such breach and (b) to resume compliance with such diversification requirement within the grace period afforded by Treasury Regulation 1.817.5. The Fund and Adviser represent that each Portfolio is qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code and that it will maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor provision), and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

        2.6.  If the Contracts purchase shares of a series and class of the Fund that have adopted a plan under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act to finance distribution expenses (a "12b-1 Plan"), the Company agrees to provide the Trustees any information as may be reasonably necessary for the Trustees to review the Fund's 12b-1 Plan or Plans.

        2.7.  The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply with applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

        2.8.  The Adviser represents and warrants that it is and will remain duly registered under all applicable federal and state securities laws and that it shall perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance with any applicable state and federal securities laws.

        2.9.  The Fund and Adviser each represent and warrant that all of its respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, investment advisers, and transfer agent of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond (which may, at the Fund's election, be in the form of a joint insured bond) or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the minimal coverage as required currently by Section 17(g) and Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act or related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time. The aforesaid Bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable insurance company. The Adviser agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Company in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

        2.10.  The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors, officers, employees, agents, investment advisers, and other individuals and entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage in an amount not less than the equivalent of U.S. $10 million. The aforesaid bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable insurance company. The Company agrees that any amount received under such bond in connection with claims that derive from arrangements described in this Agreement will be paid by the Company for the benefit of the Fund. The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund and the Adviser in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

        2.11.  The Fund and the Adviser represent that they will make a good faith effort to (a) materially comply with any applicable state insurance law restrictions with which the Fund must comply to perform its obligations under this Agreement, provided, however, that the Company provide specific

4



notification of such restrictions to the Fund and the Adviser in advance and in writing,; and (b) furnish information to the Company about the Fund not otherwise available to the Company which is required by state insurance law to enable the Company to obtain the authority needed to issue the Contracts in any applicable state.

ARTICLE III. Sales Material, Prospectuses and Other Reports

        3.1.  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Fund or the Adviser is named, at least ten Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably object to such use within ten Business Days after receipt of such material. "Business Day" shall mean any day in which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and in which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        3.2.  The Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund shares, as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund, or in sale literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee, except with the permission of the Fund.

        3.3.  For purposes of this Article III, the phrase "sales literature or other promotional material" means advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboard or electronic media), and sales literature (such as brochures, circulars, market letters and form letters), distributed or made generally available to customers or the public.

        3.4.  The Fund shall provide a copy of its current prospectus within a reasonable period of its filing date, and provide other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus for the Fund is supplemented or amended) to have the prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund's prospectus printed together in one document (such printing to be at the Company's expense). The Adviser shall be permitted to review and approve the typeset form of the Fund's Prospectus prior to such printing.

        3.5.  The Fund or the Adviser shall provide the Company with either: (i) a copy of the Fund's proxy material, reports to shareholders, other information relating to the Fund necessary to prepare financial reports, and other communications to shareholders for printing and distribution to Contract owners at the Company's expense, or (ii) camera ready and/or printed copies, if appropriate, of such material for distribution to Contract owners at the Company' expense, within a reasonable period of the filing date for definitive copies of such material. The Adviser shall be permitted to review and approve the typeset form of such proxy material, shareholder reports and communications prior to such printing.

        3.6.  In the event a meeting of shareholders of the Fund (or any Portfolio) is called by the Trustees, the Company shall:

5


ARTICLE IV. Fees and Expenses

        4.1.  The Fund and Adviser shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this agreement, and the Company shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Fund or Adviser, except as provided herein.

        4.2.  All expenses incident to performance by each party of its respective duties under this Agreement shall be paid by that party. The Fund shall see to it that all its shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable federal law and, if and to the extent advisable by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund's shares, preparation and filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration statement, proxy materials and reports, and the preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law.

        4.3.  The Company shall bear the expenses of typesetting, printing and distributing the Fund's prospectus, proxy materials and reports to owners of Contracts issued by the Company.

        4.4.  In the event the Fund adds one or more additional Portfolios and the parties desire to make such Portfolios available to the respective Contract owners as an underlying investment medium, a new Schedule 2 or an amendment to this Agreement shall be executed by the parties authorizing the issuance of shares of the new Portfolios to the particular Accounts. The amendment may also provide for the sharing of expenses for the establishment of new Portfolios among Participating Insurance Companies desiring to invest in such Portfolios and the provision of funds as the initial investment in the new Portfolios.

ARTICLE V. Potential Conflicts

        5.1.  The Board of Trustees of the Fund (the "Board") will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the Contract owners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by participating insurance companies or by variable annuity contract and variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting instructions of Contract owners. The Board shall promptly inform the Company if it determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

        5.2.  The Company has reviewed a copy of the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, and in particular, has reviewed the conditions to the requested relief set forth therein. The Company agrees to be bound by the responsibilities of a participating insurance company as set forth in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, including without limitation the requirement that the Company report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities in monitoring such conflicts under the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing the Board in a timely manner with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever Contract owner voting instructions are disregarded and by confirming in writing, at the Fund's request, that the Company are unaware of any such potential or existing material irreconcilable conflicts.

6



        5.3.  If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its disinterested Trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company shall, at its expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested Trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (1) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group ( i.e. , annuity contract owners, life insurance contract owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected Contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2) establishing a new registered management investment company or managed separate accounts. The Company's obligations under this Section 5.3 shall not depend on whether other affected participating insurance companies fulfill a similar obligation.

        5.4.  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by the Company to disregard Contract owner voting instructions and that decision could conflict with the majority of Contract owner instructions, the Company may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the Accounts' investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. Any such withdrawal and termination must take place within six (6) months after the Fund gives written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the end of the six month period the Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase and redemption of shares of the Fund.

        5.5.  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular state insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company conflicts with the majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the Accounts' investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement within six months after the Board informs the Company in writing that it has determined that such decision has created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase and redemption of shares of the Fund, subject to applicable regulatory limitation.

        5.6.  For purposes of Sections 5.3 through 5.6 of this Agreement, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by Section 5.3 to establish a new funding medium for Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Board determines that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material conflict, then the Company will withdraw the particular Accounts' investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Board informs the Company in writing of the foregoing determination, provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board.

ARTICLE VI. Applicable Law

        6.1  This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

7



        6.2.  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemption from those statutes, rules and regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith, provided however that the term "Registration Statement or Prospectus for the Variable Contracts" and terms of similar import shall include (i) any offering circular or similar document and sales literature or other promotional materials used to offer and/or sell the variable Contracts in compliance with the private offering exemption in the 1933 Act and applicable federal and state laws and regulations, and (ii) the term "Registration Statement" and "Prospectus" as defined in the 1933 Act.

ARTICLE VII. Termination

        7.1  This Agreement shall terminate:

8


        7.2.  It is understood and agreed that the right of any party hereto to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(a) may be exercised for cause or for no cause.

ARTICLE VIII. Indemnification

        8.1.   Indemnification By The Company

9


        8.2.   Indemnification by Adviser and Fund

10


11


        8.3   Indemnification Procedure

        Any person obligated to provide indemnification under this Article VIII ("indemnifying party" for the purpose of this Section 8.3) shall not be liable under the indemnification provisions of this Article VIII with respect to any claim made against a party entitled to indemnification under this Article VIII ("indemnified party" for the purpose of this Section 8.3) unless such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such indemnified party (or after such party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the indemnifying party of any such claim shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to the indemnified party against whom such action is brought under the indemnification provisions of this Article VIII, except to the extent that the failure to notify results in the failure of actual notice to the indemnifying party and such indemnifying party is damaged solely as a result of failure to give such notice. In case any such action is brought against the indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The indemnifying party also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of the indemnifying party's election to assume the defense thereof, the indemnified party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the indemnifying party will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

        A successor by law of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnification contained in this Article VIII. The indemnification provisions contained in this Article VIII shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX. Notices

        Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify to the other party.

12



        If to the Fund:

        If to the Adviser:

        If to the Company:




ARTICLE X. Miscellaneous

        10.1.  The Company represents and warrants that any Contracts eligible to purchase shares of the Fund and offered and/or sold in private placements will comply in all material respects with the exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and applicable federal and state laws and regulations.

        10.2.  Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses of the owners of the Contracts and all information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by (i) this Agreement and (ii) by Title V, Subtitle A of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and by regulations adopted thereunder by regulators having jurisdiction over the parties hereto, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and addresses and other confidential information without the express written consent of the affected party until such time as it may come into the public domain.

        10.3.  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

        10.4.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        10.5.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

        10.6.  Each party hereto shall cooperate with, and promptly notify each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the Securities and Exchange Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

        10.7.  The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

        10.8.  It is understood by the parties that this Agreement is not an exclusive arrangement in any respect.

13



        10.9.  The Company and the Adviser each understand and agree that the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement are not binding upon any Trustee or shareholder of the Fund personally, but bind only the Fund with respect to the Portfolio and the Portfolio's property; the Company and the Adviser each represent that it has notice of the provisions of the Declaration of Trust of the Fund disclaiming Trustee and shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund.

        10.10.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of all the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Adviser may transfer or assign its rights, duties and obligations hereunder or interest herein to any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by Oppenheimer Acquisition Corp. (the Adviser's parent corporation) or to a successor in interest pursuant to a merger, reorganization, stock sale, asset sale or other transaction, without the consent of the Company, as long as (i) that assignee agrees to assume all the obligations imposed on the Adviser by this Agreement, and (ii) the Fund consents to that assignment.

        10.11.  This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties and supercedes all prior communications, agreements and understandings, oral or written, between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof.

14


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed as of the date specified below.

                            LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

 
       
    Title:    
       
    Date:    
       

 

 

OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS

 

 

By:

 

 
       
    Title:    
       
    Date:    
       

 

 

OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC.
    By:    
       
    Title:    
       
    Date:    
       

15



SCHEDULE 1

Separate Accounts
  Products

16



SCHEDULE 2

Portfolios of Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds shown below do not include service class shares unless expressly indicated:

17




QuickLinks

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 1
SCHEDULE 2

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 8(j)


PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Among

THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.,

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.,

and

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Dated as of

            , 2003



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
ARTICLE I.   Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares   2
ARTICLE II.   Representations and Warranties   4
ARTICLE III.   Prospectuses, Reports to Shareholders and Proxy Statements; Voting   6
ARTICLE IV.   Sales Material and Information   8
ARTICLE V.   Fees and Expenses   9
ARTICLE VI.   Diversification   9
ARTICLE VII.   Potential Conflicts   10
ARTICLE VIII.   Indemnification   11
ARTICLE IX.   Applicable Law   17
ARTICLE X.   Termination   17
ARTICLE XI.   Notices   19
ARTICLE XII.   Miscellaneous   19
SCHEDULE A   Separate Accounts and Associated Contracts   A-1
SCHEDULE B   Portfolios of The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc. Available Under this Agreement   B-1
SCHEDULE C   Proxy Voting Procedures   C-1

        THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the            day of                        , 2003 by and among Protective Life Insurance Company (the "Company"), a Tennessee corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be amended from time to time (each such account referred to as an "Account"), THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC. (the "Fund"), a Maryland corporation, MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED (the "Underwriter"), a Delaware corporation, and MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC. (the "Adviser"), a Delaware corporation.

        WHEREAS, the Fund engages in business as an open-end management investment company and is available to act as (i) the investment vehicle for separate accounts established by insurance companies for individual and group life insurance policies and annuity contracts with variable accumulation and/or pay-out provisions (hereinafter referred to individually and/or collectively as "Variable Insurance Products") and (ii) the investment vehicle for certain qualified pension and retirement plans ("Qualified Plans"); and

        WHEREAS, insurance companies desiring to utilize the Fund as an investment vehicle under their Variable Insurance Products enter into participation agreements with the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser (the "Participating Insurance Companies"); and

        WHEREAS, shares of the Fund are divided into several series of shares, each representing the interest in a particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets, any one or more of which may be made available under this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, the Fund intends to offer shares of the series set forth on Schedule B hereto (each such series referred to as a "Portfolio"), as such Schedule may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto, to the Account(s) of the Company (all references herein to "shares" of a Portfolio shall mean the class or classes of shares specifically identified on Schedule B); and

        WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), dated September 19, 1996 (File No. 812-10118), granting Participating Insurance Companies and Variable Insurance Product separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by Variable Insurance Product separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies and Qualified Plans (the "Shared Funding Exemptive Order"); and

        WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and its shares are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"); and

        WHEREAS, the Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable state securities laws; and

        WHEREAS, the Adviser manages the Portfolios of the Fund; and

        WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker/dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), is a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and serves as principal underwriter of the shares of the Fund; and

        WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register under the 1933 Act the Variable Insurance Products identified on Schedule A hereto (the "Contracts"), as such Schedule may be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties hereto; and

        WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated asset account, established by resolution or under authority of the Board of Directors of the Company, on the date



shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the Contracts; and

        WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register each Account as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and

        WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares of the Portfolios, on behalf of each Account or sub-Account thereof (together, as applicable, an "Account"), to fund the Contracts and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to each such Account at net asset value.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

        1.1.  The Fund and the Underwriter agree to make available for purchase by the Company shares of the Portfolios and shall execute orders placed for each Account on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of such order. For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund and the Underwriter for receipt of such orders from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such order by 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the next following Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to SEC rules.

        1.2.  The Fund, so long as this Agreement is in effect, agrees to make shares of the Portfolios available for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and its Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to SEC rules and the Fund shall use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day that the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Fund (the "Board") may refuse to permit the Fund to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

        1.3.  The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts and to certain Qualified Plans. No shares of a Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

        1.4.  The Fund and the Underwriter agree to redeem for cash, on the Company's request, any full or fractional shares of the Portfolios held by the Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption. Subject to and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, however, the Fund reserves the right to redeem shares of the Portfolios for assets other than cash. For purposes of this Section 1.4, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund and the Underwriter for receipt of requests for redemption from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such request for redemption by 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the next following Business Day.

        1.5.  The Company agrees that purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares offered by the then current prospectus of the Fund shall be made in accordance with the provisions of such prospectus. The Company will give the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser forty-five (45) days written notice of its intention to make available in the future any other investment company as a funding vehicle under the Contracts.

2


        1.6.  The Company shall pay for Portfolio shares on the next Business Day after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.1 hereof. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire and the Company agrees to use its best efforts to transmit such funds by no later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern time on the day of transmission. For purposes of Sections 2.10 and 2.11, upon receipt by the Fund of the federal funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the responsibility of the Company and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.

        1.7.  Issuance and transfer of the Fund's shares will be by book entry only. Share certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account. Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate sub-account of each Account.

        1.8.  The Fund shall use its best efforts to furnish same-day notice (by wire or telephone, followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any income dividends or capital gain distributions payable on Portfolio shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as are payable on a Portfolio's shares in additional shares of that Portfolio. The Company reserves the right to revoke this election and to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

        1.9.  The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each Portfolio available to the Company on each Business Day as soon as reasonably practical after the net asset value per share is calculated (normally by 6:30 p.m. Eastern time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 7:00 p.m. Eastern time.

        1.10.The Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to the Contracts (as distinct from Fund shares attributable to the Company's assets held in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract owner initiated or approved transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general application (hereinafter referred to as a "Legally Required Redemption") or (iii) as permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(b) of the 1940 Act. Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Fund) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption. Furthermore, except in cases where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company shall not prevent Contract owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the Fund ninety (90) days prior written notice of its intention to do so.

ARTICLE II. Representations and Warranties

        2.1.  The Company represents and warrants that: (i) it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law; (ii) it has legally and validly established each Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated asset account under applicable laws and regulations; and (iii) it has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register and will thereafter maintain the registration of each Account as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts. The Company further represents and warrants that: (i) the Contracts are or will be registered and shall remain registered under the 1933 Act; (ii) the Contracts will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws; and (iii) the sale of the Contracts shall comply in all material respects with state insurance suitability requirements. The Company shall amend the registration statement for the Accounts and the Contracts under the 1940 Act and the 1933 Act, respectively, from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of the Contracts.

        2.2.  The Fund and the Underwriter represent and warrant that Fund shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of the State of Maryland and all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the

3



Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund shall amend the registration statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares. The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund.

        2.3.  The Fund represents that it is currently qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and that it will use its reasonable efforts to maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision) and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify.

        2.4.  The Company represents and warrants that each Account is and will continue to be a "segregated asset account" under applicable provisions of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and that each Contract is and will continue to be treated as a "variable contract" under applicable provisions of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The Company further represents and warrants that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that any Account or Contract has ceased to be so treated or that any Account or Contract might not be so treated in the future.

        2.5.  The Fund represents that to the extent that it decides to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, the Fund undertakes to have the Board, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund, formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses.

        2.6.  The Fund makes no representation as to whether any aspect of its operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and investment policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states.

        2.7.  The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and that it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

        2.8.  The Adviser represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable federal and state securities laws and that it will perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of its state of domicile and any applicable state and federal securities laws.

        2.9.  The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable federal and state securities laws and that it will perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of its state of domicile and any applicable state and federal securities laws.

        2.10.    The Fund represents and warrants that all of its directors, officers, employees, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the minimum coverage as currently required by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act or related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time. The aforesaid blanket fidelity bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

        2.11.    The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Account(s) are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Company and/or the Account(s) that is reasonable and customary in light of the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The aforesaid includes coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company in an amount not less than

4



$5 million. The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

ARTICLE III. Prospectuses, Reports to Shareholders and Proxy Statements; Voting

        3.1.  The Fund or its designee shall provide the Company with as many printed copies of the Fund's current prospectus and statement of additional information as the Company may reasonably request. If requested by the Company, in lieu of providing printed copies the Fund shall provide camera-ready film or computer diskettes containing the Fund's prospectus and statement of additional information, and such other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus and/or statement of additional information for the Fund is amended during the year) to have the prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund's prospectus printed together in one document, and to have the statement of additional information for the Fund and the statement of additional information for the Contracts printed together in one document. Alternatively, the Company may print the Fund's prospectus and/or its statement of additional information in combination with other fund companies' prospectuses and statements of additional information.

        3.2.  Except as provided in this Section 3.2, all expenses of preparing, setting in type, printing and distributing Fund prospectuses and statements of additional information shall be the expense of the Company. For prospectuses and statements of additional information provided by the Company to its Contract owners who currently own shares of one or more Portfolios ("Existing Contract Owners"), in order to update disclosure as required by the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act, the cost of printing shall be borne by the Fund. If the Company chooses to receive camera-ready film or computer diskettes in lieu of receiving printed copies of the Fund's prospectus, the Fund shall bear the cost of typesetting to provide the Fund's prospectus to the Company in the format in which the Fund is accustomed to formatting prospectuses, and the Company shall bear the expense of adjusting or changing the format to conform with any of its prospectuses. In such event, the Fund will reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the product of "x" and "y", where "x" is the number of such prospectuses distributed to Existing Contract Owners and "y" is the Fund's per unit cost of printing the Fund's prospectus. The same procedures shall be followed with respect to the Fund's statement of additional information. The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the Fund's expenses do not include the costs of printing, typesetting or distributing any prospectuses or statements of additional information other than the costs of printing those prospectuses or statements of additional information actually distributed to Existing Contract Owners.

        3.3.  The statement of additional information of the Fund shall be obtainable from the Fund, the Underwriter, the Company or such other person as the Fund may designate.

        3.4.  The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of its proxy statements, reports to shareholders, and other communications (except for prospectuses and statements of additional information, which are covered in Section 3.1) to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to Existing Contract Owners. The Fund shall not pay any costs of distributing such proxy materials, reports to shareholders and other communications to prospective Contract owners.

        3.5.  If and to the extent required by law, the Company shall distribute all proxy materials furnished by the Fund to Contract owners to whom voting privileges are required to be extended and shall:

5


so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners. The Company reserves the right to vote Portfolio shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent permitted by law. If the Company is required to solicit voting instructions, the Fund and the Company shall follow the procedures, and shall have the corresponding responsibilities, for the handling of proxies and voting instruction solicitations, as set forth in Schedule C attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for ensuring that each of their separate accounts participating in the Fund (and for which the soliciting of voting instructions is required) calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with the standards set forth on Schedule C, which standards will also be provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.

        3.6.  The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide for annual meetings (except insofar as the SEC may interpret Section 16 of the 1940 Act not to require such meetings) or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act) as well as with Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and, if and when applicable, Section 16(b) of the 1940 Act. Further, the Fund will act in accordance with the SEC's interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act with respect to periodic elections of directors and with whatever rules the SEC may promulgate with respect thereto.

ARTICLE IV. Sales Material and Information

        4.1.  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser is named, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used without the prior approval of the Fund or its designee. The Fund shall use its reasonable best efforts to review any such material as soon as practicable after receipt and no later than ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such material.

        4.2.  The Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund shares, as such registration statement or prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund which are in the public domain or approved by the Fund for distribution to Fund shareholders, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee, except with the permission of the Fund.

        4.3.  The Fund or its designee shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or its Account(s) or Contract(s) are named at least ten (10) Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee reasonably objects to such use within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such material.

        4.4.  Neither the Fund, the Underwriter nor the Adviser shall give any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, each Account, or the Contracts, other than the information or representations contained in a registration statement or prospectus for the Contracts, as such registration statement or prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for each Account which are in the public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the Company.

6



        4.5.  The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares and are relevant to the Company or the Contracts.

        4.6.  The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to investment in the Fund or the Portfolios under the Contracts.

        4.7.  For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase "sales literature or other promotional material" includes, but is not limited to, any of the following that refer to the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund: advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales literature (i.e., any written communication distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, and registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, shareholder reports, and proxy materials.

ARTICLE V. Fees and Expenses

        5.1.  The Fund shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, except that if the Fund or any Portfolio adopts and implements a service plan and/or a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1, then the Underwriter may make payments to the Company or to the underwriter for the Contracts pursuant to such plans if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in writing.

        5.2.  All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement shall be paid by the Fund. The Fund shall see to it that all its shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable federal law and, if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Fund shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund's shares, preparation and filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration statement, proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders, the preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law, and all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Fund's shares.

        5.3.  The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Fund's prospectus, statement of additional information, proxy materials and reports to owners of Contracts issued by the Company.

7


ARTICLE VI. Diversification

        6.1.  The Fund will use its best efforts to at all times comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or Regulations. In the event the Fund ceases to so qualify, it will take reasonable steps to (a) notify the Company of such event and (b) adequately diversify the Fund so as to achieve compliance within the grace period afforded by Regulation 1.817-5.

ARTICLE VII. Potential Conflicts

        7.1.  The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by contract owners; or (f) a decision by a Participating Insurance Company to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners. The Fund shall promptly inform the Company if the Board determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

        7.2.  The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order by providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever Contract owner voting instructions are disregarded. The Company agrees that these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

        7.3.  If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its disinterested members, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company and other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested directors), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (1) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group ( i.e. , annuity contract owners, life insurance policy owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2) establishing a new registered management investment company or managed separate account. No charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal. The Company agrees that it bears the responsibility to take remedial action in the event of a Board determination of an irreconcilable material conflict and the cost of such remedial action, and that these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

        7.4.  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the affected Account's investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account (at the Company's expense); provided, however that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the

8



disinterested members of the Board. No charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal. The Company agrees that it bears the responsibility to take remedial action in the event of a Board determination of an irreconcilable material conflict and the cost of such remedial action, and that these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

        7.5.  For purposes of Sections 7.3 and 7.4 of this Agreement, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 or 7.4 to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict.

        7.6.  If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

        7.7.  Each of the Company and the Adviser shall at least annually submit to the Board such reports, materials or data as the Board may reasonably request so that the Board may fully carry out the obligations imposed upon it by the provisions hereof and in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order. Such reports, materials and data shall be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Board.

ARTICLE VIII. Indemnification

        8.1.   Indemnification by the Company

        8.1(a).    The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, the Underwriter, the Adviser and each member of the Board and each officer and employee of the Fund, and each director, officer and employee of the Underwriter and the Adviser, and each person, if any, who controls the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" and individually, an "Indemnified Party," for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Contracts and:

9


Each of paragraphs (i) through (v) above is limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) below.

        8.1(b).    The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement.

        8.1(c).    The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action. The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Company to such party of the Company's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

        8.1(d).    The Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser, as applicable, will promptly notify the Company of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against an Indemnified Party in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Fund shares or the Contracts, or the operation of the Fund.

        8.2.     Indemnification by the Underwriter

        8.2(a).    The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the

10



meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" and individually, an "Indemnified Party," for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of shares of a Portfolio and:

Each of paragraphs (i) through (v) above is limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) below.

        8.2(b).    The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

        8.2(c).    The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after

11



such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

        8.2(d).    The Company will promptly notify the Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against an Indemnified Party in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the operation of the Account(s).

        8.3.     Indemnification by the Adviser

        8.3(a).    The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" and individually, an "Indemnified Party," for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Adviser) or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of shares of a Portfolio and:

12


Each of paragraphs (i) through (v) above is limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 8.3(c) below.

        8.3(b).    The Adviser shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

        8.3(c).    The Adviser shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Adviser in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Adviser of any such claim shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Adviser will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Adviser also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Adviser to such party of the Adviser's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Adviser will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

        8.3(d).    The Company will promptly notify the Adviser of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against an Indemnified Party in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the operation of the Account(s).

ARTICLE IX. Applicable Law

        9.1.  This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

        9.2.  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant (including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

ARTICLE X. Termination

        10.1.    This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first to occur of:

13


        10.2.    Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement with respect to a Portfolio, the Fund and the Underwriter shall at the option of the Company continue to make available additional shares of the Portfolio, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination of this Agreement (the "Existing Contracts"), unless such further sale of Portfolio shares is proscribed by law, regulation or applicable regulatory authority, or unless the Board determines that liquidation of the Portfolio following termination of this Agreement is in the best interests of the Portfolio. Specifically, subject to the foregoing, the owners of the Existing Contracts shall be permitted to direct reallocation of investments in the Portfolio, redemption of investments in the Portfolio and/or investment in the Portfolio upon the making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any terminations under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.

14


ARTICLE XI. Notices

        Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

        If to the Fund:

        If to the Underwriter:

        If to the Adviser:

        If to the Company:

ARTICLE XII. Miscellaneous

        12.1.    All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund, as neither the Board, officers, agents or shareholders of the Fund assume any personal liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.

        12.2.    Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential any "non-public personal information" about any "consumer" of another party (as such terms are defined in SEC Regulation S-P) and any other information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by another party ("Confidential Information"). Each party agrees not to disclose, disseminate or utilize another party's Confidential Information except: (i) as permitted by this Agreement, (ii) upon the written consent of the other party, (iii) where the Confidential Information comes into the public domain through no fault of the party receiving the information, or (iv) as otherwise required or permitted under applicable law.

        12.3.    The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

        12.4.    This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

15



        12.5.    If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

        12.6.    Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the National Association of Securities Dealers and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, each party hereto further agrees to furnish state insurance authorities with any information or reports in connection with services provided under this Agreement which such authorities may request in order to ascertain whether the insurance operations of the Company are being conducted in a manner consistent with applicable law and regulations.

        12.7.    The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

        12.8.    This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties hereto; provided, however, that the Adviser may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any affiliate of or company under common control with the Adviser, if such assignee is duly licensed and registered to perform the obligations of the Adviser under this Agreement.

        12.9.    If requested by the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser, the Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the requesting party or its designee copies of the following documents:

        12.10.    Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by all parties.

16


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date specified above.

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY    

By:

 

 

 

 
   
Name:
Title:
   

THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
   
Name:
Title:
   

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
   
Name:
Title:
   

MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 
   
Name:
Title:
   

17



SCHEDULE A

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND ASSOCIATED CONTRACTS

Name of Separate Account and
Date Established by Board of Directors
  Form Number and Name of
Contract Funded by Separate Account

A-1



SCHEDULE B

PORTFOLIOS OF THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
AVAILABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT

        Universal Institutional Funds Inc.—UIF Equity and Income Portfolio, Class II Shares

B-1



SCHEDULE C

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the handling of proxies and voting instructions relating to the Fund. The defined terms herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Participation Agreement except that the term "Company" shall also include the department or third party assigned by the Company to perform the steps delineated below.

The proxy proposals are given to the Company by the Fund as early as possible before the date set by the Fund for the shareholder meeting to enable the Company to consider and prepare for the solicitation of voting instructions from Contract owners and to facilitate the establishment of tabulation procedures. At this time the Fund will inform the Company of the Record, Mailing and Meeting dates. This will be done verbally approximately two months before the shareholder meeting.

Promptly after the Record Date, the Company will perform a "tape run", or other activity, which will generate the names, addresses and number of units which are attributed to each Contract owner/policyholder (the "Customer") as of the Record Date. Allowance should be made for account adjustments made after this date that could affect the status of the Customers' accounts as of the Record Date.
The Fund's Annual Report must be sent to each Customer by the Company either before or together with the Customers' receipt of voting instruction solicitation material. The Fund will provide the last Annual Report to the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 3.4 of the Participation Agreement to which this Schedule relates.

The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards ("Cards" or "Card") is provided to the Company by the Fund. The Company, at its expense, shall produce and personalize the Voting Instruction Cards. The Fund or its affiliate must approve the Card before it is printed. Allow approximately 2-4 Business Days for printing information on the Cards. Information commonly found on the Cards includes:

-
name (legal name as found on account registration)
-
address
-
fund or account number
-
coding to state number of units
-
individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of votes (already on Cards as printed by the Fund).

(This and related steps may occur later in the chronological process due to possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)

During this time, the Fund will develop, produce and pay for the Notice of Proxy and the Proxy Statement (one document). Printed and folded notices and statements will be sent to Company for insertion into envelopes (envelopes and return envelopes are provided and paid for by the Company). Contents of envelope sent to Customers by the Company will include:

-
Voting Instruction Card(s)
-
One proxy notice and statement (one document)
-
return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the Company or its tabulation agent

C-1


The above contents should be received by the Company approximately 3-5 Business Days before mail date. Individual in charge at Company reviews and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure correctness and completeness. Copy of this approval sent to the Fund.

Package mailed by the Company.

*
The Fund must allow at least a 15-day solicitation time to the Company as the shareowner. (A 5-week period is recommended.) Solicitation time is calculated as calendar days from (but not including,) the shareholder meeting, counting backwards.
Collection and tabulation of Cards begins. Tabulation usually takes place in another department or another vendor depending on process used. An often used procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal into vote categories of all yes, no, or mixed replies, and to begin data entry.
Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration that was printed on the Card.
If Cards are mutilated, or for any reason are illegible or are not signed properly, they are sent back to Customer with an explanatory letter and a new Card and return envelope. The mutilated or illegible Card is disregarded and considered to be not received for purposes of vote tabulation. Any Cards that have been "kicked out" (e.g. mutilated, illegible) of the procedure are "hand verified," i.e., examined as to why they did not complete the system. Any questions on those Cards are usually remedied individually.

There are various control procedures used to ensure proper tabulation of votes and accuracy of that tabulation. The most prevalent is to sort the Cards as they first arrive into categories depending upon their vote; an estimate of how the vote is progressing may then be calculated. If the initial estimates and the actual vote do not coincide, then an internal audit of that vote should occur. This may entail a recount.

The actual tabulation of votes is done in units which is then converted to shares. (It is very important that the Fund receives the tabulations stated in terms of a percentage and the number of shares .) The Fund must review and approve tabulation format.

Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to the Fund on the morning of the shareholder meeting not later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern time. The Fund may request an earlier deadline if reasonable and if required to calculate the vote in time for the shareholder meeting.

A Certification of Mailing and Authorization to Vote Shares will be required from the Company as well as an original copy of the final vote. The Fund will provide a standard form for each Certification.

The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from the Customers. In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes, the Fund will be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

All approvals and "signing-off" may be done orally, but must always be followed up in writing.

C-2




QuickLinks

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCHEDULE A
SCHEDULE B
SCHEDULE C

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 8(k)

AMENDED AND RESTATED
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

AMONG

MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST,

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

AND

MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY

        THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT, made and entered into this            day of            2003, by and among MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Tennessee corporation (the "Company") on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the segregated asset accounts of the Company set forth in Schedule A hereto, as may be amended from time to time (the "Accounts"), and MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("MFS").

        WHEREAS, the parties hereto entered into the Participation Agreement on April 29, 1997, which is hereby amended and restated;

        WHEREAS, the Trust is registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and its shares are registered or will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act");

        WHEREAS, shares of beneficial interest of the Trust are divided into several series of shares, each representing the interests in a particular managed pool of securities and other assets;

        WHEREAS, certain series of shares of the Trust are divided into two separate share classes, an Initial Class and a Service Class, and the Trust on behalf of the Service Class has adopted a Rule 12b-1 plan under the 1940 Act pursuant to which the Service Class pays a distribution fee;

        WHEREAS, the series of shares of the Trust (each, a "Portfolio," and, collectively, the "Portfolios") and the classes of shares of those Portfolios (the "Shares") offered by the Trust to the Company and the Accounts are set forth on Schedule A attached hereto;

        WHEREAS, MFS is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable state securities law, and is the Trust's investment adviser;

        WHEREAS, the Company will issue certain variable annuity and/or variable life insurance contracts (individually, the "Policy" or, collectively, the "Policies") which, if required by applicable law, will be registered under the 1933 Act;

        WHEREAS, the Accounts are duly organized, validly existing segregated asset accounts, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid variable annuity and/or variable life insurance contracts that are allocated to the Accounts (the Policies and the Accounts covered by this Agreement, and each corresponding Portfolio covered by this Agreement in which the Accounts invest, is specified in Schedule A attached hereto as may be modified from time to time);

        WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register the Accounts as unit investment trusts under the 1940 Act (unless exempt therefrom);

        WHEREAS, MFS Fund Distributors, Inc. (the "Underwriter") is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (hereinafter the "1934 Act"), and is a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD");



        WHEREAS, Investment Distributors, Inc., the underwriter for the individual variable annuity and the variable life policies, is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the 1934 Act and is a member in good standing of the NASD; and

        WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase the Shares of the Portfolios as specified in Schedule A attached hereto (the "Shares") on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Policies, and the Trust intends to sell such Shares to the Accounts at net asset value;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Trust, MFS, and the Company agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. Sale of Trust Shares

        1.1.  The Trust agrees to sell to the Company those Shares which the Accounts order (based on orders placed by Policy holders prior to the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "NYSE") on that Business Day, as defined below) and which are available for purchase by such Accounts, executing such orders on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Trust or its designee of the order for the Shares. For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall be the designee of the Trust for receipt of such orders from Policy owners and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Trust; provided that the Trust receives notice of such orders by 10:00 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day and that the Company uses its best efforts to provide the Trust with such notice by 9:30 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "NYSE") is open for trading and on which the Trust calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

        1.2.  The Trust agrees to make the Shares available indefinitely for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and the Accounts on those days on which the Trust calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC and the Trust shall calculate such net asset value on each day which the NYSE is open for trading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Board") may refuse to sell any Shares to the Company and the Accounts, or suspend or terminate the offering of the Shares if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interest of the Shareholders of such Portfolio.

        1.3.  The Trust and MFS agree that the Shares will be sold only to insurance companies which have entered into participation agreements with the Trust and MFS (the "Participating Insurance Companies") and their separate accounts, qualified pension and retirement plans and MFS or its affiliates. The Trust and MFS will not sell Trust shares to any insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as Articles III and VII of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales. The Company will not resell the Shares except to the Trust or its agents.

        1.4.  The Trust agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company's request, any full or fractional Shares held by the Accounts (based on orders placed by Policy owners prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on that Business Day), executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Trust or its designee of the request for redemption. For purposes of this Section 1.4, the Company shall be the designee of the Trust for receipt of requests for redemption from Policy owners and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Trust; provided that the Trust receives notice of such request for redemption by 10:00 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day and that the Company uses its best efforts to provide the Trust with such notice by 9:30 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day.

2



        1.5.  Each purchase, redemption and exchange order placed by the Company shall be placed separately for each Portfolio and shall not be netted with respect to any Portfolio. However, with respect to payment of the purchase price by the Company and of redemption proceeds by the Trust, the Company and the Trust shall net purchase and redemption orders with respect to each Portfolio and shall transmit one net payment for all of the Portfolios in accordance with Section 1.6 hereof.

        1.6.  In the event of net purchases, the Company shall pay for the Shares by 2:00 p.m. New York time on the next Business Day after an order to purchase the Shares is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.1. hereof. In the event of net redemptions, the Trust shall pay the redemption proceeds by 2:00 p.m. New York time on the next Business Day after an order to redeem the shares is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.4. hereof. All such payments shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire.

        1.7.  Issuance and transfer of the Shares will be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or the Accounts. The Shares ordered from the Trust will be recorded in an appropriate title for the Accounts or the appropriate subaccounts of the Accounts.

        1.8.  The Trust shall furnish same day notice (by wire or telephone followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the Shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such dividends and distributions as are payable on a Portfolio's Shares in additional Shares of that Portfolio. The Trust shall notify the Company of the number of Shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

        1.9.  The Trust or its custodian shall make the net asset value per share for each Portfolio available to the Company on each Business Day as soon as reasonably practical after the net asset value per share is calculated and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 6:30 p.m. New York time. In the event that the Trust is unable to meet the 6:30 p.m. time stated herein, it shall provide additional time for the Company to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Shares. Such additional time shall be equal to the additional time which the Trust takes to make the net asset value available to the Company. If the Trust provides materially incorrect share net asset value information, the Trust shall make an adjustment to the number of shares purchased or redeemed for the Accounts to reflect the correct net asset value per share. Any material error in the calculation or reporting of net asset value per share, dividend or capital gains information shall be reported promptly upon discovery to the Company.

ARTICLE II. Certain Representations, Warranties and Covenants

        2.1.  The Company represents and warrants that the Policies are or will be registered under the 1933 Act or are exempt from or not subject to registration thereunder, and that the Policies will be issued, sold, and distributed in compliance in all material respects with all applicable state and federal laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), and the 1940 Act. The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law and that it has legally and validly established the Account as a segregated asset account under applicable law and has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Policies, will register the Accounts as unit investment trusts in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act (unless exempt therefrom) to serve as segregated investment accounts for the Policies, and that it will maintain such registration for so long as any Policies are outstanding. The Company shall amend the registration statements under the 1933 Act for the Policies and the registration statements under the 1940 Act for the Accounts from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of the Policies or as may otherwise be required by applicable law. The Company shall register and qualify the Policies for sales in accordance with the securities laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed necessary by the Company.

3



        2.2.  Subject to Article VI hereof, the Company represents and warrants that the Policies are currently and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance, endowment or annuity contract under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), that it will maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Trust or MFS immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Policies have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

        2.3.  The Company represents and warrants that Investment Distributors, Inc., the underwriter for the individual variable annuity and the variable life policies, is a member in good standing of the NASD and is a registered broker-dealer with the SEC. The Company represents and warrants that the Company and Investment Distributors, Inc. will sell and distribute such policies in accordance in all material respects with all applicable state and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.

        2.4.  The Trust and MFS represent and warrant that the Shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Trust is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act. The Trust shall amend the registration statement for its Shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its Shares. The Trust shall register and qualify the Shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed necessary by the Trust.

        2.5.  MFS represents and warrants that the Underwriter is a member in good standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. The Trust and MFS represent that the Trust and the Underwriter will sell and distribute the Shares in accordance in all material respects with all applicable state and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.

        2.6.  The Trust represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act and any applicable regulations thereunder.

        2.7.  MFS represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly registered under all applicable federal securities laws and that it shall perform its obligations for the Trust in compliance in all material respects with any applicable federal securities laws and with the securities laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. MFS represents and warrants that it is not subject to state securities laws other than the securities laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it is exempt from registration as an investment adviser under the securities laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

        2.8.  No less frequently than annually, the Company shall submit to the Board such reports, material or data as the Board may reasonably request so that it may carry out fully the obligations imposed upon it by the conditions contained in the exemptive application pursuant to which the SEC has granted exemptive relief to permit mixed and shared funding (the "Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order").

        2.9.  The Trust and MFS represent that they have used their best efforts to maintain the Trust's investment policies, fees and expenses in compliance with the insurance laws and regulations of the state of California; and the Trust and MFS further represent and warrant that they shall use their best efforts to comply in all material respects with the insurance laws and regulations of the state of Tennessee and any additional state, to the extent that such laws or regulations are specifically provided to the Trust or MFS in writing by the Company.

4



ARTICLE III. Prospectus and Proxy Statements; Voting

        3.1.  At least annually, the Trust or its designee shall provide the Company, free of charge, with as many copies of the current prospectus (describing only the Portfolios listed in Schedule A hereto) for the Shares as the Company may reasonably request for distribution to existing Policy owners whose Policies are funded by such Shares. The Trust or its designee shall provide the Company, at the Company's expense, with as many copies of the current prospectus for the Shares as the Company may reasonably request for distribution to prospective purchasers of Policies. If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the Trust or its designee shall provide such documentation (including a "camera ready" copy of the new prospectus as set in type or, at the request of the Company, as a diskette in the form sent to the financial printer) and other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the parties hereto once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus for the Shares is supplemented or amended) to have the prospectus for the Policies and the prospectus for the Shares printed together in one document; the expenses of such printing to be apportioned between (a) the Company and (b) the Trust or its designee in proportion to the number of pages of the Policy and Shares' prospectuses, taking account of other relevant factors affecting the expense of printing, such as covers, columns, graphs and charts; the Trust or its designee to bear the cost of printing the Shares' prospectus portion of such document for distribution to owners of existing Policies funded by the Shares and the Company to bear the expenses of printing the portion of such document relating to the Accounts; provided , however, that the Company shall bear all printing expenses of such combined documents where used for distribution to prospective purchasers or to owners of existing Policies not funded by the Shares. In the event that the Company requests that the Trust or its designee provides the Trust's prospectus in a "camera ready" or diskette format, the Trust shall be responsible for providing the prospectus in the format in which it or MFS is accustomed to formatting prospectuses and shall bear the expense of providing the prospectus in such format ( e.g. , typesetting expenses), and the Company shall bear the expense of adjusting or changing the format to conform with any of its prospectuses.

        3.2.  The prospectus for the Shares shall state that the statement of additional information for the Shares is available from the Trust or its designee. The Trust or its designee, at its expense, shall print and provide such statement of additional information to the Company (or a master of such statement suitable for duplication by the Company) for distribution to any owner of a Policy funded by the Shares. The Trust or its designee, at the Company's expense, shall print and provide such statement to the Company (or a master of such statement suitable for duplication by the Company) for distribution to a prospective purchaser who requests such statement or to an owner of a Policy not funded by the Shares.

        3.3.  The Trust or its designee shall provide the Company free of charge copies, if and to the extent applicable to the Shares, of the Trust's proxy materials, reports to Shareholders and other communications to Shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distribution to Policy owners.

        3.4.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 above, or of Article V below, the Company shall pay the expense of printing or providing documents to the extent such cost is considered a distribution expense. Distribution expenses would include by way of illustration, but are not limited to, the printing of the Shares' prospectus or prospectuses for distribution to prospective purchasers or to owners of existing Policies not funded by such Shares.

        3.5.  The Trust hereby notifies the Company that it may be appropriate to include in the prospectus pursuant to which a Policy is offered disclosure regarding the potential risks of mixed and shared funding.

        3.6.  If and to the extent required by law, the Company shall:

5


so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass through voting privileges for variable contract owners. Subject to applicable law, the Company will in no way recommend action in connection with or oppose or interfere with the solicitation of proxies for the Shares held for such Policy owners. The Company reserves the right to vote shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent permitted by law. Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for assuring that each of their separate accounts holding Shares calculates voting privileges in the manner required by the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order. The Trust and MFS will notify the Company of any changes of interpretations or amendments to the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order.

ARTICLE IV. Sales Material and Information

        4.1.  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Trust or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Trust, MFS, any other investment adviser to the Trust, or any affiliate of MFS are named, at least three (3) Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Trust, MFS, or their respective designees reasonably objects to such use within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such material.

        4.2.  The Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statement on behalf of the Trust, MFS, any other investment adviser to the Trust, or any affiliate of MFS or concerning the Trust or any other such entity in connection with the sale of the Policies other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or statement of additional information for the Shares, as such registration statement, prospectus and statement of additional information may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Trust, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Trust, MFS or their respective designees, except with the permission of the Trust, MFS or their respective designees. The Trust, MFS or their respective designees each agrees to respond to any request for approval on a prompt and timely basis. The Company shall adopt and implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that information concerning the Trust, MFS or any of their affiliates which is intended for use only by brokers or agents selling the Policies (i.e., information that is not intended for distribution to Policy owners or prospective Policy owners) is so used, and neither the Trust, MFS nor any of their affiliates shall be liable for any losses, damages or expenses relating to the improper use of such broker only materials. The parties hereto agree that this Section 4.2 is not intended to designate nor otherwise imply that the Company is an underwriter or distributor of the Trust's shares.

        4.3.  The Trust or its designee shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or the Accounts is named, at least three (3) Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee reasonably objects to such use within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such material.

        4.4.  The Trust and MFS shall not give, and agree that the Underwriter shall not give, any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Accounts, or the Policies in connection with the sale of the Policies other than the information or representations contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or statement of additional information for the Policies, as such registration statement, prospectus and statement of additional information may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports for the Accounts, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, except with

6



the permission of the Company. The Company or its designee agrees to respond to any request for approval on a prompt and timely basis. The Trust and MFS may not alter any material so provided by the Company or its designee (including, without limitation, presenting or delivering such material in a different medium, e.g., electronic or internet) without the prior written consent of the Company. The parties hereto agree that this Section 4.4. is neither intended to designate nor otherwise imply that MFS is an underwriter or distributor of the Policies.

        4.5.  The Company and the Trust (or its designee in lieu of the Company or the Trust, as appropriate) will each provide to the other at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Policies, or to the Trust or its Shares, prior to or contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities. The Company and the Trust shall also each promptly inform the other of the results of any examination by the SEC (or other regulatory authorities) that relates to the Policies, the Trust or its Shares, and the party that was the subject of the examination shall provide the other party with a copy of relevant portions of any "deficiency letter" or other correspondence or written report regarding any such examination.

        4.6.  No party shall use any other party's names, logos, trademarks or service marks, whether registered or unregistered, without the prior written consent of such other party, or after written consent therefor has been revoked, provided that separate consent is not required under this Section 4.6 to the extent that consent to use a party's name, logo, trademark or service mark in connection with a particular piece of advertising or sales literature has previously been given by a party under Sections 4.2 and 4.4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not use in advertising, publicly or otherwise the name of the Trust, MFS or any of their affiliates nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, servicemark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof of the Trust, MFS, or their affiliates without the prior written consent of the Trust or MFS in each instance. The Trust and MFS shall not use in advertising, publicly or otherwise the name of the Company or any of its affiliates nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, servicemark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof of the Company or its affiliates without the prior written consent of the Company in each instance.

        4.7.  The Trust and MFS will provide the Company with as much notice as is reasonably practicable of any proxy solicitation for any Portfolio, and of any material change in the Trust's registration statement, particularly any change resulting in change to the registration statement or prospectus or statement of additional information for any Account. The Trust and MFS will cooperate with the Company so as to enable the Company to solicit proxies from Policy owners or to make changes to its prospectus, statement of additional information or registration statement, in an orderly manner. The Trust and MFS will make reasonable efforts to attempt to have changes affecting Policy prospectuses become effective simultaneously with the annual updates for such prospectuses.

        4.8.  For purpose of this Article IV and Article VIII, the phrase "sales literature or other promotional material" includes but is not limited to advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), and sales literature (such as brochures, circulars, reprints or excerpts or any other advertisement, sales literature, or published articles), distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, educational or training materials or communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees.

7



ARTICLE V. Fees and Expenses

        5.1.  The Trust shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Trust, except that, to the extent the Trust or any Portfolio has adopted and implemented a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act to finance distribution and for Shareholder servicing expenses, then, subject to obtaining any required exemptive orders or regulatory approvals, the Trust may make payments to the Company or to the underwriter for the Policies in accordance with such plan. Each party, however, shall, in accordance with the allocation of expenses specified in Articles III and V hereof, reimburse other parties for expenses initially paid by one party but allocated to another party. In addition, nothing herein shall prevent the parties hereto from otherwise agreeing to perform, and arranging for appropriate compensation for, other services relating to the Trust and/or to the Accounts.

        5.2.  The Trust or its designee shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Shares under all applicable federal and state laws, including preparation and filing of the Trust's registration statement, and payment of filing fees and registration fees; preparation and filing of the Trust's proxy materials and reports to Shareholders; setting in type and printing its prospectus and statement of additional information (to the extent provided by and as determined in accordance with Article III above); setting in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to Shareholders (to the extent provided by and as determined in accordance with Article III above); the preparation of all statements and notices required of the Trust by any federal or state law with respect to its Shares; all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Shares; and the costs of distributing the Trust's prospectuses and proxy materials to owners of Policies funded by the Shares and any expenses permitted to be paid or assumed by the Trust pursuant to a plan, if any, under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Trust shall not bear any expenses of marketing the Policies.

        5.3.  The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Shares' prospectus or prospectuses in connection with new sales of the Policies and of distributing the Trust's Shareholder reports to Policy owners. The Company shall bear all expenses associated with the registration, qualification, and filing of the Policies under applicable federal securities and state insurance laws; the cost of preparing, printing and distributing the Policy prospectus and statement of additional information; and the cost of preparing, printing and distributing annual individual account statements for Policy owners as required by state insurance laws.

ARTICLE VI. Diversification and Related Limitations

        6.1.  The Trust and MFS represent and warrant that each Portfolio of the Trust will meet the diversification requirements of Section 817 (h) (1) of the Code and Treas. Reg. 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts, as they may be amended from time to time (and any revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices, and other published announcements of the Internal Revenue Service interpreting these sections), as if those requirements applied directly to each such Portfolio. In the event that any Portfolio is not so diversified at the end of any applicable quarter, the Trust and MFS will make every effort to: (a) adequately diversify the Portfolio so as to achieve compliance within the grace period afforded by Treas. Reg. 1.817.5, and (b) notify the Company.

        6.2.  The Trust and MFS represent that each Portfolio will elect to be qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code and that they will maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision).

ARTICLE VII. Potential Material Conflicts

        7.1.  The Trust agrees that the Board, constituted with a majority of disinterested trustees, will monitor each Portfolio of the Trust for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the variable annuity contract owners and the variable life insurance policy owners of the

8



Company and/or affiliated companies ("contract owners") investing in the Trust. The Board shall have the sole authority to determine if a material irreconcilable conflict exists, and such determination shall be binding on the Company only if approved in the form of a resolution by a majority of the Board, or a majority of the disinterested trustees of the Board. The Board will give prompt notice of any such determination to the Company.

        7.2.  The Company agrees that it will be responsible for assisting the Board in carrying out its responsibilities under the conditions set forth in the Trust's exemptive application pursuant to which the SEC has granted the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order by providing the Board, as it may reasonably request, with all information necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised and agrees that it will be responsible for promptly reporting any potential or existing conflicts of which it is aware to the Board including, but not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever contract owner voting instructions are disregarded. The Company also agrees that, if a material irreconcilable conflict arises, it will at its own cost remedy such conflict up to and including (a) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the Accounts from the Trust or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Trust, or submitting to a vote of all affected contract owners whether to withdraw assets from the Trust or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium and, as appropriate, segregating the assets attributable to any appropriate group of contract owners that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to any of the affected contract owners the option of segregating the assets attributable to their contracts or policies, and (b) establishing a new registered management investment company and segregating the assets underlying the Policies, unless a majority of Policy owners materially adversely affected by the conflict have voted to decline the offer to establish a new registered management investment company.

        7.3.  A majority of the disinterested trustees of the Board shall determine whether any proposed action by the Company adequately remedies any material irreconcilable conflict. In the event that the Board determines that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any material irreconcilable conflict, the Company will withdraw from investment in the Trust each of the Accounts designated by the disinterested trustees and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Board informs the Company in writing of the foregoing determination; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required to remedy any such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested trustees of the Board.

        7.4.  If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as defined in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, then (a) the Trust and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rule 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.5, 3.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

ARTICLE VIII. Indemnification

         8.1.   Indemnification by the Company

9


         8.2.   Indemnification by the Trust

10


as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of this Article VIII.

        8.3.  In no event shall the Trust be liable under the indemnification provisions contained in this Agreement to any individual or entity, including without limitation, the Company, or any Participating Insurance Company or any Policy holder, with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses that arise out of or result from (i) a breach of any representation, warranty, and/or covenant made by the Company hereunder or by any Participating Insurance Company under an agreement containing substantially similar representations, warranties and covenants; (ii) the failure by the Company or any Participating Insurance Company to maintain its segregated asset account (which

11



invests in any Portfolio) as a legally and validly established segregated asset account under applicable state law and as a duly registered unit investment trust under the provisions of the 1940 Act (unless exempt therefrom); or (iii) subject to the Trust's compliance with the diversification requirements specified in Article VI, the failure by the Company or any Participating Insurance Company to maintain its variable annuity and/or variable life insurance contracts (with respect to which any Portfolio serves as an underlying funding vehicle) as life insurance, endowment or annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Code.

        8.4.  Neither the Company nor the Trust shall be liable under the indemnification provisions contained in this Agreement with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, willful misconduct, or negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

        8.5.  Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party under this Section 8.5. of notice of commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this section, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party otherwise than under this section. In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Party, and it notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party. After notice from the indemnifying party of its intention to assume the defense of an action, the Indemnified Party shall bear the expenses of any additional counsel obtained by it, and the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party under this section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

        8.6.  Each of the parties agrees promptly to notify the other parties of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against it or any of its respective officers, directors, trustees, employees or 1933 Act control persons in connection with the Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Policies, the operation of the Accounts, or the sale or acquisition of Shares.

        8.7.  A successor by law of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnification contained in this Article VIII. The indemnification provisions contained in this Article VIII shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX. Applicable Law

        9.1.  This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

        9.2.  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

ARTICLE X. Notice of Formal Proceedings

        The Trust, MFS, and the Company agree that each such party shall promptly notify the other parties to this Agreement, in writing, of the institution of any formal proceedings brought against such party or its designees by the NASD, the SEC, or any insurance department or any other regulatory body regarding such party's duties under this Agreement or related to the sale of the Policies, the operation of the Accounts, or the purchase of the Shares.

12



ARTICLE XI. Termination

        11.1.    This Agreement shall terminate with respect to the Accounts, or one, some, or all Portfolios:

        11.2.    The notice shall specify the Portfolio or Portfolios, Policies and, if applicable, the Accounts as to which the Agreement is to be terminated.

13



        11.3.    It is understood and agreed that the right of any party hereto to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(a) may be exercised for cause or for no cause.

        11.4.    Except as necessary to implement Policy owner initiated transactions, or as required by state insurance laws or regulations, the Company shall not redeem the Shares attributable to the Policies (as opposed to the Shares attributable to the Company's assets held in the Accounts), and the Company shall not prevent Policy owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that was otherwise available under the Policies, until thirty (30) days after the Company shall have notified the Trust of its intention to do so.

        11.5.    Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Trust and MFS shall, at the option of the Company, continue to make available additional shares of the Portfolios pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Policies in effect on the effective date of termination of this Agreement (the "Existing Policies"), except as otherwise provided under Article VII of this Agreement. Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing Policies shall be permitted to transfer or reallocate investment under the Policies, redeem investments in any Portfolio and/or invest in the Trust upon the making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Policies.

ARTICLE XII. Notices

        Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail, overnight courier or facsimile to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

        If to the Trust:

        If to the Company:

        If to MFS:

ARTICLE XIII. Miscellaneous

        13.1.    Subject to the requirement of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses of the owners of the Policies and all information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by this Agreement or as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and addresses and other confidential information without the express written consent of the affected party until such time as it may come into the public domain.

14



        13.2.    The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

        13.3.    This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        13.4.    If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

        13.5.    The Schedule attached hereto, as modified from time to time, is incorporated herein by reference and is part of this Agreement.

        13.6.    Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party in connection with inquiries by appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the NASD, and state insurance regulators) relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

        13.7.    The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

        13.8.    A copy of the Trust's Declaration of Trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Company acknowledges that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trust's trustees, officers, employees, agents or shareholders individually, but are binding solely upon the assets and property of the Trust in accordance with its proportionate interest hereunder. The Company further acknowledges that the assets and liabilities of each Portfolio are separate and distinct and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are binding solely upon the assets or property of the Portfolio on whose behalf the Trust has executed this instrument. The Company also agrees that the obligations of each Portfolio hereunder shall be several and not joint, in accordance with its proportionate interest hereunder, and the Company agrees not to proceed against any Portfolio for the obligations of another Portfolio.

        13.9    Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the Trust nor MFS nor any affiliate thereof shall use any trademark, trade name, service mark or logo of the Company or any of its affiliates, or any variation of any such trademark, trade name, service mark or logo, without the Company's prior written consent, the granting of which shall be at the Company's sole option. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the Company nor any affiliate thereof shall use any trademark, trade name, service mark or logo of the Trust or of MFS, or any variation of any such trademark, trade name, service mark or logo, without the prior written consent of the Trust or MFS, as appropriate, the granting of which shall be at the sole option of the Trust or of MFS, as applicable.

15


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date specified above.

    PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By its authorized officer,

 

 

By:

 

 
       
    Title:    
       

 

 

MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST, on behalf of the Portfolios
By its authorized officer,

 

 

By:

 

 
       
James R. Bordewick, Jr.
Assistant Secretary

 

 

MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
By its authorized officer,

 

 

By:

 

 
       
Stephen E. Cavan
Senior Vice President

16


As of May 1, 2003


SCHEDULE A

Accounts, Policies and Portfolios
Subject to the Participation Agreement

Name of Separate Account and Date Established by Board of Directors
  Policies Funded
by Separate Account

  Share Class
(Initial or Service)

  Portfolios
Applicable to Policies

Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account (12/23/93)   Protective Variable Annuity, an individual flexible premium deferred Variable and fixed annuity contract

Elements SM , a group and individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract

Elements SM Access, a group and individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract

Protective Advantage SM , a group and individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract
      MFS Emerging Growth Series
MFS Research Series
MFS Investors Trust Series
MFS Total Return Series
MFS New Discovery Series
MFS Utilities Series
MFS Investors Growth Series

Protective Variable Life Separate Account (2/15/95)

 

Protective Premiere, an individual flexible premium variable and fixed life insurance policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protective Premiere II, an individual flexible premium variable and fixed life insurance policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protective Single Premium Plus, an individual modified single premium variable and fixed life insurance policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protective Transitions, an individual flexible premium variable and fixed life insurance policy

 

 

 

 

17




QuickLinks

AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE A

Exhibit 9

[Protective Letterhead]

STEVE M. CALLAWAY
Senior Associate Counsel

Writer's Direct Number: (205)268-3804
Facsimile Number: (205)268-3597
Toll-Free Number: (800)627-0220

April 28, 2003

Protective Life Insurance Company
2801 Highway 280 South
Birmingham, Alabama 35223

Gentlemen:

        This opinion is submitted with respect to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, file numbers 811-8108 and 333-94047, to be filed by Protective Life Insurance Company (the "Company") and Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account (the "Account") with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, group and individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contracts which are marketed under the name "Protective Variable Annuity II" (the "Contracts"). I have examined such documents and such law as I considered necessary and appropriate, and on the basis of such examination, it is my opinion that:

        I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form N-4 registration statement for the Contracts and the Account.

    Very truly yours,

 

 

/s/  
STEVE M. CALLAWAY       
Steve M. Callaway
Senior Associate Counsel



Exhibit 10(a)

[SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP LETTERHEAD]

April 22, 2003

Board of Directors
Protective Life Insurance Company
2801 Highway 280 South
Birmingham, Alabama 35223

Directors:

        We hereby consent to the reference to our name under the caption "Legal Matters" in the statement of additional information filed as part of post-effective amendment number 5 to the registration statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-94047) filed by Protective Life Insurance Company and Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933.

    Sincerely,

 

 

SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP

 

 

By:

 

/s/ David S. Goldstein

David S. Goldstein



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10(b)


Consent of Independent Accountants

We hereby consent to the use, in this Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 33-70984) of our report dated March 19, 2003, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Protective Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the use in this Registration Statement of our report dated March 17, 2003, on our audits of the financial statements of The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Independent Accountants" in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Birmingham, Alabama
April 29, 2003




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Accountants